UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K/A

(Amendment No. 1)

10-K

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020

Or

2023
OR
o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ______ to

To

______.

Commission File No.file number 001-39711

Reinvent Technology Partners Z


HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware32-0662604
Cayman Islands(State of incorporation)98-1562010(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

150 Forest Avenue
Palo Alto, California

215 Park Avenue, Floor 11

New York, New York

1000394301
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)(Zip Code)

(212) 457-1272

(650) 294-8463
(Registrant’sRegistrant's telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbol(s)

Trading

Symbol(s)

Name of each exchange

on which registered

Units, each consisting of one Class A ordinaryCommon stock, $0.0001 par value per share and one-fifth of one redeemable warrantHIPORTPZ.UNew York Stock Exchange
Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per shareWarrants to purchase common stockHIPO.WSRTPZNew York Stock Exchange
Redeemable warrants, each whole warrant exercisable for one Class A ordinary share at an exercise price of $11.50RTPZ WSNew York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None


Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  o    No  

x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  o    No  

x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrantregistrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports),; and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  

o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).     Yes  x    No  

o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,”filer” “smaller reporting company,”company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

(Check one):
Large accelerated filerAccelerated filer
Non-accelerated filerSmaller reporting company
Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.

o

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. o
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to § 240.10D-1(b). o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act):.     Yes      No  

As of June 30, 2020 (the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter), the Registrant’s securities were not publicly traded. The Registrant’s Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, began trading on the New York Stock Exchange separately from its Units on January 11, 2021.


The aggregate market value of the Registrant’s Class A ordinary shares outstanding, other than sharesCommon Stock, $0.0001 par value (the “Common Stock”), held by non-affiliates of the Registrant as of June 30, 2023 was approximately $312 million based upon the closing price reported for such date on The New York Stock Exchange. For purposes of this disclosure, shares of Common Stock held by officers and directors of the Registrant and persons whothat may be deemed to be affiliates under the Act have been excluded. This determination of the Registrant, at March 4, 2021 was approximately $240,350,000.

Asaffiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.


The number of March 4, 2021, there were 23,000,000 unitsoutstanding shares of the Registrant’s Class A ordinary shares and 5,750,000Common Stock was 24,310,892 as of February 21, 2024.




DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant’s Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, issued and outstanding.


EXPLANATORY NOTE

Reinvent Technology Partners Z (the “Company”) is filingregistrant's Proxy Statement for the 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated herein by reference in Part III of this Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-K/A (the “Amendment”) to amend and restate certain items in its Annual Report on Form 10-K as of December 31, 2020 forto the period from October 2, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, originallyextent stated herein. Such proxy statement will be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on March 8, 2021 (the “Original 10-K”).

Background of Restatement

On May 10, 2021, the Company’s management and the audit committeewithin 120 days of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Audit Committee”) concluded that it is appropriate to restate (i) certain items on the Company’s previously issued audited balance sheet dated as of November 23, 2020, which were included in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 30, 2020 (the “IPO Closing 8-K”), and (ii) the Company’s previously issued audited financial statements as ofregistrant's fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 and for the period from October 2, 2020 (inception) December 31, 2020, which were included in the Original 10-K. Considering such restatement, the Company concluded that such financial statements should no longer be relied upon. This Amendment includes the restated financial statements for the relevant periods.

The restatement primarily related to consideration of the factors in determining whether to classify contracts that may be settled in an entity’s own stock as equity of the entity or as an asset or liability. On April 12, 2021, the Acting Director of the Division of Corporation Finance and Acting Chief Accountant of the SEC together issued a statement regarding the accounting and reporting considerations for warrants issued by special purpose acquisition companies entitled “Staff Statement on Accounting and Reporting Considerations for Warrants Issued by Special Purpose Acquisition Companies (‘SPACs’)” (the “SEC Statement”). Specifically, the SEC Statement focused on certain settlement terms and provisions related to certain tender offers following a business combination, which terms are similar to those contained in the warrant agreement governing the Company’s warrants. As a result of the SEC Statement, the Company reevaluated the accounting treatment of (i) the 4,600,000 redeemable warrants (the “Public Warrants”) that were included in the units issued by the Company in its initial public offering (the “IPO”) and (ii) the 4,400,000 redeemable warrants that were issued to the Company’s sponsor in a private placement that closed concurrently with the closing of the IPO (together with the Public Warrants, the “Warrants”). Each whole Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Class A ordinary share at an exercise price of $11.50 per whole share, subject to adjustment. The Company previously accounted for the Warrants as components of equity.

In further consideration of the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 815-40, “Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity”, the Company concluded that a provision in the warrant agreement related to certain tender or exchange offers precludes the Warrants from being accounted for as components of equity. As the Warrants meet the definition of a derivative as contemplated in ASC 815, the Warrants should be recorded as derivative liabilities on the balance sheet and measured at fair value at inception (on the date of the IPO) and at each reporting date in accordance with ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurement”, with changes in fair value recognized in the statement of operations in the period of change.

Effects of Restatement

As a result of the factors described above, the Company has included in this Amendment: (i) certain restated items on the previously issued balance sheet dated as of November 23, 2020, the date that the IPO closed, that were previously reported in the IPO Closing 8-K, and (ii) restated financial statements as of December 31, 2020 and for the period from October 2, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 that were previously reported in the Original 10-K, to restate the following non-cash items:

2023.

understatement of liabilities and overstatement of temporary equity by approximately $12.6 million and $13.5 million as of November 23, 2020 and December 31, 2020, respectively;

understatement of additional paid-in capital and accumulated deficit by approximately $0.4 million and $1.2 million as of November 23, 2020 and December 31, 2020, respectively;

understatement of net loss by approximately $1.2 million for the period from October 2, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020; and

understatement of basic and diluted net loss per share, non-redeemable ordinary shares of $(0.20) per share for the period from October 2, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020.

1


The restatement of the financial statements had no impact on the Company’s liquidity or cash position.

See Note 2 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Amendment for additional information on the restatements and the related financial statement effects.

Internal Control Considerations

In connection therewith, the Company’s management identified a material weakness in its internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the financial statements will not be prevented or detected and corrected on a timely basis. For a discussion of management’s consideration of the material weakness identified, see Item 9A. Controls and Procedures included in this Amendment.

Items Amended

The following items are amended in this Amendment: (i) Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors; (ii) Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations; (iii) Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data; (iv) Part II, Item 9A. Controls and Procedures; and (v) Part IV, Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules. Additionally, in accordance with Rule 12b-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Company is including with this Amendment currently dated certifications from its principal executive and principal financial officer. These certifications are filed or furnished, as applicable, as Exhibits 31.1 and 32.1.

Except as described above, this Amendment does not amend, update or change any other disclosures in the Original 10-K. In addition, the information contained in this Amendment does not reflect events occurring after the filing of the Original 10-K and does not modify or update the disclosures therein, except as specifically identified above. Among other things, forward-looking statements made in the Original 10-K have not been revised to reflect events, results or developments that occurred or facts that became known to us after the date of the Original 10-K, other than the restatement, and such forward-looking statements should be read in conjunction with our filings with the SEC, including those subsequent to the filing of the Original 10-K.



REINVENT TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS Z

FORM 10-K FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020

TABLE OF CONTENTS


Page
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward Looking StatementsPage
PART I
Item 1.Business

PART I. 

Item 1A.
Risk Factors3
Item 1B.

Item 1.

Business

3

Item 1.A.

Risk Factors

8

Item 1.B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

40
Item 1C.Cybersecurity

Item 2.

Properties

40
Item 3.Legal Proceedings

Item 3.

4 .

Legal Proceedings

40

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

40
PART II

PART II.

41

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Securities.
41
Item 6.[Reserved]

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

42

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

42
Item 7A.

Item 7.A.

Quantitative and Qualitative DisclosureDisclosures About Market Risk.

Risk
46

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

F-1

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

47
Item 9A.

Item 9.A.

Controls and Procedures

47
Item 9B.Other information
Item 9C.Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Item 9.B.

47
PART III

PART III.

48

Item 10.

Directors, Executive OfficerOfficers and Corporate Governance

48
Item 11.Executive Compensation

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

58

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

58

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

60

Item 14.

Principal AccountingAccountant Fees and Services

62
PART IV

PART IV.

63

Item 15.

Exhibits,Exhibit and Financial Statement Schedules

63
Item 16.Form 10–K Summary

Item 16.

63

i

2


CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND RISK FACTOR SUMMARY

This Annual Report on Form 10-K of Hippo Holdings Inc. (“Hippo,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our”) contains statements that are forward-looking and as such are not historical facts. This includes, without limitation, statements under “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” regarding the our financial position, business strategy and the plans and objectives of management for our future operations, including with respect to our recently announced proposed business combination with Hippo (as defined below).operations. These statements constitute projections, forecasts and forward-looking statements, withinand are not guarantees of performance. Such statements can be identified by the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Thefact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. When used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intends,“intend,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “strive,” “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking.

The forward-looking Forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are based on may include, for example, statements about:

our current expectationsfuture results of operations and beliefs concerning future developmentsfinancial condition and their potential effects on us. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the following risks, uncertainties and other factors:

our being a company with no operating history and no operating revenues;

our ability to select an appropriate target business or businesses;

attain profitability;

our ability to complete our initial business combination, including our recently announced proposed business combination with Hippo;

our expectations around the performance of a prospective target business or businesses;

our success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees or directors following our initial business combination;

our directors and officers allocating their time to other businesses and potentially having conflicts of interest withgrow our business or in approving our initial business combination;

the ability of our directors and, officersif such growth occurs, to generate a number of potential business combination opportunities;

effectively manage such growth;

our potential ability to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination;

our pool of prospective target businesses;

customer satisfaction and our ability to consummate an initialattract, retain, and expand our customer base;

our ability to maintain and enhance our brand and reputation;
our business combination duestrategy, including our diversified distribution strategy and our plans to expand into new markets and new products;
the uncertainty resultingeffects of seasonal trends on our results of operations;
our expectations about our book of business, including our ability to cross-sell and to attain greater value from the recent COVID-19 pandemiceach customer;
our ability to compete effectively in our industry;
our ability to maintain reinsurance contracts and other events (such as terrorist attacks, natural disastersour near- and long-term strategies and expectations with respect to cession of insurance risk;
our ability to utilize our proprietary technology;
our ability to underwrite risks accurately and charge profitable rates;
our ability to leverage our data, technology and geographic diversity to help manage risk;
our ability to protect our intellectual property;
our ability to expand our product offerings or a significant outbreak of other infectious diseases);

improve existing ones;

theour ability to attract and retain personnel, including our officers and key employees;

potential harm caused by misappropriation of our directorsdata and officerscompromises in cybersecurity;
potential harm caused by changes in internet search engines’ methodologies;
our expected use of cash on our balance sheet, our future capital needs and our ability to generate potentialraise additional capital;
fluctuations in our results of operations and operating metrics;
our ability to receive, process, store, use and share data, and compliance with laws and regulations related to data privacy and data security;
3


our ability to stay in compliance with laws and regulations that currently apply, or become applicable, to our business combination opportunities;

both in the United States and internationally;

our inability to predict the lasting impacts of COVID-19 to our business in particular, and the global economy generally;

our public securities’ potential liquidity and trading;

and

the lack of a market for our securities;

the use of proceeds not heldother factors detailed in the Trust Account (as defined below) or available to us from interest income on the Trust Account balance;

the Trust Account not being subject to claims of third parties;

our financial performance; and

the other risk and uncertainties discussed in “Item 1A. Risk Factors,” elsewheresection titled “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in our other filings with10-K.

These forward-looking statements are based on information available as of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), including in our preliminary prospectus/proxy statement to be included in a Registration Statementdate of this Annual Report on Form S-4 that10-K, and current expectations, forecasts and assumptions, and involve a number of judgments, risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as representing our views as of any subsequent date, and we will file with the SEC relating to our proposed business combination with Hippo (the “Hippo Disclosure Statement”).

Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or shoulddo not undertake any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date they were made, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

As a result of a number of known and unknown risks and uncertainties, our actual results or performance may be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

PART I.

References

SUMMARY OF RISK FACTORS
Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those described below. You should carefully consider these risks and uncertainties, together with all of the other information contained in this Annual Report, when investing in our common stock. The principal risks and uncertainties affecting our business include the following:
We have a history of net losses and we may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.
Our success and ability to grow our business depend on Form 10-K (this “Annual Report”)retaining and expanding our customer base. If we fail to “we,” “us,” “our”add new customers or retain current customers, our business, revenue, operating results, and financial condition could be harmed.
The “Hippo” brand may not become as widely known as incumbents’ or other competitors’ brands or the “Company” are to Reinvent Technology Partners Z, a blank check company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company. References to our “management”brand may become tarnished.
Denial of claims or our “management team” referfailure to accurately and timely pay claims could materially and adversely affect our officersbusiness, financial condition, results of operations, and directors,our reputation.
Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business performance, implementation of our business model, and referencesour future prospects.
We may not be able to manage our growth effectively.
Intense competition in the “Sponsor” refersegments of the insurance industry in which we operate could negatively affect current financials and our ability to Reinvest Sponsor Z LLC, a Cayman Islands limited liability company. Referencesattain or increase profitability.
Reinsurance may be unavailable, including at current coverage, limits, or pricing, which may limit our ability to write new or renew existing business. Furthermore, reinsurance subjects our “initial shareholders” referinsurance company subsidiaries to our Sponsorcounterparty credit and performance risk and may not be adequate to protect us against losses, each of which could have a material effect on our independent directors.

Item 1.

Business.

Overview

Reid Hoffman, Mark Pincus,results of operations and Michael Thompson have established Reinvent Technology Partners Zfinancial condition.

Failure to partner with a technology businessmaintain our risk-based capital at the required levels could adversely affect the ability of our insurance company subsidiaries to innovate and achieve entrepreneurship at scale by leveraging their operating expertise as foundersmaintain regulatory authority to conduct our business.
Failure to maintain our financial strength ratings could adversely affect the ability of iconic technology companies, their experience building companies as advisors and board members, and the capital raised in the Initial Public Offering (as defined below). Following our initial Business Combination (as defined below), Mr. Hoffman, Mr. Pincus, and Mr. Thompson will seekinsurance company subsidiaries to serve as long-term partners with the Chief Executive Officer and management team of the newly combined company to grow theconduct our business as a public company and build an industry leader.

We are a blank check company incorporated on October 2, 2020, as a Cayman Islands exempted company, for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (the “Business Combination”). While we may pursue an initial Business Combination target in any industry or geographic location, we intend to focus our search for a target business operating in the consumer internet, mobile gaming or broader technology sectors. Our sponsor is Reinvent Sponsor Z LLC, a Cayman Islands exempted limited liability company (our “Sponsor”).

Our registration statement for our initial public offering (the “Initial Public Offering”) was declared effective on November 18, 2020. On November 23, 2020, we consummated our Initial Public Offering of 23,000,000 units (the “Units” and, with respect to the Class A ordinary shares included in the Units offered, the “Public Shares”), including 3,000,000 additional Units to cover over-allotments (the “Over-Allotment Units”), at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $230.0 million, and incurring offering costs of approximately $13.1 million, inclusive of approximately $8.1 million in deferred underwriting commissions.

Substantially concurrently with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, we consummated the private placement (the “Private Placement”) of 4,400,000 warrants (each, a “Private Placement Warrant” and collectively, the “Private Placement Warrants”), at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant to the Sponsor, generating gross proceeds of $6.6 million.

Upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement, $230.0 million ($10.00 per Unit) of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and certain of the proceeds of the Private Placement were placed in a trust account (“Trust Account”) with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee and invested in United States government treasury bills with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds investing solely in U.S. Treasuries and meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of an initial Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account as described below.

Our management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of its Initial Public Offering and the sale of Private Placement Warrants, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating our initial Business Combination. Our initial Business Combination must be with one or more operating businesses or assets with a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the net assets held in the Trust Account (net of amounts disbursed to management for working capital purposes and excluding the amount of any deferred underwriting discount held in Trust) at the time we sign a definitive agreement in connection with the initial Business Combination. However, we will only complete a Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.

currently conducted.

We intend to effectuate a Business Combination using the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering and Private Placement, and from additional issuances of, if any, our capital stock and our debt, or a combination of cash, stock and debt. We have not engaged in, and we will not engage in, any operations until we complete a Business Combination, and we have not generated any operating revenue to date. We will not generate any operating revenues until after completion of our initial Business Combination, at the earliest. Our entire activity since inception through December 31, 2020 related to our formation, the preparation for the Initial Public Offering, and following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the search for a prospective initial Business Combination. Based on our business activities, we are a “shell company” as defined under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), because we have no operations and nominal assets consisting almost entirely of cash.

We will provide the holders of our Public Shares (the “Public Shareholders”) with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of our initial Business Combination either (i) in connection with a general meeting called to approve the initial Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us. The Public Shareholders will be entitled to redeem their Public Shares for a pro rata portion of the amount then in the Trust Account. The per-share amount to be distributed to Public Shareholders who redeem their Public Shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions we pay to the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering.

4


If we are unable to completeunderwrite risks accurately and charge competitive yet profitable rates to our customers, our business, results of operations, and financial condition will be adversely affected.
Our proprietary technology, which relies on third-party data, may not operate properly or as we expect it to.
Our future success depends on our ability to continue to develop and implement our technology and to maintain the confidentiality of this technology.
New legislation or legal requirements may affect how we communicate with our customers, which could have a Business Combination within 27 monthsmaterial adverse effect on our business model, financial condition, and results of operations.
We rely on external data and our digital platform to collect and evaluate information that we utilize in producing, pricing, and underwriting our insurance policies (in accordance with the rates, rules, and forms filed with our regulators, where required), managing claims and customer support, and improving business processes. Any legal or regulatory requirements that might restrict our ability to collect or utilize this data or our digital platform, or an outage by a data vendor, could thus materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.
We may require additional capital to grow our business, which may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all.
We are periodically subject to examinations by our primary state insurance regulators, which could result in adverse examination findings and necessitate remedial actions.
We are subject to laws and regulations concerning our collection, processing, storage, sharing, disclosure, and use of customer information and other sensitive data, and our actual or perceived (or alleged) failure to comply with data privacy and security laws and regulations could damage our reputation and brand and harm our business and operating results.
Our exposure to loss activity and regulation may be greater in states where we currently have more of our customers or where we are domiciled.
Our product development cycles are complex and subject to regulatory approval, and we may incur significant expenses before we generate revenues, if any, from the closingnew or expansion of or changes to existing products.
If we are unable to make acquisitions and investments, or if we are unable to successfully integrate them into our business, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be adversely affected.
We are exposed to risk through our captive reinsurer RH Solutions Insurance Ltd. ("RHS"), which takes a share of the Initial Public Offering (the “Combination Period”), we will (i) cease allrisk underwritten of affiliated and non-affiliated insurance carriers for business written through our MGA and unaffiliated MGAs.
We are exposed to risk through our admitted and non-admitted insurance carriers, which underwrite insurance on behalf of our MGA and other non-affiliated general agents and managing general agents.
Severe weather events and other catastrophes, including the effects of climate change, global pandemics, and terrorism, are inherently unpredictable and may have a material adverse effect on our financial results and financial condition.
We are subject to extensive insurance industry regulations.
5


We expect our results of operations except for the purposeto fluctuate on a quarterly and annual basis. In addition, our operating results and operating metrics are subject to seasonality and volatility, which could result in fluctuations in our quarterly revenues and operating results or in perceptions of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than tenour business days thereafter, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equalprospects.
Our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected due to the aggregate amount then on depositlimitations in the Trust Account, including interest earned onanalytical models used to assess and predict our exposure to catastrophe losses.
Our insurance company subsidiaries are subject to minimum capital and surplus requirements, and failure to meet these requirements could subject us to regulatory action.
Our insurance company subsidiaries are subject to assessments and other surcharges from state guaranty funds and mandatory state insurance facilities, which may affect our ability to achieve profitability.
There may not be an active trading market for our common stock, and there can be no assurance that the funds heldCompany will be able to comply with the continued listing standards of the NYSE or another reputable stock exchange, which may make it more difficult for our stockholders to sell our securities.
The market price of our common stock and warrants may be highly volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to decline.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock by our existing stockholders in the Trust Account and not previously releasedpublic market could cause our stock price to us to fund our working capital requirements, subject to an annual limit of $165,000, and/or to pay our income taxes, if any (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and which interest shall be net of taxes payable) divided by the number of the then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish Public Shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any); and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

Proposed Hippo Business Combination

On March 3,fall.

6


PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Our Company
In August 2021, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with Hippo Enterprises Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Old Hippo”), and RTPZ Merger Sub Inc., a Delaware corporation and our direct wholly-owned subsidiary (“Merger Sub”). The Merger Agreement provides that, among other things and upon the terms and subject to the conditions thereof, the following transactions will occur (together with the other agreements and transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, the “Hippo Business Combination”): (i) at the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (the “Closing”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Merger Agreement and in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended (the “DGCL”), (a) Merger Sub will merge with and into Hippo, the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub will cease and Hippo will be the surviving corporation and our wholly-owned subsidiary (the “First Merger”) and (b) immediately following the First Merger, Hippo (as the surviving corporation of the First Merger) will merge with and into us, the separate corporate existence of Hippo will cease and we will be the surviving corporation (the “Second Merger” and, together with the First Merger, the “Mergers”); (ii) as a result of the Merger, among other things, all outstanding shares of capital stock of Hippo will be canceled in exchange for the right to receive, in the aggregate, a number of shares of RTPZ Common Stock (as defined below) equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) $5,522,000,000 (representing the enterprise value of $5,000,000,000 plus Hippo’s cash as of December 31, 2020 ($522,000,000)) by (y) $10.00; and (iii) upon the effective time of the Domestication (as defined below), we will immediately be renamed “Hippo Holdings Inc.”

Prior to the Closing, subject to the approval of our shareholders, and in accordance with the DGCL, Cayman Islands Companies Act (as revised) (the “CICA”) and our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, we will effect a deregistration under the CICA and a domestication under Section 388 of the DGCL (by means of filing a certificate of domestication with the Secretary of State of Delaware), pursuant to which our jurisdiction of incorporation will be changed from the Cayman Islands to the State of Delaware (the “Domestication”).

In connection with the Domestication, (i) each of our then issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, will convert automatically, on a one-for-one basis, into a share of common stock, par value $0.0001, of our company (after the Domestication) (the “RTPZ Common Stock”), (ii) each of our then issued and outstanding Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, will convert automatically, on a one-for-one basis, into a share of RTPZ Common Stock, (iii) each of our then issued and outstanding warrant will convert automatically into a warrant to acquire one share of RTPZ Common Stock (“Domesticated RTPZ Warrant”), and (iv) each of our then issued and outstanding unit (the “Cayman RTPZ Units”) will convert automatically into a share of RTPZ Common Stock, on a one-for-one basis, and one-fifth of one Domesticated RTPZ Warrant.

On March 3, 2021, concurrently with the execution of the Merger Agreement, we entered into subscription agreements with certain investors (collectively, the “PIPE Investors”), pursuant to, and on the terms and subject to the conditions of which, the PIPE Investors have collectively subscribed for 55 million shares of RTPZ Common Stock for an aggregate purchase price equal to $550 million (the “PIPE Investment”).

The consummation of the proposed Hippo Business Combination is subject to certain conditions as further described in the Merger Agreement.

For more information about the Merger Agreement and the proposed Hippo Business Combination, see our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 4, 2021 (Film No. 21712518) and the Hippo Disclosure Statement that we will file with the SEC. Unless specifically stated, this Annual Report does not give effect to the proposed Hippo Business Combination and does not contain the risks associated with the proposed Hippo Business Combination. Such risks and effects relating to the proposed Hippo Business Combination will be included in the Hippo Disclosure Statement.

Effecting a Business Combination

Our Business Strategy

Our strategy is to identify and complete a Business Combination where we can play an impactful role in partnership with a chief executive officer and management team to create an industry-leading company and drive significant long-term value for shareholders. We seek to provide protagonist capital and empower a company’s chief executive officer and management team to make bold decisions and drive continued innovation as a newly public company.

We have also evaluated companies undergoing reinvention, which we believe is the hallmark of a great business. While many companies may create a novel product or innovative service, best-in-class enterprises must do so repeatedly, transforming and adapting in the face of changing technologies, market conditions, and consumer preferences. Often investors can mistake a company undergoing reinvention for a company in distress. However, we recognize reinventions are often the most important transitions a maturing company can choose to pursue and may mark the period before hyper-growth. We believe reinvention cycles are the growth engines of all successful technology companies.

We believe we are well positioned to help a newly public company grow and thrive, offering a partnership that extends far beyond our capital. Our management team’s deep operational experience, product experience, extensive networks, and track records as investors, advisors, and board members make us a preferred partner.

Business Combination Criteria

While we may decide to enter into a Business Combination with a business that does not meet these criteria if the proposed Hippo Business Combination is not consummated, we intend to seek a Business Combination with a business:

In a technology sector or subsector, including consumer internet, online marketplaces, ecommerce, payments, gaming, artificial intelligence, SaaS, digital healthcare, autonomous vehicles, transportation, and others;

Where we can materially impact the value of the company in partnership with management;

Close to our proximal networks of founders, operators, investors, and advisors; and,

Where we have a differentiated view on the ability of the target to create value as a public company.

We anticipate offering the following benefits to our Business Combination partner:

Partnership with our management team members who have extensive and proven track records of founding, scaling, operating, advising, and investing in market-leading companies;

Our insights into product development and management and live ops;

Access to our network of leading industry executives, entrepreneurs, and investors;

Increased company profile and visibility with customers and preferred vendor relationships;

Higher engagement with core, relevant, fundamental investors as anchor shareholders than what a traditional initial public offering book-building process offers;

Lower risk and expedited path to a public listing with flexible structuring;

Infusion of cash and ongoing access to public capital markets;

Listed public currency for future acquisitions and growth;

Ability for management to retain control and focus on growing the business; and

Opportunity to motivate and retain employees using stock-based compensation.

Additional Disclosures

In July 2020, Mr. Hoffman, Mr. Pincus, and Mr. Thompson founded Reinvent Technology Partners (“RTP”), a blank check company incorporated for the purposes of effecting a business combination. RTP completed its initial public offering in September 2020, in which it sold 69,000,000 units for an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating aggregate proceeds of $690,000,000. RTP’s units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants currently trade on the NYSE under the symbols “RTP.U,” “RTP” and “RTP WS,” respectively. RTP also intends to focus its search for a target business operating in the consumer internet, mobile gaming, or broader technology sectors. Mr. Hoffman and Mr. Pincus are the Co-Lead Directors of RTP, Mr. Thompson is the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and a director of RTP, and David Cohen, our Secretary, is the Secretary of RTP, and each of the foregoing owe fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law to RTP. RTP has not yet announced or completed its initial business combination.

In October 2020, Mr. Hoffman, Mr. Pincus, and Mr. Thompson also founded Reinvent Technology Partners Y (“RTPY” and, together with RTP, the “Other Existing Reinvent SPACs”), a blank check company incorporated asZ, a Cayman Islands exempted company and special purpose acquisition company (“RTPZ”), completed a merger and other transactions pursuant to which a subsidiary of RTPZ was merged with and into Old Hippo and Old Hippo survived as a wholly owned subsidiary of RTPZ (collectively, we refer to these transactions as the “Business Combination”). In connection with the Business Combination, RTPZ changed its name to Hippo Holdings Inc.

Hippo Holdings Inc. (“Hippo”) is an insurance holding company, with subsidiaries that provide property and casualty insurance products to both individuals and business customers. The Company conducts its operations through three reportable segments: Services, Insurance-as-a-Service, and Hippo Home Insurance Program. The Company offers its services primarily in the United States.
Services
Hippo’s Services Segment is comprised of our Consumer Agency, which serves consumers who are shopping for insurance and First Connect, which serves insurance agents seeking appointments with third party insurance carriers. These businesses are fee-driven and are not exposed to any volatility associated with losses related to the purposeunderlying insurance policies.
Consumer Agency
Our Consumer Agency helps consumer customers who are shopping for insurance find the policies that best meet their needs. The Agency sells home insurance policies from the Hippo Home Insurance Program and from third-party carriers, as well as other personal lines policies from third party carriers. Our Agency is licensed to provide agency services in all 50 states and is appointed with 50+ carriers to sell homeowners, auto, flood, earthquake, pet, and other insurance products. We have built next-generation technology platforms to increase agent efficiency and policies per customer while streamlining the customer flow and optimizing the right products for each customer.
We offer a differentiated consumer experience built around proactive home care services, the most significant of effectingwhich is the Hippo Home Care Program.The Hippo Home Care Program’s mobile app serves as the command center for proactive home protection, empowering our customers with tools to take better care of their homes. Over 100,000 users have installed the 4.8-star rated app, which not only allows them to manage their policy, claims, and payments if they are also Hippo customers, but also enables them to take control of their home care and maintenance needs. At its own initialcore is the Home Health assessment, providing personalized maintenance plans based on up to 200 data points sourced from third-party providers and user data. These actionable insights and checklists help our users understand their home’s condition and guide them on how to improve it. Additionally, the Hippo Home platform connects users with the resources they need to get things done, allowing users to actively complete maintenance actions within the app, enhancing their knowledge, engagement with Hippo, and their home's protection. If a problem or question arises, users can connect with home experts on-demand 24/7 with a Home Assist membership. Moreover, users can explore offers within the app, shopping for smart devices, leak sensors, insurance coverages, and more to enhance their home protection. We believe the Hippo Home mobile app will continue to drive customer engagement, particularly among the Generation Better demographic, and provide Hippo with unique insights into homeowner behavior, positioning Hippo for a more connected and protected future for both Hippo, our users and our customers.
First Connect
Our First Connect Insurance Services business combination. Following RTPY’s initial publicis a digital platform designed to support independent agents by providing access to some of the nation’s top carriers. The agent-centric platform provides access to carriers and a variety of products that includes home, auto, cyber, small business, life, specialty lines and more. First Connect’s Carrier Store helps agents discover additional carriers and insurance providers and products that can be bundled to increase sales. First Connect also benefits participating carriers by helping to quickly build their network of independent agents based on geographic needs and desired risk profile.
7


Our Economic Model
Our Services segment earns fees and/or commission income without assuming underwriting risk or need for reinsurance. Generally these fees are structured as a percentage of the policy premiums (both new and renewal) that are placed or supported by each business.
Insurance-as-a-Service
Insurance-as-a-Service is managed through the Company’s subsidiary Spinnaker Insurance Company and its subsidiaries (“Spinnaker”). Our Insurance-as-a-Service business is predominantly focused on providing insurance capacity to program administrators and managing general agencies (collectively referred to as “MGAs”). Spinnaker partners with MGAs across multiple lines of business, offering Mr. Pincusboth Admitted and Excess and Surplus Lines (E&S) capacity. Spinnaker cedes most of the underwriting risk to a diversified panel of highly rated reinsurance companies. This specific type of transaction structuring in the insurance industry is commonly referred to as “fronting”.
Spinnaker entered the market in 2015 and was acquired by Hippo in 2020. The strategy is built on Spinnaker’s underwriting first approach paired with its risk participation in programs alongside reinsurance markets. This strategy aligns Spinnaker’s interests with those of the reinsurers and MGAs, prioritizing underwriting profitability over volume. Since Spinnaker’s entry into the market, the number of fronting carriers participating in underwriting risk, now referred to as participatory fronts, has increased to over 20. The fronting company index, as reported by Dowling Partners, has increased from $1.8 billion of Gross Written Premium in 2015 to $11.2 billion in 2022, growing 41% year-over-year. This growth has been fueled by the significant increase in MGAs throughout this period.
Our Economic Model
Spinnaker’s risk appetite is primarily focused on short-tail lines of business. Programs are generally reinsured utilizing program specific quota share reinsurance with XOL complementing the programmatic structure. Reinsurance structures are designed to provide Spinnaker protection from both low return period frequency events and large tail events up to the 1:250-year return period. Spinnaker includes provisions in its program agreements that allow it to non-renew business if the programs it supports are unable to secure satisfactory reinsurance. Spinnaker’s economic model generates margin both on a fee basis and on a traditional underwriting (e.g., combined ratio) basis based on the risk it retains. Spinnaker earns investment income on the premiums and commission it retains while waiting to pay claims or settle obligations, commonly referred to as float.
Hippo Home Insurance Program
The Hippo Home Insurance Program is the Company’s Hippo-branded homeowners insurance business.Our mission is to deliver intuitive and proactive protection for homeowners by combining the power of technology with a human touch.
Modern technology provides an opportunity to transform the $133 billion U.S. home insurance industry, enabling advancements and efficiencies across the customer lifecycle. We believe there is significant opportunity in this market, expected to reach nearly $142 billion by 2024 (according to industry data from S&P Global) for a digital-first, customer-centric company like Hippo.
Our targeted customers, a demographic we call “Generation Better”, are homeowners who proactively maintain their homes, are open to using technology to do so, and welcome a modern insurance brand. We estimate that Generation Better represents 33% of all U.S. homeowners.
We believe the market is poised for rapid transformation with trends emerging in big data, technology, and underwriting that will allow better assessment of home insurance risk resulting in more accurate pricing, proliferation of application programming interfaces (“APIs”), and meeting the rising customer expectations for personalized and real-time products. We believe the COVID-19 pandemic only accelerated this change, increasing homeowner adoption of digital channels and growing demands on the use of their homes.

8


Hippo harnesses technology and data to refocus the home insurance experience around the customer’s needs at every stage of the relationship. We seek to facilitate an active partnership with our customers to help prevent losses, which in turn creates better results for Hippo. The result creates an opportunity for a win-win.
In the third quarter of 2023 we began taking several actions to lower the volatility of our Hippo Homeowners Insurance Program portfolio in light of the significant catastrophe losses we experienced in the second quarter, including raising rates on a portion of our renewal business, increasing deductibles for wind and hail perils, selectively non-renewing policies in certain regions, and instituting a nationwide pause on underwriting new premiums for our HO3 business as we examine our risk appetite. We also launched an expense reduction initiative across the Company, including a reduction in staff which we announced in October 2023.
Our Economic Model
Hippo Home Insurance Program’s main source of revenue is the premiums paid to us by our homeowner customers. In addition, the revenues include commissions for premiums we cede to third parties, policy and service fees and investment income. Our strategy is to retain underwriting risk where we believe our loss prevention strategies are the most effective.
Barriers to Entry
New entrants who work to rebuild the customer experience, with technology, new data and nimble changes, will be better positioned to serve today’s homeowners. For the right company, the opportunity is enormous. However, new entrants must overcome high barriers to entry:
Significant initial capital requirements to support insurance risk, challenges finding cost-effective reinsurance without an underwriting track record, expensive off-the-shelf policy and claims management systems, or resource-intensive investment in developing a directorproprietary tech stack
Complicated and fragmented regulatory landscape with a unique set of RTPY, Mr. Thompsonrules from each state
Significant resource investment in tech and infrastructure to access, collect and validate insurance-related data, in addition to the development of multiple customized APIs
Difficulty accessing distribution networks, built upon a legacy, agent-based distribution, or resource-intensive process of creating and scaling new, alternative customer acquisition channels
We believe incumbents face multiple challenges in responding to the ongoing transformation and meeting customer needs, including channel conflict, data stability and veracity (stemming from unverified customer-supplied data), and too much reliance on aging and siloed technology. And with the agent population shrinking (according to McKinsey & Company research), incumbents may find it harder to access new customers who increasingly choose digital, direct-to-consumer channels.
Competition
We face competition from established national brand names that offer competing products. These more established competitors have advantages such as brand recognition, greater access to capital, breadth of product offering, and scale of resources. We also face competition from select and new insurtechs that offer digital platforms. However, the market is fragmented, with just one carrier having over 10% market share according to S&P Capital IQ. This allows for multiple large and growing players to coexist with differentiated products and approaches.
Hippo’s distinctive customer experience, vertical focus on complete home protection, and purpose-built, full stack technology infrastructure differentiate our model from our larger and smaller competitors alike. Though incumbents collect vast amounts of data, we believe their legacy systems are not as flexible and dynamic as our integrated technology. Our full stack system allows us to better implement data into our business model and realize the benefits in underwriting, claims, and profitability. This system also enables us to deploy Hippo’s proprietary quoting and underwriting engine (via API) across Hippo’s diversified distribution channels and partners to gain market share.

9


We believe our strategy to deliver the first all-in home protection platform is unique and differentiated and that our competitive advantages across smart home, technology, and distribution will bemake it difficult for competitors — old or new — to emulate our approach.
Our Values and People
As of December 31, 2023, we had a total of 516 employees, of which 401 were located in the Chief Executive OfficerUnited States and Chief Financial Officer115 located internationally. We engage temporary workers and independent contractors when necessary in connection with a director of RTPY, and David Cohen will be the Secretary of RTPY, and each of the foregoing will owe fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands lawparticular project, to RTPY. Mr. Hoffman will also bemeet increases in demand or to fill vacancies while recruiting a board observer of RTPY.

Our Acquisition Process

Certain memberspermanent employee. None of our management teamemployees are members ofcurrently represented by a labor union or employedare covered by Reinvent Capital LLC (“Reinvent Capital”). Certain of our directors and officers have fiduciary and contractual duties to the Other Existing Reinvent SPACs, to Reinvent Capital and to certain companies in which Reinvent Capital has invested. These entities may competea collective bargaining agreement with us for acquisition opportunities. If these entities decide to pursue any such opportunity, we may be precluded from pursuing such opportunities. Subjectrespect to his or her fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law, noneemployment. To date we have not experienced any work stoppages, and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good. Our people team is focused on identifying and retaining top talent and building a world class organization. We use recognition and rewards including compensation and equity to attract and retain our talent. In the fourth quarter of 2023 we launched an expense reduction initiative across the Company, which included a reduction in staff.

Seasonality
Seasonal patterns can impact our incurrence of claims losses, as seasonal weather patterns impact the level and amount of claims we receive. These patterns include hurricanes, wildfires, and coastal storms in the fall, cold weather patterns and changing home heating needs in the winter, and tornados and hailstorms in the spring and summer. The mix of geographic exposure and products within our customer base impacts our exposure to these weather patterns, and as we diversify our base of premium such that our exposure more closely resembles the industry exposure, we should see the impact of these events on our business more closely resemble the impact on the broader industry.
Data Privacy and Protection Laws
Since we receive, use, transmit, disclose and store personal data, we are subject to numerous state and federal laws and regulations that address privacy, data protection and the collection, storing, sharing, use, transfer, disclosure and protection of certain types of data. In the U.S., insurance companies are subject to the privacy provisions of the membersfederal Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) Insurance Information and Privacy Protection Model Act, to the extent adopted and implemented by various state legislatures and insurance regulators. The regulations implementing these laws require insurance companies to disclose their privacy practices to consumers, allow customers to opt-in or opt-out, depending on the state, of the sharing of certain personal information with unaffiliated third parties, and maintain certain security controls to protect their information. Additionally, we are subject to the Telephone Consumer Protection Act which restricts the making of telemarketing calls and the use of automatic telephone dialing systems. Violators of these laws face regulatory enforcement action, substantial civil penalties, injunctions, and in some states, private lawsuits for damages.
Privacy and data security regulation in the U.S. is rapidly evolving. For example, in California the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”), which came into force in 2020, gives California residents expanded rights to access and request deletion of their personal information, opt out of certain personal information sharing, and receive detailed information about how their personal information is used and shared. The CCPA allows for the California Attorney General to impose civil penalties for violations, and provides a private right of action for certain data breaches. In 2020, California voters also passed the California Privacy Rights Act (“CPRA”), which amended the CCPA and took effect on January 1, 2023. The CPRA significantly modifies the CCPA, including by imposing additional obligations on covered companies and expanding California consumers’ rights with respect to certain personal information, including their ability to limit the use of precise geolocation information and other categories of information classified as “sensitive.” In addition to increasing our compliance costs and potential liability, the CCPA’s restrictions on “sales” of personal information may restrict our use of cookies and similar technologies for advertising purposes. The CCPA excludes information covered by Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the Driver’s Privacy Protection Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, and the California Financial Information Privacy Act from the CCPA’s scope, but the CCPA’s definition of “personal information” is broad and may encompass other information that we maintain.

10


The CCPA marked the beginning of a trend toward more stringent privacy legislation in the U.S., and multiple states have subsequently enacted or proposed similar laws. States with recently enacted and currently effective data privacy laws include Nevada, Virginia, Colorado, Connecticut, and Utah; new data privacy laws will become effective during 2024 in Montana and Oregon; and Delaware, Indiana, Iowa, Tennessee, and Texas have all passed data privacy laws that will become effective in 2025 or 2026. There is also discussion in Congress of a new comprehensive federal data protection and privacy law to which we likely would be subject if it is enacted.
Various regulators are interpreting existing state consumer protection laws to impose evolving standards for the online collection, use, dissemination and security of other personal data. Courts may also adopt the standards for fair information practices which concern consumer notice, choice, security and access. Consumer protection laws require us to publish statements that describe how we handle personal information and choices individuals may have about the way we handle their personal data. If such information that we publish is considered untrue, we may be subject to government claims of unfair or deceptive trade practices, which could lead to significant liabilities and consequences. Furthermore, violating consumers’ privacy rights or failing to take appropriate steps to keep consumers’ personal data secure may constitute unfair acts or practices in or affecting commerce. For additional information, see “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business — We are subject to laws and regulations concerning our collection, processing, storage, sharing, disclosure, and use of customer information and other sensitive data, and our actual or perceived failure to comply with data privacy and security laws and regulations could damage our reputation and brand and harm our business and operating results.”
Data Security and Cybersecurity Laws
In addition to data privacy laws, a growing number of states have enacted data security and cybersecurity laws requiring companies to take proactive data security measures to protect sensitive information from cybersecurity threats. Twenty states and the District of Columbia require that companies employ reasonable data security measures, and seven states have prescriptive laws that require companies to develop, implement, and maintain specific data security measures and, in some cases, a comprehensive information security program. States have also enacted industry-specific data security and cybersecurity laws, including the NAIC Insurance Data Security Model Law, which twenty two states and the District of Columbia have adopted, and the New York Department of Financial Services (NYDFS) Cybersecurity Requirements for Financial Services Companies (the “NYDFS Reg”). The NYDFS Reg requires state-licensed financial institutions, including insurance companies, to protect their information systems and the nonpublic information that they store by requiring policies and procedures, risk assessment, and certain core cybersecurity program elements. On November 1, 2023, the NYDFS adopted amendments to the NYDFS Reg which require enhanced governance, updated cybersecurity incident reporting, enhanced access controls, expanded asset inventory requirements, updated training obligations, and updated risk and vulnerability assessments.
At the federal level, in July 2023 the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued a final rule requiring registrants to disclose material cybersecurity incidents they experience and to disclose on an annual basis material information regarding their cybersecurity risk management, strategy, and governance. For additional information, see “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Industry —The increasing adoption by states of cybersecurity regulations has imposed, and could impose additional, compliance burdens on us and expose us to additional liability” and Item 1C. Cybersecurity.
Insurance Regulation
Hippo is subject to extensive regulation, primarily at the state level. These laws are generally intended to protect the interests of purchasers or users of insurance (which regulators refer to as policyholders), rather than the holders of securities we issue.
The method, extent, and substance of such regulation varies by state but are generally set out in statutes, regulations and orders that establish standards and requirements for conducting the business of insurance and that delegate authority for the regulation of insurance to a state agency. These laws, regulations and orders have a substantial impact on our business and relate to a wide variety of matters including insurer solvency and statutory surplus sufficiency, reserve adequacy, insurance company licensing, examination, investigation, agent and adjuster licensing, agent and broker compensation, policy forms, rates, and rules, the nature and amount of investments, claims practices, trade practices, participation in shared markets and guaranty funds, transaction with affiliates, the
11


payment of dividends, underwriting standards, withdrawal from business, statutory accounting methods, data privacy and data security regulation, corporate governance, internal and external risk management, moratoriums (including of lawful actions), and other matters. In addition, state legislatures and insurance regulators continue to examine the appropriate nature and scope of state insurance regulations, including adopting new laws and regulations, and reinterpreting existing ones.
As part of an effort to strengthen the regulation of the financial services market, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank”) was enacted in 2010. Dodd-Frank created the Federal Insurance Office (“FIO”) within the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“Treasury”). The FIO monitors the insurance industry, provides advice to the Financial Stability Oversight Council (“FSOC”), represents the U.S. on international insurance matters, and studies the current regulatory system. Additional regulations or new requirements may emerge from the activities of various regulatory entities, including the Federal Reserve Board, FIO, FSOC, the NAIC, and the International Association of Insurance Supervisors (“IAIS”), that are evaluating solvency and capital standards for insurance company groups. In addition, the NAIC adopts and will continue to adopt model laws and regulations that will be adopted by various states. We cannot predict whether any specific state or federal measures will be adopted to change the nature or scope of the regulation of insurance or what effect any such measures would have on us.
Spinnaker, and its subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends without regulatory notice or in the case of certain dividends, regulatory approval, is restricted by Illinois and Texas law. Additionally, Spinnaker in the future may become commercially domiciled in additional jurisdictions depending on the amount of premiums written in those states. The laws of these other jurisdictions contain similar limitations on the payment of dividends by insurance companies that are domiciled in that state, and such laws may be more restrictive than Illinois and Texas.
In addition, the NAIC has recently developed a group capital calculation covering all entities of the insurance company group for use in solvency monitoring activities. Any increase in the amount of capital or reserves our insurance subsidiaries are required to hold could reduce the amount of future dividends such subsidiaries are able to distribute to the holding company.
In particular, the NAIC has developed a system to test the adequacy of statutory capital and surplus of U.S.-based insurance companies, known as risk-based capital, which all states have adopted. This system establishes the minimum amount of capital and surplus necessary for an insurance company to support its overall business operations in consideration of its size and risk profile. Any reduction in the risk-based capital ratios of our management team who areinsurance subsidiaries could require us to take remedial actions to increase our insurance subsidiaries’ capital and could also employedadversely affect their financial strength ratings as determined by our Sponsor statistical rating agencies.
Spinnaker is now also required to complete an Own Risk and Solvency Assessment (“ORSA”), which applies to any individual U.S. insurer that writes more than $500 million of annual direct written and assumed premium, and/or its affiliates have any obligationinsurance groups that collectively write more than $1 billion of annual direct written and assumed premium.During 2022, Spinnaker surpassed the $500 million threshold and as such is now required to present us with any opportunity for a potential business combinationcomplete an annual ORSA, the first of which they become aware. Our Sponsorit filed with the Illinois Insurance Commissioner in early 2024. The ORSA requires Spinnaker to regularly, and directorsno less than annually, assess the adequacy of its risk management framework and officers are also not prohibitedits current and estimated projected future solvency position, internally document the process and results of the assessment, and provide a confidential high-level ORSA Summary Report annually to the lead state commissioner if the insurer is a member of an insurance group and, upon request, to the domiciliary state regulator. The ORSA further requires Spinnaker to develop, maintain, and report on: the framework it uses to identify, assess, monitor, manage, and report on its relevant material risks; the assessed level of exposures from sponsoring, investingmaterial enterprise risks; and the assessed level of capital or otherwise becoming involved with, any other blank check companies, includingsurplus for the upcoming year and over the next three years.
Additionally, the NAIC has been examining the use of artificial intelligence in the insurance industry, such as the sources of some of the data we use in marketing and underwriting our products. In August 2020, the NAIC adopted a statement of “high-level guiding principles”, calling on industry participants to be “fair and ethical, accountable, compliant, transparent, and secure, safe, and robust” in connection with the use of artificial intelligence. These principles do not have the force and effect of law, but could lead the NAIC or individual states to take action in the future that might restrict our use of artificial intelligence in our business. On December 4, 2023, after opportunity for industry comment, the NAIC released a model bulletin entitled “Model Bulletin on the Use of Artificial Intelligence Systems by Insurers” (the “Model Bulletin”), which encourages insurers to develop,
12


implement and maintain a written program for the use of Artificial Intelligence (“AI”) systems (“AIS program”) that is designed to mitigate the risk that the use of AI systems in making or supporting decisions affecting insurers’ customers will result in decisions that are arbitrary or capricious, unfairly discriminatory or that otherwise violate unfair trade practice laws. According to the Model Bulletin, the AIS program should: (1) address governance, risk management controls and internal audit functions, (2) be adopted by the board of directors or an appropriate board committee, (3) be tailored to and proportionate with the insurer’s use and reliance on AI and AI systems, (4) be independent or part of an insurer’s existing enterprise risk management framework; (5) address the use of all AI systems that make decisions impacting customers and include processes and procedures for notify impacted consumers that AI systems are in use; (6) address the AI systems used with respect to regulated insurance practices whether developed by an insurer or third party vendor; (7) address the use of AI systems across the insurance product life cycle. State insurance departments may elect to adopt the Model Bulletin, and we may be required to comply with its provisions. Individual states are also proposing their initial business combinations, priorown regulations. On January 17, 2024, for example, New York issued a proposed circular letter for public comment concerning the use of external consumer data and AI Systems that seeks to us completing our initial Business Combination,achieve similar aims as the NAIC Model Bulletin but with a greater emphasis on compliance testing and third party vendor compliance oversight.
At the federal level, on October 30, 2023, President Biden issued an executive order (EO) on Safe, Secure, and Trustworthy AI which sets forth a wide range of federal regulatory principles and priorities, directs several federal agencies to promulgate standards and technical guidelines, and invokes statutory authority, the Defense Production Act, to advance a coordinated, federal government-wide approach toward the safe and responsible development of AI. The EO signals that federal regulation of AI may be forthcoming, which would potentially impose additional regulatory burden on us.
Spinnaker is, and any insurance companies that we would form in the future would be, part of an insurance holding company system and as such involvement may resultis subject to regulation in conflictsthe jurisdictions in which these insurance subsidiaries are domiciled. These holding company laws generally provide that the acquisition or change of interest.“control” of a domestic or commercially domiciled insurer or of any person that controls such an insurer cannot be consummated without the prior approval of the relevant insurance regulator. In general, a presumption of “control” arises from the ownership, control, possession with the power to vote, or possession of proxies with respect to ten percent or more of the voting securities of an insurer or of a person who controls an insurer. In addition, certain state insurance laws could require pre-acquisition notification and approval by a state where our insurance subsidiaries are merely licensed. For additional information, see “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our management team, in their capacities as directors, officers or employeesIndustry — We are subject to extensive insurance industry regulations” and “— Our insurance company subsidiaries are subject to minimum capital and surplus requirements, and failure to meet these requirements could subject us to regulatory action.”
Intellectual Property
We consider the Hippo brand and those brands of our Sponsor orsubsidiaries to be among our most valuable assets. Our future success depends to a large degree upon our ability to defend the Hippo brand and its affiliates orassociated sub-brands from infringement and, to a limited extent, to protect our other intellectual property. We rely on a combination of trademark, patent and other intellectual property laws and confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions such as non-disclosure terms to protect our intellectual property.
As of December 31, 2023, our patent portfolio consisted of five U.S. utility patents covering autonomous cancellation of insurance policies using a multi-tiered data structure, system and method for updating a policy object and real time rate monitoring, and two pending utility patent applications in their other endeavors (including other special purpose acquisition companies theythe United States. Our issued patents are or may become involved with), may chooseexpected to present

potential business combinations to the related entities described above, current or future entities affiliated with or managed by our Sponsor, or third parties, before they present such opportunities to us, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands lawexpire between July 31, 2038 and any other applicable fiduciary duties. Our amendedJanuary 29, 2041. As of December 31, 2023, Hippo’s trademark portfolio consisted of forty-two registered trademarks, and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (i) no individual servingSpinnaker had one registered trademark. Hippo’s name is also registered as a director or an officer shall have any duty, excepttrademark in Algeria, Armenia, Australia, Bhutan, Bosnia & Herzegovina, Cambodia, Columbia, the European Union, Georgia, Iceland, India, Indonesia, Israel, Japan, Kazakhstan, Laos, Liechtenstein, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, New Zealand, Norway, Philippines, Republic of Korea, Republic of Moldova, Russian Federation, San Marino, Serbia, Singapore, Switzerland, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, United Kingdom, United States of America and Vietnam.


13


The expansion of our business has required us to protect our trademarks, domain names, and patents and, to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similarthat we expand our business activities or lines of business as us; and (ii)into new geographic areas, we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for any director or officer, on the one hand, and us, on the other. For more information, see “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officer and Corporate Governance—Conflicts of Interest.”

Our directors and officers presently have, and any of them in the future may have, additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities (including other special purpose acquisition companies they are or may become involved with) pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to presentprotect our trademarks, domain names, patents and other intellectual property in an increasing number of jurisdictions, a Business Combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, if any of our directors or officers becomes aware of a Business Combination opportunityprocess that is suitable for an entityexpensive and sometimes requires litigation. If we are unable to protect our trademarks, domain names, patents and other intellectual property rights, or prevent third parties from infringing upon them, our business may be adversely affected, perhaps materially. For additional information, see “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business — Failure to protect or enforce our intellectual property rights could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition” and “— Claims by others that we infringed their proprietary technology or other intellectual property rights could result in litigation which heis expensive to support, and if resolved adversely, could harm our business.”

Available Information
Our internet website address is www.hippo.com. In addition to the information about us and our subsidiaries contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, information about us can be found on our website. Our website and information included in or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she may need to honor these fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such Business Combination opportunity to such entity, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. Our directors and officers are also not required to commit any specified amount of timelinked to our affairs,website are not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including identifying potential Business Combinations and monitoring the related due diligence.

We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary dutiesamendments to those reports filed or contractual obligations of our directorsfurnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or officers will materially affect our ability to identify and pursue Business Combination opportunities (if we do not consummate the proposed Hippo Business Combination) or complete our initial Business Combination, including the proposed Hippo Business Combination.

Initial Business Combination

The New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) rules require that our initial Business Combination must be with one or more operating businesses or assets with a fair market value equal to at least 80%15(d) of the net assets held inSecurities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are available free of charge through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the trust account (net of amounts disbursed to management for working capital purposes, if permitted,Securities and excludingExchange Commission, or SEC. Additionally the amount of any deferred underwriting discount held in trust). We refer to this as the 80% of net assets test. If our board of directors is not able to independently determine the fair market valueSEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information. The address of the target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. We do not currently intend to purchase multiple businesses in unrelated industries in conjunction with our initial Business Combination, although thereSEC’s website is no assurance that will be the case.

We will only complete an initial Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the issued and outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target business sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of fair market value test.

Competition

We expect to encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other blank check companies and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources or more local industry knowledge than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. Additionally, the number of blank check companies looking for Business Combination targets has increased compared

www.sec.gov.

to recent years and many of these blank check companies are sponsored by entities or persons that have significant experience with completing Business Combinations. While we believe there are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire with the net proceeds from our Initial Public Offering and Private Placement, if the proposed Hippo Business Combination is not consummated, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, in the event we seek shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination and we are obligated to pay cash for our Class A ordinary shares, it will potentially reduce the resources available to us for our initial Business Combination. Any of these obligations may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a Business Combination. If we have not completed our initial Business Combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless.

Employees

We currently have two officers and do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial Business Combination. Members of our management team are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until we have completed our initial Business Combination. The amount of time that any such person will devote in any time period will vary based on the status of the proposed Hippo Business Combination and, if the proposed Hippo Business Combination is not consummated, whether a different target business has been selected for our initial Business Combination and the current stage of the Business Combination process.

Item 1.A.

Risk Factors.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully all ofconsider the risks described below together with the other information contained in this Annual Report, including our financial statements and related notes, before making a decision to invest in our securities. Ifan investment decision. Our business, prospects, financial condition, or operating results could be harmed by any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected. Inthese risks, as well as other risks not currently known to us or that event, thewe currently consider immaterial. The trading price of our securities could decline due to any of these risks, and, as a result, you may lose all or part of your investment. Certain statements in “Risk Factors” are forward-looking statements. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
Risks Related to Our Business
We have a history of net losses and we may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.
We have incurred significant net losses on an annual basis since our incorporation in 2015, and we may continue to experience net losses in the future. Several factors have contributed to our historical losses, including, most recently, volatility in our earnings due to severe weather events, in response to which we instituted a nationwide pause on underwriting new premiums for our HO3 business in the third quarter of 2023. This pause is intended to reduce volatility, but it also has the effect of reducing premium and revenue. Also, over the long term, we expect to expend substantial financial and other resources on marketing and advertising as part of our strategy to increase our customer base. The marketing and advertising expenses that we incur are typically expensed immediately, while most revenues that the expenses generate are recognized ratably over the 12-month term of each insurance policy that we write. This timing difference can, therefore, result in expenses that exceed the related revenue generated in any given year and create a net loss. In addition, although we have reduced headcount in the past in an effort to reduce expenses, over time we intend to grow our employee base. Also, as a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. Despite these actions and investments, we may not succeed in increasing our revenue on the timeline that we expect or in an amount sufficient to lower our net loss and ultimately become profitable. Moreover, if our revenue declines, we may not be able to reduce costs in a timely manner because many of our costs are fixed, at least in the short term. In addition, if we reduce variable costs to respond to losses as we did in 2023, this may limit our ability to sign up new customers and grow our revenues. Accordingly, we may not achieve or maintain profitability and we may continue to incur significant losses in the future.
14


Our success and ability to grow our business depend on retaining and expanding our customer base. If we fail to add new customers or retain current customers, our business, revenue, operating results, and financial condition could be harmed.
We believe that growth of our business and revenue depends upon our ability to strategically grow our business in the geographic markets that we currently serve by retaining our existing customers, adding new customers in certain geographies, and adding new insurance and non-insurance home-related products. Expanding into new geographic markets, reducing our footprint in some geographic markets, and introducing new products takes time, requires us to navigate and comply with extensive regulations, and may occur more slowly than we expect or than it has occurred in the past. If we lose customers, our value will diminish. In particular, while we expect our loss performance to improve over time as more customers renew their policies and remain customers for longer, our recent nationwide pause in writing new HO3 business and other actions to combat volatility resulted in a loss of customers, and any future loss of customers could lead to higher loss ratios, loss ratios that cease to decline, or declining revenue, any of which would adversely impact our profitability. If we fail to remain competitive on customer experience, pricing, or insurance coverage options, our ability to grow and retain our business may also be adversely affected. In addition, we may fail to accurately predict or execute risk segmentation of new and renewal customers or potential customers, which could also reduce our profitability.
While a key part of our business strategy is to retain and add customers in our existing markets, we also intend to expand our operations into new markets and new products. In doing so, we may incur losses or otherwise fail to enter new markets or introduce new products successfully. Our expansion into new markets and new products may place us in unfamiliar competitive environments and involve various risks, including competition, government regulation, the need to invest significant resources, and the possibility that returns on such investments will not be achieved for several years or at all.
There are many factors that could negatively affect our ability to grow our customer base, including if:
we fail to effectively use search engines, social media platforms, content-based online advertising, and other online sources for generating traffic to our website;
potential customers in a particular marketplace or more generally do not meet our underwriting guidelines;
our products are not competitive in terms of customer experience, pricing, or insurance coverage options;
our competitors mimic our digital platform or develop other innovative services, causing current and potential customers to purchase their insurance products instead of our products;
we lose customers to new market entrants and/or existing competitors;
we do not obtain regulatory approvals necessary for expansion into new markets or in relation to our products (such as line, form, underwriting, and rating approvals) or such approvals contain conditions that impose restrictions on our operations (such as limitations on growth);
our digital platform experiences disruptions;
we suffer reputational harm to our brand resulting from negative publicity, whether accurate or inaccurate;
we fail to expand geographically;
we fail to offer new and competitive products, to provide effective updates to our existing products or to keep pace with technological improvements in our industry;
we are unable to maintain traditional retail agent relationships;
customers have difficulty installing, updating or otherwise accessing our website or software application on mobile devices or web browsers as a result of actions by us or third parties;
customers are unable or unwilling to adopt or embrace new technology;
15


technical or other problems frustrate the customer experience, particularly if those problems prevent us from generating quotes or paying claims in a fast and reliable manner; or
we are unable to address customer concerns regarding content, data privacy, and security generally or for our digital platform specifically.
Our inability to overcome these challenges could impair our ability to attract new customers and retain existing customers and could have a material adverse effect on our business, revenue, operating results, and financial condition.
The “Hippo” brand may not become as widely known as incumbents’ or other competitors’ brands or the brand may become tarnished.
Many of our competitors have brands that are well recognized. We have spent and over time expect to spend considerable money and other resources to create brand awareness and build our reputation. We may not be able to build brand awareness, and our efforts at building, maintaining, and enhancing our reputation could fail. Complaints or negative publicity about our business practices, our marketing and advertising campaigns, our compliance with applicable laws and regulations, the integrity of the data that we provide to consumers or business partners, data privacy and security issues, and other aspects of our business, whether valid or not, could diminish confidence in our brand, which could adversely affect our reputation and business. As we expand our product offerings and enter new markets, we need to establish our reputation with new customers, and to the extent we are not successful in creating positive impressions, our business in these newer markets could be adversely affected. There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain or enhance our reputation, and failure to do so could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition. If we are unable to maintain or enhance consumer awareness of our brand cost-effectively, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
Denial of claims or our failure to accurately and timely pay claims could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and our reputation.
We must accurately and timely evaluate and pay claims that are made under our policies. Many factors affect our ability to pay claims accurately and timely, including the efficiency of our claims processing, the training and experience of our claims adjusters (including our third-party claims administrators and adjusters), and our ability to develop or select and implement appropriate procedures and systems to support our claims functions.
The speed by which our technology allows us to process and pay claims is a differentiating factor for our business and an increase in the average time to process claims could undermine our reputation and position in the insurance marketplace. Any failure to pay claims accurately or timely could also lead to regulatory and administrative actions or material litigation; lead to loss or reduction in the reinsurance recoveries; or result in damage to our reputation, any one of which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.
If our claims adjusters or third-party claims administrators are unable to effectively process our volume of claims, our ability to grow our business while maintaining high levels of customer satisfaction could be compromised, which—in turn—could adversely affect our reputation and operating margins.
Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business performance, implementation of our business model, and our future prospects.
We launched our business to sell homeowners insurance in 2015, began selling policies as an insurance producer in 2017, and began underwriting and retaining risks under insurance policies as an insurance company in 2020. Due to this limited operating history and the rapid growth that we experienced since we began operations, our operating results are hard to predict, and our historical results may not be indicative of, or comparable to, our future results. We also cannot provide any assurance that the data that we collect will provide useful measures for evaluating our business model. Our inability to adequately assess and predict our performance and growth could have a material adverse effect on our brand, business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We may not be able to manage our growth effectively.
16


Our revenue grew in the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, although our total average number of employees decreased during the same period. This revenue growth, coupled with reduced headcount, has placed and may continue to place significant demands on our management and our operational and financial resources. Our corporate and organizational structure will become more complex if we make acquisitions, add additional insurance and non-insurance products, expand our operations, add and integrate employees, and invest in joint venture and other strategic investments. To accommodate our growth, we will need to enhance our operational, legal and compliance, financial, and management controls, as well as our reporting systems and procedures. We will require significant capital expenditures and the allocation of valuable management resources to grow and change in these areas, without undermining our corporate culture of rapid innovation, teamwork, and attention to the insurance-buying experience for the customer. If we cannot manage our growth effectively to maintain the accuracy, quality, and efficiency of our customers’ insurance-buying experience, as well as their experience as ongoing customers, our business could be harmed as a result, and our results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.
Intense competition in the segments of the insurance industry in which we operate could negatively affect current financials and our ability to attain or increase profitability.
The homeowners’ insurance market is highly competitive with carriers competing through product coverage, reputation, financial strength, advertising, price, customer service, and distribution.
We face significant competition from traditional insurance companies for homeowners. Competitors include companies such as Allstate, Farmers, Liberty Mutual, State Farm, and Travelers. These companies are larger than us and have significant competitive advantages over us, including greater name recognition, higher financial strength ratings, greater resources, additional access to capital, and more types of insurance coverage to offer—such as auto, umbrella and life—than we currently do (or expect to offer in the future). Our future growth will depend in large part on our ability to grow our homeowners’ insurance business in which traditional insurance companies retain certain advantages. In particular, unlike us, many of these competitors offer consumers the ability to purchase homeowners’ insurance and multiple other types of insurance coverage and “bundle” them together into one policy and—in certain circumstances—include an umbrella liability policy for additional coverage at competitive prices. Although we expect to continue to grow vertically and offer additional home-related products (including non-insurance products), we do not currently expect to expand into other types of insurance. New insurance and non-insurance products could take months or years to be approved by regulatory authorities or may not be approved at all.
Moreover, as we expand into new lines of business and offer additional non-insurance home-related products beyond homeowners’ insurance, we could face intense competition from companies that are already established in such markets. In non-insurance products, we face competition from large technology companies, such as Alphabet and Amazon, that have significant resources and long-standing relationships with customers across a variety of products.
Further, various large technology companies and other companies with a large consumer base that have recently started operating in adjacent categories, including insurance, may offer homeowners insurance products in the future. Technology companies may in the future begin operating and offering products with better and more competitive customer experience, pricing, and insurance coverage options than us, which could cause our results of operations and financial condition to be materially and adversely affected. In addition, traditional insurance companies may seek to adapt their businesses to sell insurance by offering modernized coverage or non-insurance products like we do, including offering home care and maintenance products. Given their size, resources, customer penetration, and other competitive advantages, they may be able to erode any market advantage that we may currently have over them.
We also face competition from existing and new “insurtech” insurance companies, and “insurtech” insurance agencies and managing general agents and underwriters whose use of digital platforms (including for sales, underwriting, and claims) are similar to ours. These competitors may be able to introduce new sales, underwriting, and claims systems that are viewed more attractively than ours by insurance consumers. These models require significantly less infrastructure and capital expenditures than traditional insurance businesses and can be operated without the need to be licensed as an insurance company (as we did prior to our acquisition of Spinnaker).
17


Accordingly, the barriers of entry for new insurtech companies may be low and competitors may be able to begin operating and build scale quickly.
Reinsurance may be unavailable, including at current coverage, limits, or pricing, which may limit our ability to write new or renew existing business. Furthermore, reinsurance subjects our insurance company subsidiaries to counterparty credit and performance risk and may not be adequate to protect us against all losses, each of which could have a material effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
Reinsurance is a contract by which an insurer, which may be referred to as the ceding insurer, agrees with a second insurer, called a reinsurer, that the reinsurer will cover a portion of the losses incurred by the ceding insurer in the event a claim is made under a policy issued by the ceding insurer, in exchange for a premium. The insurance companies that underwrite our insurance products including, but not limited to, our insurance company subsidiaries, purchase reinsurance to help manage their exposure to property and casualty insurance risks associated with policies underwritten by such insurance companies, including attritional and catastrophic risks. Although our reinsurance counterparties are liable to us according to the terms of the reinsurance contracts, we remain primarily liable to our customers as the direct insurer on all risks reinsured. As a result, reinsurance does not eliminate or limit in any way the obligation of insurance companies that underwrite our insurance products, including our insurance company subsidiaries, to pay losses under those insurance policies or associated obligations, and we are subject to the risk that one or more reinsurers will be unable or unwilling to honor its obligations, or that the reinsurers will not pay in a timely fashion. Reinsurers may become financially unsound by the time they are called upon to pay amounts due, which may not occur for many years, in which case we may have no legal ability to recover what is due to us under our agreement with such reinsurers. Any disputes with reinsurers regarding coverage under reinsurance contracts could be time consuming, costly, and uncertain of success.
Our primary proportional reinsurance contracts generally have a fixed term, per occurrence limits, and are subject to variable commission adjustments and loss participation features, including loss corridors and loss ratio caps. Each reinsurer’s share in the interest and liabilities related to the reinsurance contract varies, and the reinsurers are severally—but not jointly—liable under the applicable reinsurance contract. Further, these reinsurance agreements may not be required to cover renewals of policies that the insurance carrier is required by law to renew or write, and we may not be able to lawfully cancel or non-renew insurance policies in a manner that assures ongoing reinsurance protection under our reinsurance contracts.
We have in the past and may in the future change the structure of our reinsurance arrangements, which may impact our overall risk profile and financial and capital condition. We may be unable to negotiate new reinsurance contracts to provide continuous coverage or negotiate reinsurance on the same coverage, limits, pricing, or other terms as are currently available, as such availability depends in part on factors outside of our control. The existing or new contracts may not provide sufficient reinsurance protection. Market forces and external factors (such as significant losses from hurricanes, wildfires, severe weather, or terrorist attacks) or an increase in capital requirements, impact the availability of coverage, limits, and pricing of the reinsurance we purchase. If we are unable to maintain our current level of reinsurance coverage, extend our expiring reinsurance contracts, or purchase new reinsurance protection with the coverage, limits, and pricing and in the amounts that we consider sufficient, we would have to either accept an increase in our retained risk exposure, reduce our insurance writings, or develop or seek other alternatives.
The unavailability of acceptable and sufficient reinsurance protection would have an adverse impact on our business model, which depends on reinsurance companies absorbing a significant portion of the losses incurred by our insurance carriers. If our affiliated and unaffiliated insurance carriers are unable to obtain adequate reinsurance at reasonable rates, we would have to increase our retained risk exposure or reduce the level of our underwriting commitments, each of which could have a material adverse effect upon our business volume and profitability. Alternately, if available, we could elect to pay higher than desired rates for reinsurance coverage, which could have a material adverse effect upon our profitability until policy premium rates could be raised, in most cases subject to prior approval by state insurance regulators, to offset this additional cost.
For our Hippo primary homeowners’ reinsurance program commencing in 2024, we elected not to purchase proportional reinsurance, and instead decided to retain more of the exposure and associated premium. Also, effective January 1, 2024, we elected to cut off 25% participation on our 2023 proportional reinsurance treaty and retain the remaining exposure and related premiums. For business produced through our builder channel in 2024, we
18


purchased proportional reinsurance from one third-party reinsurer and expect to retain approximately 85% of the premium before purchasing catastrophe protection. Because we have substantially reduced our proportional reinsurance coverage and retained more exposure, we may experience increased losses, and the level of capital required to be held at Spinnaker may increase, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
Failure to maintain our risk-based capital at the required levels could adversely affect the ability of our insurance company subsidiaries to maintain regulatory authority to conduct our business.
Our insurance company subsidiaries must maintain sufficient capital to comply with insurance regulatory requirements and maintain authority to conduct our business. The NAIC has developed a system to test the adequacy of statutory capital of U.S.-based insurers, known as risk-based capital that all states have adopted. This system establishes the minimum amount of capital necessary for an insurance company to support its overall business operations. It identifies insurance companies, including property-casualty insurers, that may be inadequately capitalized by looking at certain inherent risks of each insurer’s assets and liabilities and its mix of net written premiums. Insurers falling below a calculated threshold may be subject to varying degrees of regulatory action, including supervision, rehabilitation, or liquidation. Failure to maintain adequate risk-based capital at the required levels could adversely affect the ability of our insurance company subsidiaries to maintain regulatory authority to conduct their business.
Failure to maintain our financial strength ratings could adversely affect the ability of our insurance company subsidiaries to conduct our business as currently conducted.
Financial strength ratings are an important factor in evaluating and establishing the competitive position of insurance companies. These ratings represent the independent opinion of an insurer’s financial strength, operating performance, and ability to meet policyholder obligations. Rating agencies could downgrade or change the outlook on ratings due to:
changes in the financial profile of one of our insurance companies;
changes in a rating agency’s determination of the amount of capital required to maintain a particular rating;
increases in the perceived risk of our investment portfolio, a reduced confidence in management or our business strategy, or other considerations that may or may not be under our control; or
AM Best evaluation of the financial health of the holding company and its impact on the balance sheet strength of our rated insurance companies.
A downgrade in our insurance company subsidiaries’ financial strength ratings could have a material effect on our sales, competitiveness, customer retention, the marketability of our product offerings, liquidity, access to and cost of borrowing, results of operations, and financial condition.
If we are unable to underwrite risks accurately and charge competitive yet profitable rates to our customers, our business, results of operations, and financial condition will be adversely affected.
In general, the premiums for our insurance policies are established at the time a policy is issued and, therefore, before all of our underlying costs are known. The accuracy of our pricing is subject to our ability to adequately assess risks, estimate losses, and comply with state insurance regulations. Like other insurance companies, we rely on estimates and assumptions in setting our premium rates. We receive data from external data sources and also utilize the data that we gather through our interactions with our customers, as evaluated and curated by our proprietary technology.
Establishing adequate premium rates is necessary, together with investment income, if any, to generate sufficient revenue to offset losses, loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”), acquisition expenses, and other costs. If we do not accurately assess the risks that we underwrite, we may not charge adequate premiums to cover our losses and expenses, which would adversely affect our results of operations and our profitability. Moreover, if we determine that our prices are too low, insurance regulations may preclude us from being able to non-renew insurance contracts, non-renew customers, or raise prices. Alternatively, we could set our premiums too high, which could reduce our
19


competitiveness and lead to lower revenues, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Pricing involves the acquisition and analysis of historical loss data and the projection of future trends, loss costs and expenses, and inflation trends, among other factors, for each of our products in multiple risk tiers and many different markets. In order to accurately price our policies, we must, among other factors:
collect and properly and accurately analyze a substantial volume of data from our customers;
develop, test, and apply appropriate actuarial projections and rating formulas;
review and evaluate competitive product offerings and pricing dynamics;
closely monitor and timely recognize changes in trends; and
project both frequency and severity of our customers’ losses with reasonable accuracy.
There are no assurances that we will have success in implementing our pricing methodology accurately in accordance with our assumptions. Our ability to accurately price our policies is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to:
insufficient, inaccurate, or unreliable data;
incorrect or incomplete analysis of available data;
uncertainties generally inherent in estimates and assumptions;
our failure to establish or implement appropriate actuarial projections and rating formulas or other pricing methodologies;
incorrect or incomplete analysis of the competitive environment;
regulatory constraints on rate increases or coverage limitations;
our failure to accurately estimate investment yields and the duration of our liability for loss and loss adjustment expenses; and
unanticipated litigation, court decisions, legislative or regulatory actions, or changes to the existing regulatory landscape.
To address the potential errors or desired or required changes in our current premium rates, we may be compelled to increase the amount allocated to cover policy claims, increased expenses, or to address other economic factors resulting in an increase in future premium rates or to additionally or alternatively adopt different underwriting standards. Any of these changes may result in a decline in new business and renewals and, as a result, have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Our proprietary technology, which relies on third-party data, may not operate properly or as we expect it to.
We utilize third-party data gathered from the insurance application process to determine whether or not to write a particular policy and, if so, how to price that particular policy. The continuous development, maintenance, and operation of our technology is expensive and complex, and it may involve unforeseen difficulties including material performance problems, undetected defects, or errors, for example, with new capabilities incorporating artificial intelligence. We may encounter technical obstacles, and it is possible that we may discover additional problems that prevent our technology from operating properly. If our data analytics do not function reliably, we may incorrectly price insurance products for our customers or incorrectly pay or deny claims made by our customers. Either of these situations could result in customer dissatisfaction with us, which could cause customers to cancel their insurance policies with us, prevent prospective customers from obtaining new insurance policies, or cause us to underprice policies or overpay claims. Any of these eventualities could result in a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Our technology platform may not operate properly or as we expect it to operate.
20


We utilize our technology platform to gather customer data in order to determine whether or not to write and how to price our insurance products. Additionally, our claims operation utilizes our technology platform to manage claims and we intend to expand our technology platform to further support the processing of some or all of our claims. Our technology platform is complex and expensive to maintain and improve; its continuous development, maintenance, and operation may entail unforeseen difficulties, including material performance problems, undetected defects, or errors. We may encounter technical obstacles, and it is possible that we may discover additional problems that prevent our technology from operating properly. If our platform does not function reliably, we may incorrectly select or renew our customers, price insurance and non-insurance products for our customers, or incorrectly pay or deny claims made by our customers. These errors could result in (i) selecting an uneconomic mix of customers; (ii) customer dissatisfaction with us, which could cause customers to cancel or fail to renew their insurance policies or non-insurance products with us, or make it less likely that prospective customers obtain new insurance policies; (iii) causing us to underprice policies or overpay claims; or (iv) causing us to incorrectly deny policyholder claims and become subject to liability. Additionally, technology platform errors could result in failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations including, but not limited to, unintentional noncompliance with our rate and form filings, cancellation and non-renewal requirements, unfair trade and claims practices, and non-discrimination, which could subject us to legal or regulatory liability and harm our brand and reputation. Any of these eventualities could result in a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
While we believe our by-peril pricing model to be more fair to consumers than multi-peril pricing models, it may yield results that customers find unfair. For instance, we may quote certain homeowners higher premiums than our competitors if our pricing model determines that the customer is higher risk even though their higher-risk classification has not resulted in a claim on an individual basis. Such perception of unfairness could negatively impact our brand and reputation.
Our future success depends on our ability to continue to develop and implement our technology and to maintain the confidentiality of this technology.
Existing regulations and changes to existing regulations, their interpretation or implementation, or new regulations could impede our use of this technology or require that we disclose our proprietary technology to our competitors, which could impair our competitive position and result in a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
New legislation or legal requirements may affect how we communicate with our customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business model, financial condition, and results of operations.
State and federal lawmakers and insurance regulators are focusing upon the use of artificial intelligence broadly, including concerns about transparency, deception, and fairness in particular. Changes in laws or regulations, or changes in the interpretation of laws or regulations by a regulatory authority, specific to the use of artificial intelligence, may decrease our revenues and earnings and may require us to change the manner in which we conduct some aspects of our business. In addition, our business and operations are subject to various U.S. federal, state, and local consumer protection laws, including laws which place restrictions on the use of automated tools and technologies to communicate with wireless telephone subscribers or consumers generally. Although we have taken steps to comply with these laws, no assurance can be given that we will not be exposed to civil litigation or regulatory enforcement. Further, to the extent that any changes in law or regulation further restrict the ways in which we solicit, underwrite, or communicate with prospective or current customers before or during onboarding, customer care, or claims management, these restrictions could result in a material reduction in our customer acquisition and retention, reducing the growth prospects of our business, and adversely affecting our financial condition and future cash flows.
21


We rely on external data and our digital platform to collect and evaluate information that we utilize in producing, pricing, and underwriting our insurance policies (in accordance with the rates, rules, and forms filed with our regulators, where required), managing claims and customer support, and improving business processes. Any legal or regulatory requirements that might restrict our ability to collect or utilize this data or our digital platform, or an outage by a data vendor, could thus materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.
We use external data and our digital platform to collect and evaluate data points that we utilize in marketing, producing, pricing, and underwriting certain of our insurance policies, managing claims and customer support, and improving business processes. To the extent such data points are utilized in the underwriting or rating of our insurance products, these may be subject to prior regulatory filing, review, and approval. If federal or state regulators, or courts were to determine that the type or source of data we collect, the process we use for collecting this data, or how we or others use it results in failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations including, but not limited to, unfair trade and claims practices or non-discrimination laws, or otherwise violates existing laws and regulations, these could limit, prohibit, or restrict our collection or use of this data and could further result in potential administrative actions or material litigation.
In the U.S., the federal Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and certain federal and state laws and regulations specifically aimed at insurance companies require providers of insurance products to consumers to implement certain measures, including requirements to disclose their privacy practices to consumers, allow consumers to opt-in or opt-out, depending on the state, of the sharing of certain personal information with unaffiliated third parties, and maintain certain security controls to protect their information. State legislatures and regulators have and continue to issue regulations or pass legislation imposing requirements on insurance activities regarding the use of external data sources based on concerns about the potential for unfair discrimination, data privacy, and lack of consumer transparency associated with the use of external consumer data. If such laws or regulations were enacted federally or in a large number of states in which we operate, it could impact the integrity of our pricing and underwriting processes, as well as our customer service and claims management practices. A determination by federal or state regulators that the data points we utilize or the process we use for collecting this data unfairly discriminates against or violates the data privacy of some groups of people could also subject us to fines and other sanctions, including, but not limited to, disciplinary action, revocation and suspension of licenses, and withdrawal of product forms. Any such event could, in turn, materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, and make it harder for us to be profitable over time. Although we have implemented policies and procedures into our business operations that we feel are appropriately calibrated to our automation-driven operations, these policies and procedures may prove inadequate, resulting in a greater likelihood of inadvertent legal or compliance failures.
Further, an outage, termination, or discontinuation of the data provided from one of our data vendors could have a material adverse effect on our business, revenue, operating results, and financial condition, especially if the outage frustrates the customer experience or prevents us from generating quotes, selling policies, or paying claims.
Additionally, existing laws, future laws, and evolving attitudes about data privacy protection may impair our ability to collect, use, and maintain data points of sufficient type or quantity to continue to develop our technology in accordance with the current plans. For more information, see the below risk factor — “We are subject to laws and regulations concerning our collection, processing, storage, sharing, disclosure, and use of customer information and other sensitive data, and our actual or perceived failure to comply with data privacy and security laws and regulations could damage our reputation and brand and harm our business and operating results.”
We depend on search engines, content based online advertising, and other online sources to attract consumers to our website, which may be affected by third-party interference beyond our control. In addition, our producer and partner distribution channels are significant sources of new customers and could be impacted by third-party interference or other factors. As we grow, our customer acquisition costs may increase.
Our success depends on our ability to attract potential consumers to our website and convert them into customers in a cost-effective manner. We depend, in large part, on search engines, content-based online advertising, and other online sources for traffic to our website, including, to a lesser extent, our social media platforms.
22


With respect to search engines, we are included in search results as a result of both paid search listings, where we purchase specific search terms that result in the inclusion of our advertisement, and free search listings, which depend on algorithms used by search engines. For paid search listings, if one or more of the search engines or other online sources on which we rely for purchased listings modifies or terminates its relationship with us, our expenses could rise, we could lose consumers, and traffic to our website could decrease, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. For free search listings, if search engines on which we rely for algorithmic listings modify their algorithms, our websites may appear less prominently or not at all in search results, which could result in reduced traffic to our websites.
Our ability to maintain and increase the number of consumers directed to our products from digital platforms is not entirely within our control. Search engines, social media platforms, and other online sources often revise their algorithms and introduce new advertising products. If one or more of the search engines or other online sources on which we rely for traffic to our website were to modify its general methodology for how it displays our advertisements or keyword search results, resulting in fewer consumers clicking through to our website, our business and operating results are likely to suffer. In addition, if our online display advertisements are no longer effective or are not able to reach certain consumers due to consumers’ use of ad-blocking software, or if our competitors bid more aggressively on online advertisements, our business and operating results could suffer.
Additionally, changes in regulations could limit the ability of search engines and social media platforms, including, but not limited to, Google and Facebook, to collect data from customers and engage in targeted advertising, making them less effective in disseminating our advertisements to our target customers. For example, the proposed Designing Accounting Safeguards to Help Broaden Oversight and Regulations on Data (DASHBOARD) Act would mandate annual disclosure to the SEC of the type and “aggregate value” of user data used by harvesting companies, such as, but not limited to, Facebook, Google and Amazon, including how revenue is generated by user data and what measures are taken to protect the data. If the costs of advertising on search engines and social media platforms increase, we may incur additional marketing expenses or be required to allocate a larger portion of our marketing spend to other channels and our business and operating results could be adversely affected. Similarly, insurance brokerage and distribution regulation may limit our ability to rely on third-party digital technology platforms to provide a link to our insurance platform through an API if the third-party distribution platforms are unable to continue to link to our insurance products pursuant to insurance law and regulations.
Besides online direct-to-consumer channels, we also leverage other channels to secure customers, which benefits our growth and long-term vision of meeting customers where and when they want to buy. We utilize multiple indirect channels, including agency channels and partner channels, among others, which could be disrupted for a variety of reasons.
The insurance producers we work with also have a direct relationship with their customers and could be incentivized to move them to a competitor. While we have gained significant traction within this channel, due to our innovation, relationships, and technology, we could lose market share through our competitors’ innovation or new products. Competitors may also increase their commissions to increase their ability to attract specific risk-groups or geographic areas, which could slow our ability to grow and increase profitability.
Our partners may attempt to recreate our capabilities independently or move their business to a new insurance partner or add additional insurance partners. Competitors could also develop innovative approaches or significant incentives that could impact our ability to grow, optimize channel economics, or build new relationships.
We may require additional capital to grow our business, which may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all.
To the extent that our present capital is insufficient to meet future operating requirements (including regulatory capital requirements) or to cover losses, we may need to raise additional funds through financings or curtail our projected growth. Many factors will affect our capital needs, as well as their amount and timing (including our growth and profitability, risk retained, and the availability of reinsurance, market disruptions, and other developments).
Historically, we funded our operations, marketing expenditures, and capital expenditures primarily through equity issuances, including through convertible note financings. Going forward, we intend to evaluate financing opportunities from time to time, and our ability to obtain financing will depend, among other things, on our
23


development efforts, business plans, operating performance, and the condition of the capital markets at the time we seek financing. In addition, regulatory bodies may be required to approve additional equity, equity-linked securities, debt securities, or other forms of financing that we may wish to pursue, and we cannot be certain that these approvals can be obtained. We cannot be certain that additional financing will be available to us on favorable terms or at all.
If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity, equity-linked securities, or debt securities, those securities may have rights, preferences, or privileges senior to those of our common stock, and our existing stockholders may experience dilution. Any debt financing secured by us in the future could require that a substantial portion of our operating cash flow be devoted to the payment of interest and principal on such indebtedness, which may decrease available funds for other business activities and could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital-raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and pursue business opportunities.
If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth, maintain minimum amounts of risk-based capital, and respond to business challenges could be significantly limited, and our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be adversely affected.
Interruptions or delays in the services provided by third-party technology platforms and/or our internet service providers could impair the operability of our website and may cause our business to suffer.
We currently rely on multiple providers of cloud infrastructure services, including Google Cloud Platform, Amazon Web Services, Salesforce, and others (collectively, “Cloud Platforms”). We rely on the internet and, accordingly, depend on the continuous, reliable, and secure operation of internet servers, related hardware and software, and network infrastructure. Our operations depend on protecting the virtual cloud infrastructure hosted in Cloud Platforms by maintaining its configuration, architecture, and interconnection specifications, as well as the information stored in these virtual data centers and which third-party internet service providers transmit. Furthermore, we have no physical access to or control over the services provided by our Cloud Platforms. Although we have disaster recovery plans that utilize multiple Cloud Platforms’ locations, the data centers that we use are vulnerable to damage or interruption from human error, intentional bad acts, earthquakes, floods, fires, severe storms, war, terrorist attacks, power losses, hardware failures, systems failures, telecommunications failures, and similar events, many of which are beyond our control, and any of which could disrupt our services, prevent customers from accessing our products, destroy customer data, or prevent us from being able to continuously back up and record data. In the event of significant physical damage to one of these data centers, it may take a significant period of time to achieve full resumption of our services, and our disaster recovery planning may not account for all eventualities. Further, a prolonged Cloud Platform service disruption affecting our website for any of the foregoing reasons could damage our reputation with current and potential customers, expose us to liability, cause us to lose customers, or otherwise harm our business. In addition, any changes to our Cloud Platforms’ service levels may adversely affect our ability to meet the requirements of our customers. As our platform’s continuing and uninterrupted performance is critical to our success, sustained or repeated system failures would reduce the attractiveness of our offerings. We may also incur significant costs for using alternative platforms or taking other actions in preparation for, or in reaction to, events that damage the Cloud Platform services we use. Damage or interruptions to these data centers could harm our business. Moreover, negative publicity arising from these types of disruptions could damage our reputation and may adversely impact use of our website. Insurance coverage may not be sufficient to compensate us for the potentially significant losses, including the potential harm to the future growth of our business, that may result from interruptions in our services or products.
Our usage of Cloud Platforms enables us to order and reserve server capacity in varying amounts and sizes distributed across multiple regions. Our Cloud Platform approach provides us with computing and storage capacity pursuant to an agreement that continues until terminated by either party. Our Cloud Platform providers may terminate the agreement for multiple reasons (including, but not limited to, a requirement to comply with a government request, security risk to others, breach of payment obligations, or breach of contract). Termination of a Cloud Platform agreement may harm our ability to access data centers we need to host our website or to do so on terms as favorable as those we have today.
24


As we continue to expand the number of customers to whom we provide our products and services, we may not be able to scale our technology to accommodate the increased capacity requirements, which may result in interruptions or delays in service. In addition, the failure of Cloud Platforms’ data centers or third-party internet service providers to meet our capacity requirements could result in interruptions or delays in access to our website or impede our ability to scale our operations. In the event that one or more of our Cloud Platform service agreements are terminated or there is a lapse of service, interruption of internet service provider connectivity, or damage to such facilities, we could experience interruptions in access to our website as well as delays and additional expense in arranging new facilities and services, which could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Security incidents or real or perceived errors, failures, or bugs in our systems or website could impair our operations, result in loss of customers’ personal information, damage our reputation and brand, and harm our business and operating results.
Our continued success is dependent on our systems, applications, and software continuing to operate and to meet the changing needs of our customers and users. We rely on our technology and engineering staff and vendors to successfully implement changes to and maintain our systems and services in an efficient and secure manner. Like all information systems and technology, our website may contain material errors, failures, vulnerabilities, or bugs, particularly when new features or capabilities are released, and it may be subject to computer viruses or malicious code, break-ins, phishing impersonation attacks, attempts to overload our servers with denial-of-service or other attacks, ransomware and similar incidents, or disruptions from unauthorized use of our computer systems, as well as unintentional incidents causing data leakage, any of which could lead to interruptions, delays, or website shutdowns, or could cause loss of critical data, or the unauthorized disclosure, access, acquisition, alteration, or use of personal or other confidential information.
In the ordinary course of business, we collect, store, and transmit information, including personal information, in relation to our current, past, or potential customers, business partners, agents, staff, and contractors. We could be subject to a cyber-incident or other adverse event that threatens the security, confidentiality, integrity, or availability of our information resources, including intentional attacks or unintentional events where parties gain unauthorized access to systems to disrupt operations, corrupt data, or steal confidential information about subscribers, vendors, and employees. For example, unauthorized parties could steal or access our customers’ names, email addresses, physical addresses, phone numbers, and other information that we collect when providing insurance quotes. Outside parties may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees or customers to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to our information or customers’ information. Further, our vendors are also susceptible to data breaches, including our payment processing vendors who handle customer credit card numbers or other payment information. While we use encryption and authentication technology licensed from third parties designed to effect secure transmission of such information, we cannot guarantee the security of the transfer and storage of personal information. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems change frequently, often they are not recognized until launched against a target and may originate from less regulated and remote areas around the world. Accordingly, we may be unable to proactively address these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. Despite our efforts and processes to prevent breaches, our products and services, as well as our servers, computer systems, and those of third parties that we use in our operations are vulnerable to cybersecurity risks, including cyber-attacks such as viruses and worms, phishing attacks, denial-of-service attacks, physical or electronic break-ins, third-party or employee theft or misuse, and similar disruptions from unauthorized tampering with our servers and computer systems or those of third parties that we use in our operations, which could lead to interruptions, delays, loss of critical data, unauthorized access to customer data, and loss of consumer confidence. In addition, we may be the target of email scams that attempt to acquire personal information or company assets.
Security breaches, including by hackers or insiders, or any other types of data security or privacy-related incidents could expose confidential or personal information, which could result in mandatory public disclosures, potential regulatory investigations, fines, penalties, compliance orders, liability, litigation, and remediation costs, as well as reputational harm, any of which could materially adversely affect our business and financial results. It could also trigger claims by affected third parties. Further, even if we do not ourselves experience a cyber-incident, hacking against our competitors or other companies could create the perception among our customers or potential customers that our digital platform is not safe to use.
25


If we experience compromises to our security that result in technology performance, integrity, or availability problems, the complete shutdown of our website or the loss or unauthorized disclosure, access, acquisition, alteration, or use of confidential information, customers may lose trust and confidence in us, and customers may decrease the use of our website or stop using our services entirely. Further, outside parties may attempt to fraudulently induce employees or customers to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to our information or customers’ information. A significant impact on the performance, reliability, security, and availability of our systems, software, or services may harm our reputation, impair our ability to operate, impair our ability to retain existing customers or attract new customers, and expose us to legal claims and government action, each of which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations, and growth prospects.
Cyber-incidents are expected to accelerate on a global basis in both frequency and magnitude, and threat actors are increasingly sophisticated in using techniques that circumvent controls, evade detection, and remove forensic evidence, which means that we and our third-party providers may be unable to anticipate, contain or recover from future attacks or incidents in a timely or effective manner. The COVID-19 pandemic increased cybersecurity risk as a result of global remote working arrangements that are likely to continue and which present opportunities for threat actors to engage in social engineering (for example, phishing) and to exploit vulnerabilities in non-corporate networks. In addition, according to U.S. Government sources and others, the conflict involving Russia and Ukraine has resulted in a heightened risk of cyber-incidents against companies, supply chain vendors and others based in the U.S. or in U.S.-allied regions.
Misconduct or fraudulent acts by employees, agents, claims vendors, or third parties may expose us to financial loss, disruption of business, regulatory assessments, and reputational harm.
We and the insurance industry are inherently susceptible to past and future misconduct or fraudulent activities by employees, representative agents, claims vendors, customers, or other third parties. These activities could include fraud against the Company, its employees, and its customers through illegal or prohibited activities unauthorized acts or representations, or the unauthorized use or disclosure of personal or proprietary information.
Our success depends, in part, on our ability to establish and maintain relationships with quality and trustworthy service professionals.
We must continue to attract, retain, and grow the number of skilled and reliable service professionals who can provide services across our products. In addition to skill and reliability, our customers want to work with service professionals and claims adjusters whom they trust to work in their homes and with whom they feel safe.
While we maintain screening processes to try to prevent unsuitable service professionals from entering our organization, these processes have limitations and, even with these safety measures, no assurances can be provided regarding the future behavior of any service provider. Inappropriate and/or unlawful behavior of service professionals generally, particularly any such behavior that compromises the trustworthiness of service providers and/or of the safety of our customers, could result in bad publicity and related damage to our reputation, detriment to our brands and brand-building efforts, and/or actions by governmental and regulatory authorities, criminal proceedings and/or litigation. The occurrence of any of these events could, in turn, adversely affect our business, reputation, financial condition, and results of operations.
We may be unable to prevent, monitor, or detect fraudulent activity, including policy acquisitions or payments of claims that are fraudulent in nature.
If we fail to maintain adequate systems and processes to prevent, monitor, and detect fraud, including employee fraud, agent fraud, fraudulent policy acquisitions, claim vendor fraud, third-party or fraudulent claims activity, or if inadvertent errors occur with such prevention, monitoring, and detection systems due to human or computer error, our business could be materially adversely impacted. In the ordinary course of business in the insurance industry, we have experienced relatively isolated incidents of fraudulent activity that have not had a material impact on our business. However, we cannot be certain that our systems and processes will always be adequate in the face of increasingly sophisticated and ever-changing fraud schemes. We use a variety of tools to protect against fraud, but these tools may not always be successful at preventing such fraud.
26


We are periodically subject to examinations by our primary state insurance regulators, which could result in adverse examination findings and necessitate remedial actions.
Our primary insurance regulators are responsible for our supervision and examination of our insurance subsidiaries. Spinnaker is currently domiciled in Illinois and Spinnaker Specialty Insurance Company (Spinnaker Specialty) is an authorized/non-admitted insurer in Texas, and in the first quarter of 2022, we added Mainsail Insurance Company as an admitted insurer in Texas. RHS is a Cayman-domiciled insurance captive, and is subject to regulations and supervision imposed by the Cayman Islands.
Periodically, other non-domestic insurance regulators perform examinations of insurance companies under their jurisdiction to assess compliance with applicable laws and regulations, financial condition, and the conduct of regulated activities or may conduct targeted investigations. These examinations provide insurance regulators with a significant opportunity to review and scrutinize our business. If—as a result of an examination—an insurance regulator determines that our financial condition, capital resources, or other aspects of any of our operations are less than satisfactory, or that we are in violation of applicable laws or regulations, an insurance regulator could require us to take one or more remedial actions or otherwise subject us to regulatory scrutiny, impose fines and penalties, or take further actions including suspension or revocation of our licenses. We cannot predict with precision the likelihood, nature, or extent of any necessary remedial actions or financial impact (if any) resulting from such an examination or the associated costs of such remedial actions or regulatory scrutiny. Any regulatory or enforcement action or any regulatory order imposing remedial, injunctive, or other corrective action against us resulting from these examinations could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, financial condition, or results of operations.
We are subject to laws and regulations concerning our collection, processing, storage, sharing, disclosure, and use of customer information and other sensitive data, and our actual or perceived (or alleged) failure to comply with data privacy and security laws and regulations could damage our reputation and brand and harm our business and operating results.
In the ordinary course of business, we collect, store, and transmit information, including personal information, in relation to our current, past, or potential customers, business partners, agents, staff, and contractors. In the U.S., there are numerous federal and state data privacy and protection laws and regulations governing the collection, use, disclosure, protection, and other processing of personal information, including federal and state data privacy laws, data breach notification laws, and consumer protection laws. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (the “CCPA”), which became effective in January 2020, created new privacy rights for consumers residing in the state of California and imposes obligations on companies that process their personal information, including an obligation to provide certain new disclosures to such residents. Specifically, among other things, the CCPA creates new consumer rights and imposes corresponding obligations on covered businesses relating to the access to, deletion of, and sharing of personal information collected by covered businesses, including California residents’ right to access and delete their personal information, opt out of certain sharing and sales of their personal information, and receive detailed information about how their personal information is used. The law exempts from certain requirements of the CCPA certain information that is collected, processed, sold, or disclosed pursuant to the California Financial Information Privacy Act, the federal Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, or the federal Driver’s Privacy Protection Act. The definition of “personal information” in the CCPA is broad and may encompass other information that we maintain beyond that excluded under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the Driver’s Privacy Protection Act, or the California Financial Information Privacy Act exemption. Further, the CCPA allows for the California Attorney General to impose civil penalties for violations and provides a private right of action for certain data breaches that result in the loss of personal information. This private right of action is expected to increase the likelihood of, and risks associated with, data breach litigation. In addition, it remains unclear how various provisions of the CCPA will be interpreted and enforced. In 2020, California voters also passed the CPRA, which took effect on January 1, 2023. The CPRA significantly modifies the CCPA, including by imposing additional obligations on covered companies and expanding California consumers’ rights with respect to certain sensitive personal information, potentially resulting in further uncertainty and requiring us to incur additional costs and expenses in an effort to comply. The CCPA marked the beginning of a trend toward more stringent privacy legislation in the U.S., and multiple states have subsequently enacted or proposed similar laws. States with recently enacted and currently effective data privacy laws include Nevada, Virginia, Colorado, Connecticut, and Utah; new data privacy laws will become effective during 2024 in Montana and Oregon; and Delaware, Indiana, Iowa, Tennessee, and Texas have all
27


passed data privacy laws that will become effective in 2025 or 2026. There is also discussion in Congress of a new comprehensive federal data protection and privacy law to which we likely would be subject if it is enacted. Additionally, we are subject to the federal Telephone Consumer Protection Act, which restricts the making of telemarketing calls and the use of automatic telephone dialing systems. New laws and proposed legislation, if passed, could have conflicting requirements that could make compliance challenging, require us to expend significant resources to come into compliance, and restrict our ability to process certain personal information. The effects of the CCPA and other similar state laws subsequently enacted, as well as possible future state or federal laws, are potentially significant and may require us to modify our data collection and processing practices and policies and to incur substantial costs and potential liability in an effort to comply with such legislation.
In the event of a data breach, we are also subject to breach notification laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate, including U.S. state laws, and the risk of litigation and regulatory enforcement actions. In 2023, the SEC’s cybersecurity regulations came into effect, which require us to publicly disclose material cybersecurity incidents shortly after we deem them to be material. In addition, a number of federal and state laws and regulations relating to privacy affect and apply to the insurance industry specifically.
We may also face particular privacy, data security, and data protection risks in connection with requirements of the European Union’s (“E.U.”) General Data Protection Regulation 2016/679 (“GDPR”), the United Kingdom (“UK”) GDPR and UK Data Protection Act 2018 (which retains the GDPR in UK national law) and other data protection regulations in the E.U. and UK. Among other stringent requirements, the GDPR restricts transfers of data outside of the E.U. to third countries deemed to lack adequate privacy protections (such as the U.S.), unless an appropriate safeguard specified by the GDPR is implemented. A July 16, 2020 decision of the Court of Justice of the European Union invalidated a key mechanism for lawful data transfer to the U.S. and called into question the viability of its primary alternative. As such, the ability of companies to lawfully transfer personal data from the E.U. to the U.S. is presently uncertain. Other countries have enacted or are considering enacting similar cross-border data transfer rules or data localization requirements. These developments could limit our future ability to deliver our products in the E.U. and other foreign markets. In addition, any failure or perceived failure to comply with these rules may result in regulatory fines or penalties, including orders that require us to change the way we process data.
Additionally, we are subject to the terms of our privacy policies and data privacy-related obligations to third parties. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with our privacy policies, our data privacy-related obligations to customers or other third parties, or our other data privacy-related legal obligations, may result in governmental or regulatory investigations, enforcement actions, regulatory fines, compliance orders, litigation, or public statements against us by consumer advocacy groups or others and could cause customers to lose trust in us, all of which could be costly and have an adverse effect on our business. In addition, new and changed rules and regulations regarding data privacy, data protection (in particular those that impact the use of artificial intelligence), and cross-border transfers of customer information could cause us to delay planned uses and disclosures of data to comply with applicable data privacy and data protection requirements. Moreover, if third parties that we work with violate applicable laws or our policies, such violations also may put personal information at risk, which may result in increased regulatory scrutiny and have a material adverse effect to our reputation, business, and operating results.
We employ third-party licensed data, software, technologies, and intellectual property for use in our business, and the inability to maintain or use these licenses, or errors or defects in the data, software, technologies, and intellectual property we license could result in increased costs or reduced service levels, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Our business relies on certain third-party data, software, technology, and intellectual property that we obtain under licenses from other companies including insurance industry proprietary information that we license from Insurance Services Office, Inc. (“ISO”). We anticipate that we will continue to rely on such third-party data, software, technology, and intellectual property and we may license additional third-party data, software, technology, and intellectual property in the future. We cannot assure that these third-party licenses, or support for such licensed software and technologies, will continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Although we believe that there are commercially reasonable alternatives to the third-party products we currently license, other than proprietary information provided by ISO, this may not always be the case, or it may be difficult or costly to replace. In addition, integration of new third-party products may require significant work and require substantial investment of our time and resources. Also, should ISO refuse to license its proprietary information to us on the
28


same terms that it offers to our competitors and we are unable to find a comparable replacement, we could be placed at a significant competitive disadvantage. In the event that we cannot renew and/or expand existing licenses, we may be required to discontinue or limit our use of the products that include or incorporate the licensed software, technology, or other intellectual property. Any of these results could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Any errors or defects in third-party data, software, technology, and intellectual property that we license could result in errors that could harm our brand and business. We also cannot be certain that our licensors are not infringing the intellectual property rights of others or that our licensors have sufficient rights to the licensed software and technology in all jurisdictions in which we may operate. If we are unable to obtain or maintain rights to any of this software or technology because of intellectual property infringement claims brought by third parties against our licensors or against us, our ability to develop our services containing such software or technology could be severely limited and our business could be harmed. Many of the risks associated with the use of third-party software, technology, and other intellectual property cannot be eliminated, and these risks could negatively affect our business.
Failure to protect or enforce our intellectual property rights could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Our success is dependent in part on protecting our intellectual property rights and technology, including any source code, proprietary information, data, processes and other forms of information, know how, and technology. We rely on a combination of patents, trademarks, service marks, and trade secret laws to establish and protect our intellectual property. We also seek to control access to our proprietary information by entering into a combination of invention assignment agreements and nondisclosure agreements with our employees, consultants, and with our third-party providers and strategic partners. While these agreements will give us contractual remedies upon any unauthorized use or disclosure of our proprietary business information or intellectual property, we cannot assure you that these agreements will be effective in controlling access to, and use and distribution of, our platform and proprietary information, and we may not always be able to effectively monitor or prevent such unauthorized use or disclosure.
We also seek to protect our proprietary information and intellectual property through contractual restrictions in our commercial agreements with third-party licensees, partners, and other third parties. However, some license provisions that protect against unauthorized use, copying, transfer, and disclosure of our technology may be unenforceable under the laws of certain jurisdictions and foreign countries. Certain arrangements with joint development partners may limit our ability to protect, maintain, enforce, or commercialize such intellectual property rights, including requiring agreement with or payment to our joint development partners before protecting, maintaining, licensing, or initiating enforcement of such intellectual property rights, and may allow such joint development partners to register, maintain, enforce, or license such intellectual property rights in a manner that may affect the value of the jointly-owned intellectual property or our ability to compete in the market.
We have filed, and may continue in the future to file, trademark and patent applications to protect certain of our innovations and intellectual property. However, we cannot guarantee that patents will issue on our pending patent applications or that we will be successful in registering our trademarks. Our existing intellectual property, and any intellectual property granted to us or that we otherwise acquire in the future, may be contested, circumvented, invalidated or held unenforceable, and we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing our rights to our intellectual property. Therefore, the exact effect of the protection of this intellectual property cannot be predicted with certainty. In addition, given the costs, effort, risks, and downside of obtaining patent protection, including the requirement to ultimately disclose the invention to the public, we may choose not to seek patent protection for certain innovations. Any failure to adequately obtain such patent protection, or other intellectual property protection, could later prove to adversely impact our business.
While software and other of our proprietary works may be protected under copyright law, we have chosen not to register any copyrights in these works, and instead, primarily rely on protecting our software as a trade secret. In order to bring a copyright infringement lawsuit in the United States, the copyright must be registered. Accordingly, the remedies and damages available to us for unauthorized use of our software may be limited.
29


We currently hold various domain names relating to our brand, including hippo.com and hippoinsurance.com, among others. Failure to protect our domain names could adversely affect our reputation and brand and make it more difficult for users to find our website. We may be unable, without significant cost or at all, to prevent third parties from acquiring domain names that are similar to, infringe upon, or otherwise decrease the value of our trademarks and other proprietary rights.
While we take precautions designed to protect our intellectual property, there are steps that we have not yet taken to protect our intellectual property on a global basis. Additionally, the steps that we have already taken to protect our intellectual property may not be sufficient or effective. Third parties may knowingly or unknowingly infringe our proprietary rights and third parties may challenge proprietary rights held by us and we may not be able to prevent infringement or misappropriation of our proprietary rights without incurring substantial expense. If third parties copy our technology and use our proprietary brand, content, and information to create or enhance competing solutions and services, the value of our brand and other intangible assets may be diminished, competitors may be able to more effectively mimic our service and methods of operations, the perception of our business and service to customers and potential customers may become confused, and our ability to attract customers may be adversely affected. We may need to engage in litigation to enforce our rights. Litigation to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time-consuming, and distracting to management and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property, and the outcome of litigation could be unpredictable. Our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims, and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Our inability to protect our proprietary technology against unauthorized copying or use, as well as any costly litigation or diversion of our management’s attention and resources, could impair the functionality of our platform, delay introductions of enhancements to our platform, result in our substituting inferior or more costly technologies into our platform, or harm our reputation or brand.
Our services utilize third-party open source software components, which may pose particular risks to our proprietary software, technologies, products, and services in a manner that could negatively affect our business.
The software powering our technology systems incorporates open source software and will continue to use open source software in the future. Use and distribution of open source software may entail greater risks than the use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide support, warranties, indemnification, or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the code. To the extent that our services depend upon the successful operation of open source software, any undetected errors or defects in this open source software could prevent the deployment or impair the functionality of our platform, delay new solutions introductions, result in a failure of our platform, and injure our reputation. For example, undetected errors or defects in open source software could render it vulnerable to breaches or security attacks, and, in turn, make our systems more vulnerable to data breaches. In addition, the public availability of such software may make it easier for others to compromise our platform.
Furthermore, some open source licenses contain requirements that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works that we create based upon the type of open source software we use or grant other licenses to our intellectual property. If we combine our proprietary software with open source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain open source licenses, be required to release or license the source code of our proprietary software to the public. In the event that portions of our proprietary software are determined to be subject to an open source license, we could be required to publicly release the affected portions of our source code or re-engineer all or a portion of our technology systems, each of which could reduce or eliminate the value of our technology systems. This risk could be difficult or impossible to eliminate and could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We may be unable to prevent or address the misappropriation of our data.
From time to time, third parties may misappropriate our data through website scraping, bots, or other means and aggregate this data on their websites with data from other companies. In addition, copycat websites may have attempted to and may in the future attempt to misappropriate data and imitate our brand or the functionality of our website. If we become aware of such websites, we intend to employ technological or legal measures in an attempt to halt their operations. However, we may be unable to detect all such websites in a timely manner and, even if we could, technological and legal measures may be insufficient to halt their operations. In some cases, particularly in the case of websites operating outside of the United States, our available remedies may not be adequate to protect us
30


against the effect of the operation of such websites. Regardless of whether we can successfully enforce our rights against the operators of these websites, any measures that we may take could require us to expend significant financial or other resources, which could harm our business, results of operations, or financial condition. In addition, to the extent that such activity creates confusion among consumers or advertisers, our brand and business could be harmed.
We rely on the experience and expertise of our CEO, other key executives, highly-specialized insurance experts, key technical employees, and other highly skilled personnel.
Our success depends upon the continued service of our CEO, other key executives, our highly-specialized insurance experts and key technical employees; and our ability to continue to attract and retain additional highly qualified personnel. Our future success depends on our continuing ability to identify, hire, develop, motivate, retain, and integrate highly skilled personnel for all areas of our organization. If we are unable to attract the requisite personnel, our business and prospects may be adversely affected. Each of our CEO, key executive officers, specialized insurance experts, key technical personnel, and other employees could terminate his or her relationship with us at any time. The loss of our CEO, any other key executive, specialized insurance experts, or key personnel might significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our strategic business objectives and could harm our business. We rely on a small number of highly-specialized insurance experts, the loss of any one of whom could have a disproportionate impact on our business. Competition in our industry for qualified employees is intense. Our compensation arrangements, such as our equity award programs, may not always be successful in attracting new employees and retaining and motivating our existing employees. Moreover, if and when the stock options or other equity awards are substantially vested, employees under such equity arrangements may be more likely to leave, particularly when the underlying shares have seen a value appreciation or if the value of the shares underlying such awards has significantly declined.
Furthermore, several members of our management team were hired relatively recently. If we are not able to integrate these new team members or if they do not perform adequately, our business may be harmed.
We face significant competition for personnel, particularly in California, where our headquarters is located, and in Texas, where many of our technical employees are located. To attract top talent, we have to offer, and believe we will need to continue to offer, competitive compensation and benefits packages. We may also need to increase our employee compensation levels in response to competitor actions. If we are unable to hire new employees quickly enough to meet our needs or otherwise fail to effectively manage our hiring needs or successfully integrate new hires, including our newer management team members, our efficiency, ability to meet forecasts, and our employee morale, productivity and retention could suffer, which in turn could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
If our customers were to claim that the policies they purchased failed to provide adequate or appropriate coverage, we could face claims that could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Although we aim to provide adequate and appropriate coverage under each of our policies, customers could purchase policies that prove to be inadequate or inappropriate. If such customers were to bring a claim or claims alleging that we failed in our responsibilities to provide them with the type or amount of coverage that they sought to purchase, we could be found liable, resulting in an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. While we maintain errors and omissions insurance coverage to protect us against such liability, such coverage may be insufficient or inadequate.
We may become subject to claims under Israeli law for remuneration or royalties for assigned invention rights by our Israel-based contractors or employees, which could result in litigation and adversely affect our business.
We enter into assignment of invention agreements with employees and contractors, pursuant to which such employees and contractors assign to us all rights to any inventions created during and as a result of their employment or engagement with us. Under the Israeli Patents Law, 5727-1967 (the “Israeli Patents Law”), inventions conceived by an employee during and as a result of such employee’s employment are regarded as “Service Inventions,” which belong to the employer absent an agreement between the employee and employer providing otherwise.
31


The Israeli Patents Law also provides that if there is no agreement between an employer and an employee determining whether the employee is entitled to receive consideration for service inventions and on what terms, this will be determined by the Israeli Compensation and Royalties Committee (the “Committee”), a body constituted under the Israel Patents Law. Current case law clarifies that the right to receive consideration for Service Inventions can be waived by the employee and that in certain circumstances, such waiver does not necessarily have to be explicit. The Committee will examine, on a case-by-case basis, the general contractual framework between the parties, using interpretation rules of general Israeli contract laws. Further, the Committee has not yet determined one specific formula for calculating this remuneration, but rather uses the criteria specified in the Israeli Patents Law.
In addition, with respect to contractors, there is no clear arrangement under the Israeli Patents Law with respect to contractors’ ownership in inventions developed by them. Therefore, it is considered best practice to include, in the contractor’s engagement agreement, a provision whereby the parties agree that the company engaging such contractor shall own all intellectual property rights conceived or developed by the contractor during and as a result of such contractor’s engagement with the company, including a clear and explicit assignment provision with respect thereto and a waiver to receive additional consideration.
Although we generally enter into agreements with our contractors and employees pursuant to which they (i) assign to us all rights in and to inventions developed by them during and as a result of their employment or engagement with us; and (ii) waive any right to receive royalties, compensation or additional consideration in connection therewith (including, with respect to employees, waiver under Section 134 of the Israeli Patents Law), we may face claims demanding remuneration in consideration for assigned inventions. As a consequence of such claims, we could be required to pay additional remuneration or royalties to our current or former contractors or employees, or be forced to litigate such monetary claims, which could negatively affect our business.
Our company culture has contributed to our success and if we cannot maintain this culture as we grow, our business could be harmed.
We believe that our company culture has been critical to our success. We not only seek to engender a trusting relationship between our brand and our customers, but also among our employees. Our ability to continue to cultivate and maintain this culture is essential to our growth and continued success. We face a number of challenges that may affect our ability to sustain our corporate culture, including:
failure to identify, attract, reward and retain people in leadership positions in our organization who share and further our culture, values, and mission;
the size and geographic diversity of our workforce and our ability to promote a uniform and consistent culture across all our offices and employees;
competitive pressures to move in directions that may divert us from our mission, vision, and values;
the continued challenges of a rapidly evolving industry; and
the increasing need to develop expertise in new areas of business that affect us.
Our unique culture is one of our core characteristics that helps us to attract and retain key personnel. If we are not able to maintain our culture, we would have to incur additional costs and find alternative methods to recruit key employees, which in turn could cause our business, results of operations, and financial condition to be adversely affected.
Our exposure to loss activity and regulation may be greater in states where we currently have more of our customers or where we are domiciled.
A large portion of our business originates from customers in California and Texas. As a result of this concentration, if a significant catastrophe event or series of catastrophe events occur, such as a natural disaster, severe weather (such as the Texas hail storms in 2019 and 2023, or the Texas winter storm in February 2021 (“Uri”)), or a disease outbreak or pandemic (such as the COVID-19 pandemic) and cause material losses in California and Texas, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. Further, as compared to our competitors who operate on a wider geographic scale, any adverse changes in the regulatory or legal environment affecting property and casualty insurance in California and Texas may expose us
32


to more significant risks. In addition, as Spinnaker is domiciled in Illinois, any adverse changes in the regulatory environment affecting property and casualty insurance in Illinois may also expose us to more significant risks.
Our product development cycles are complex and subject to regulatory approval, and we may incur significant expenses before we generate revenues, if any, from new or expansion of or changes to existing products.
Because our insurance products require regulatory approvals, development cycles can take time. Moreover, development projects can be technically challenging and expensive, and may be delayed or defeated by the inability to obtain licensing or other regulatory approvals. The nature of these development cycles may cause us to experience delays between the time we incur expenses associated with research and development and the time we generate revenues, if any, from such expenses. If we expend a significant amount of resources on research and development and our efforts do not lead to the successful introduction or improvement of products that are competitive in the marketplace, this could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. Additionally, anticipated customer demand for a product we are developing could decrease after the development cycle has commenced. Such decreased customer demand may cause us to fall short of our sales targets, and we may nonetheless be unable to avoid substantial costs associated with the product’s development. If we are unable to complete product development cycles successfully and in a timely fashion and generate revenues from such future products, the growth of our business may be harmed.
Our success depends upon the continued growth in the use of the internet for purchasing of insurance products.
We provide homeowners’ insurance products through our website that competes with traditional offline counterparts. While we also offer insurance through traditional, offline producers, the continued growth and acceptance of our products and services will depend, to a large extent, on the continued growth in commercial use of the internet and our ability to innovate and distinguish our products and services from traditional markets.
Purchasers of insurance may develop the perception that purchasing insurance products online is not as effective as purchasing such products through a producer or other traditional offline methods, and the homeowners’ insurance markets may not migrate online as quickly as (or at the levels that) we expect. Moreover, if, for any reason, an unfavorable perception develops that data automation is less efficacious than traditional offline methods of purchasing insurance, underwriting, claims processing, and other functions that use data automation, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be adversely affected.
New lines of business or new products and services may subject us to additional risks.
From time to time, we may implement or acquire new lines of business, including those outside of the insurance industry, or offer new products and services within existing lines of business. There are risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed or are evolving. In developing and marketing new lines of business and new products and services, we may invest significant time and resources. In addition, new business ventures may require different strategic management competencies and risk considerations compared to those of a traditional insurance company or compared to those of our existing management team. External factors, such as regulatory compliance obligations, competitive alternatives, and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business or a new product or service. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business or new products or services could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Litigation and legal proceedings filed by or against us and our subsidiaries, key vendors, joint ventures, or investments could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Litigation and other proceedings may include, but are not limited to, complaints from or litigation by vendors, employees, customers, our insurance companies, or reinsurers, related to alleged breaches of contract or otherwise. If our market share increases, competitors may pursue litigation to require us to change our business practices or offerings and limit our ability to compete effectively. As is typical in the insurance industry, we continually face risks associated with litigation of various types arising in the normal course of our business
33


operations, including disputes relating to insurance claims under our policies, as well as other general commercial and corporate litigation. Although we are not currently involved in any material litigation with our customers, members of the insurance industry are the target of class action lawsuits and other types of litigation, some of which involve claims for substantial or indeterminate amounts, and the outcomes of which are unpredictable. This litigation is based on a variety of issues, including the sale of insurance and unfair trade or claim settlement practices. In addition, because we utilize our own and third-party data, it is possible that customers or consumer groups could bring individual or class action claims, and regulators could bring actions alleging that our methods of collecting data and pricing risk are impermissible or discriminatory. We cannot predict with any certainty whether we will be involved in such litigation in the future or what impact such litigation would have on our business. If we were to be involved in litigation and it was determined adversely, it could require us to pay significant damages amounts or to change aspects of our operations, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial results. Even claims without merit can be time-consuming and costly to defend and may divert management’s attention and resources away from our business and adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition. Additionally, lawsuits over claims that are not individually material could in the future become material if aggregated with a substantial number of similar lawsuits. In addition to increasing costs, a significant volume of customer complaints or litigation could adversely affect our brand and reputation, regardless of whether such allegations are valid or whether we are liable. We cannot predict with certainty the costs of defense, the costs of prosecution, applicability or adequacy of insurance coverage, or the ultimate outcome of litigation or other proceedings filed by or against us, including remedies or damage awards, and adverse results in such litigation and other proceedings may harm our business and financial condition. Refer to Note 14, Commitments and Contingencies, Legal Proceedings.
Claims by others that we infringed their proprietary technology or other intellectual property rights could result in litigation which is expensive to support, and if resolved adversely, could harm our business.
Companies in the internet and technology industries are frequently subject to litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of trademarks, copyrights, patents, and other intellectual property rights. As we gain an increasingly high public profile, the possibility of intellectual property rights claims against us grows and, from time to time, third parties may assert claims of infringement of intellectual property rights against us. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in defending against these allegations or reaching a business resolution that is satisfactory to us. In addition, future litigation may involve patent holding companies or other adverse patent owners who have no relevant product or service revenue and against whom our own patents may therefore provide little or no deterrence or protection. Many potential litigants, including some of our competitors and patent-holding companies, may now and in the future have significantly larger and more mature patent portfolios than us and have the ability to dedicate substantial resources to assert their intellectual property rights. Any claim of infringement by a third-party, even those without merit, could cause us to incur substantial costs defending against the claim, could distract our management from our business, and could require us to cease use of such intellectual property. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, we risk compromising our confidential information during this type of litigation. We may be required to settle such litigation on terms that are unfavorable to us. Similarly, we may be subject to an unfavorable judgment which may not be reversible or is not reversed upon appeal. The terms of such settlement or judgment may require us to pay substantial damages, royalties, or other fees, or subject us to an injunction or other restrictions that prevent us from using or distributing our intellectual property, or from operating under our brand, each of which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition. Even if third-party allegations of infringement do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor or without significant expenses, the time and resources necessary to resolve them could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition, and reputation.
With respect to any intellectual property rights claim, we may have to seek out a license to continue operations found to violate such rights, which may not be available on favorable or commercially reasonable terms and may significantly increase our operating expenses. Some licenses may be non-exclusive, and therefore our competitors may have access to the same technology licensed to us. If a third-party does not offer us a license to its intellectual property on reasonable terms, or at all, we may be required to develop alternative, non-infringing technology, which could require significant time (during which we would be unable to continue to offer our affected
34


offerings), effort, and expense and may ultimately not be successful. Any of these events could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
If we are unable to make acquisitions and investments, or if we are unable to successfully integrate them into our business, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be adversely affected.
As part of our business strategy, we will continue to consider a wide array of potential strategic transactions, including acquisitions of, investments in, and organizations of new businesses, new technologies, services, and other assets and strategic investments that complement our business. We may evaluate target companies and make acquisitions in the future. There is no assurance that such businesses will be successfully integrated into our existing business or generate substantial revenue.
Acquisitions and investments involve numerous risks, any of which could harm our business and negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations, including:
intense competition for suitable acquisition targets, which could increase prices and adversely affect our ability to consummate deals on favorable or acceptable terms;
failure or material delay in closing a transaction, including as a result of regulatory review and approvals;
inadequacy of reserves for losses and loss expenses;
quality of their data and underwriting processes;
conditions imposed by regulatory agencies that make the realization of cost-savings through integration of operations more difficult;
difficulties in obtaining regulatory approvals on our ability to be an acquirer;
a need for additional capital that was not anticipated at the time of the acquisition;
transaction-related lawsuits or claims;
difficulties in integrating the technologies, operations, existing contracts, and personnel of an acquired company;
difficulties in retaining key employees or business partners of an acquired company;
diversion of financial and management resources from existing operations or alternative acquisition opportunities;
failure to realize the anticipated benefits or synergies of a transaction;
failure to identify the problems, liabilities, or other shortcomings or challenges of an acquired company or technology, including issues related to intellectual property, regulatory compliance practices, litigation, accounting practices, or employee or user issues;
risks that regulatory bodies may enact new laws or promulgate new regulations that are adverse to an acquired company or business;
theft of our trade secrets or confidential information that we share with potential acquisition candidates;
risk that an acquired company or investment in new offerings cannibalizes a portion of our existing business;
adverse market reaction to an acquisition;
significant attention from management and disruption to our business; and
potential dilution in value to our stockholders.
If we fail to address the foregoing risks or other problems encountered in connection with past or future acquisitions of businesses, new technologies, services, and other assets and strategic investments, or if we fail to
35


successfully integrate such acquisitions or investments, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be adversely affected.
We may not be able to utilize a portion of our net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) to offset future taxable income, which could adversely affect our net income and cash flows.
We are subject to federal and state income and non-income taxes in the United States. Tax laws, regulations, and administrative practices in various jurisdictions may be subject to significant change, with or without notice, due to economic, political, and other conditions, and significant judgment is required in evaluating and estimating these taxes. Our effective tax rates could be affected by numerous factors, such as entry into new businesses and geographies, changes to our existing business and operations, acquisitions and investments and how they are financed, changes in our stock price, changes in our deferred tax assets and liabilities and their valuation, and changes in the relevant tax, accounting, and other laws, regulations, administrative practices, principles and interpretations. We are required to take positions regarding the interpretation of complex statutory and regulatory tax rules and on valuation matters that are subject to uncertainty, and the IRS or other tax authorities may challenge the positions that we take.
As of December 31, 2023, we had U.S. federal and state NOL carryforwards of approximately $719.8 million and $326.7 million, respectively, available to offset our future taxable income, if any, prior to consideration of annual limitations that may be imposed under Section 382 of the Code, or otherwise. Of our U.S. federal NOL carryforwards, $175.3 million of losses will begin to expire in 2035 and $544.5 million of losses can be carried forward indefinitely. Under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, as modified by the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, U.S. federal NOL carryforwards generated in taxable periods beginning after December 31, 2017, may be carried forward indefinitely, but the deductibility of such NOL carryforwards in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2020, is limited to 80% of taxable income.
We may be unable to fully use our NOL carryforwards, if at all. Under Section 382 of the Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change” (generally defined as a greater than 50 percentage point change, by value, in the corporation’s equity ownership by certain shareholders or groups of shareholders over a rolling three-year period), the corporation’s ability to use its pre-ownership change NOLs to offset its post-ownership change income may be limited. We have experienced two historical ownership changes (in 2016 and 2018) and we may experience ownership changes in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, including as a result of the transaction with RTPZ, some of which may be outside of our control. If we undergo a future ownership change, we may be prevented from fully utilizing our NOL carryforwards existing at the time of the ownership change prior to their expiration. Future regulatory changes could also limit our ability to utilize our NOL carryforwards. To the extent we are not able to offset future taxable income with our NOL carryforwards, our net income and cash flows may be adversely affected.
Our expansion strategy will subject us to additional costs and risks and our plans may not be successful.
Our success depends in significant part on our ability to grow our business, including by strategically expanding in certain markets and potentially expanding into additional markets. Currently, Spinnaker is licensed to write limited lines of business in 50 states and the District of Columbia, and Hippo Analytics Inc. is licensed as an insurance agency in 50 states and the District of Columbia. Moreover, one or more states could revoke our license to operate or implement additional regulatory hurdles that could inhibit or limit our ability to obtain or maintain our license or grow our business in such states.
As we seek to expand, we may incur significant operating expenses, although our expansion may not be successful for a variety of reasons, including because of, among other things:
barriers to obtaining the required government approvals, licenses, or other authorizations, including seasoning or other limitations imposed by a state;
failures in identifying and entering into joint ventures with strategic partners or entering into joint ventures that do not produce the desired results;
challenges in, and the cost of, complying with various laws and regulatory standards, including with respect to the insurance business and insurance distribution, capital and outsourcing requirements, data privacy, tax and regulatory restrictions;
36


competition from incumbents that already own market share, better understand the market, may market and operate more effectively, and may enjoy greater affinity or awareness; and
differing demand dynamics, which may make our product offerings less successful.
Expansion into new markets would require additional investments by us in both securing regulatory approvals and marketing. These incremental costs may include hiring additional personnel, as well as engaging third-party service providers and other research and development costs. If we grow or offer products at a slower rate than expected, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.
We are subject to payment processing risk.
We currently rely on a limited number of payment processing services, including the processing of payments from credit cards and debit cards, and our business would be disrupted if any of these vendors becomes unwilling or unable to provide these services to us and we are unable to find a suitable replacement on a timely basis. If we or our processing vendors fail to maintain adequate systems for the authorization and processing of credit card transactions, it could cause one or more of the major credit card companies to disallow our continued use of their payment products. In addition, if these systems fail to work properly and, as a result, we do not charge our customers’ credit cards on a timely basis or at all, our business, revenue, results of operations, and financial condition could be harmed.
The payment methods that we offer also subject us to potential fraud and theft by criminals, who are becoming increasingly more sophisticated, seeking to obtain unauthorized access to or exploit weaknesses that may exist in the payment systems. If we fail to comply with applicable rules or requirements for the payment methods we accept, or if payment-related data are compromised due to a breach of data, we may be liable for significant costs incurred by payment card issuing banks and other third parties or subject to fines and higher transaction fees, or our ability to accept or facilitate certain types of payments may be impaired. In addition, our customers could lose confidence in certain payment types, which may result in a shift to other payment types or potential changes to our payment systems that may result in higher costs. If we fail to adequately control fraudulent credit card transactions, we may face civil liability, diminished public perception of our security measures, and significantly higher credit card-related costs, each of which could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
We are exposed to risk through our captive reinsurer, RHS, which takes a share of the risk underwritten of affiliated and non-affiliated insurance carriers for business written through our MGA and unaffiliated MGAs.
The Company assumes insurance risk of policies underwritten by Hippo and unaffiliated MGAs through a wholly-owned Cayman domiciled insurance captive, RHS. During 2023 we retained approximately 40% of the proportional premium relating to such policies through Spinnaker or RHS. However, given the adjustable features in our proportional reinsurance agreements, the percentage of risk retained will likely exceed the percentage of premium retained.
Because RHS is a Cayman domiciled insurance captive, it is subject to regulations and supervision imposed by the Cayman Islands. Noncompliance with applicable Cayman regulations may subject us to regulatory action or private litigation. Further, applicable laws, regulations, and administrative practices in the Cayman Islands may be subject to significant change, with or without notice, due to economic, political, and other conditions.
We are exposed to risk through our admitted and non-admitted insurance carriers, which underwrite insurance on behalf of our MGA and other non-affiliated general agents and managing general agents.
In September of 2020, the Company acquired Spinnaker Insurance Company. The Company has since formed a domestic surplus lines carrier that underwrites policies on surplus lines business. Carriers that are subsidiaries of the Company only write business on a program basis through our MGA and through other non-affiliated general agents and managing general agents. The Company could, in the future, form or acquire additional carriers. All unaffiliated programs written through our carriers are reinsured and, as a result, the Company’s carriers retain a limited amount of risk. For most of our unaffiliated programs, we currently cede a significant portion of the risk. However, because reinsurance includes limits, caps, and exclusions, may be subject to termination (including cutoff of certain liabilities at termination), and further may be subject to collection risk, the Company is subject to the risk that it will retain more risk than it anticipates.
37


Additionally, because insurance companies are highly regulated by their states of domicile and by each state in which they are authorized to do business, we are subject to regulatory action and private litigation. Further, applicable laws, regulations, and administrative practices in the one or more states in the United States in which we do business may be subject to significant change, with or without notice, due to economic, political, and other conditions.
The failures of our quota-share reinsurance treaties to pass risk transfer for accounting purposes could reduce the existing statutory surplus of the impacted carrier, potentially triggering the need for additional capital infusions.
To qualify as reinsurance for accounting purposes, a contract must embody substantive risk transfer, which is defined as the reasonable possibility that the reinsurer could experience a significant loss on the treaty. Contractual provisions in a treaty that excessively limit the extent or timing of the net loss that a reinsurer can experience can conceivably preclude the treaty from meeting the criteria for risk transfer, thereby disqualifying it from reinsurance accounting treatment. An assessment of risk transfer must be performed upon entry into a new treaty, as well as each time the treaty is renewed. Each of our in-force quota-share reinsurance treaties qualified for reinsurance accounting at the time of its most-recent inception. Each of these treaties has a term of one-year or less. Although we elected to substantially reduce our participation in quota share reinsurance treaties in 2024 on the Hippo program, if we determine it would be beneficial to enter into similar treaties in the future, we expect that we would be able to secure treaties on terms that qualify for continued reinsurance accounting; however, there can be no assurance that the available market terms of these treaties (including pricing, coverage and exclusions) would also pass risk transfer for accounting purposes. If a treaty that we desire to enter into or renew fails to qualify for reinsurance accounting based on its then-current renewal terms, it could adversely impact that carrier’s statutory surplus, triggering the need for additional capital infusions within a short period of time.
Risks Related to Our Industry
The insurance business, including the market for homeowners’ insurance, is historically cyclical in nature, and we may experience periods with excess underwriting capacity and unfavorable premium rates, which could adversely affect our business.
Historically, insurance carriers writing homeowners insurance have experienced significant fluctuations in operating results due to competition, frequency and severity of catastrophic events, levels of capacity, adverse litigation trends, regulatory constraints, general economic conditions, and other factors. The supply of insurance is related to prevailing prices, the level of insured losses, and the level of capital available to the industry that, in turn, may fluctuate in response to changes in rates of return on investments being earned in the insurance industry. As a result, the homeowners insurance business historically has been a cyclical industry characterized by periods of intense price competition due to excessive underwriting capacity, as well as periods when shortages of capacity increased premium levels. Demand for insurance depends on numerous factors, including the frequency and severity of catastrophic events, levels of capacity, the introduction of new capital providers, and general economic conditions, including rising inflation. All of these factors fluctuate and may contribute to price declines generally in the insurance industry.
We cannot predict with certainty whether market conditions affecting the homeowners’ insurance market and the insurance market in general will improve, remain constant, or deteriorate. Negative market conditions may impair our ability to underwrite insurance at rates we consider appropriate and commensurate relative to the risk assumed. Additionally, negative market conditions could result in a decline in policies sold, an increase in the frequency or severity of claims and premium defaults, and an uptick in the frequency of fraud, including the falsification of claims. If we cannot underwrite insurance at appropriate rates, our ability to transact business will be materially and adversely affected. Any of these factors could lead to an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our actual incurred losses may be greater than our loss and loss adjustment expense reserves, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Our financial condition and results of operations depend on our ability to accurately assess potential loss and loss adjustment expenses under the terms of the policies we underwrite for homeowners. Reserves do not represent an exact calculation of liability. Rather, reserves represent an estimate of what the expected ultimate
38


settlement and administration of claims will cost, and the ultimate liability may be greater or less than the current estimate. In our industry, there is always the risk that reserves may prove inadequate, as it is possible for us to underestimate the cost of claims and claims administration.
We base our estimates on our assessment of known facts and circumstances, as well as estimates of future trends in claim severity, claim frequency, judicial theories of liability, and other factors. These variables are affected by both internal and external events that could increase our exposure to losses, including changes in the mix of customers and jurisdictions, changes in actuarial projections, claims handling procedures, inflation, severe weather, climate change, economic and judicial trends, and legislative changes. Increases in claims severity can be impacted by increased costs including construction costs, availability of supplies, and other economic factors; and by litigation trends and precedent. We regularly monitor reserves using new information on reported claims and a variety of statistical techniques to update our current estimate. Our estimates could prove to be inadequate, and this underestimation could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.
Recorded claim reserves, including case reserves and incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) claims reserves, are based on our estimates of losses after considering known facts and interpretations of the circumstances, including settlement agreements. Additionally, models that rely on the assumption that past loss development patterns will persist into the future are used. Internal factors are considered, including our experience with similar cases, actual claims paid, historical trends involving claim payment patterns, pending levels of unpaid claims, loss management programs, product mix, contractual terms and changes in claim reporting, and settlement practices. External factors are also considered, such as court decisions, changes in law, and litigation imposing unintended coverage. We also consider benefits, such as disallowing the use of benefit payment schedules, requiring coverage designed to cover losses that occur in a single policy period to losses that develop continuously over multiple policy periods, or requiring the availability of multiple limits. Regulatory requirements and economic conditions are also considered.
Since reserves are estimates of the unpaid portion of losses that have occurred, including IBNR losses, the establishment of appropriate reserves, including reserves for catastrophes, is an inherently uncertain and complex process that is regularly refined to reflect current estimation processes and practices. The ultimate cost of losses may vary materially from recorded reserves, and such variance may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition as the reserves and reinsurance recoverables are reestimated.
If any of our insurance reserves should prove to be inadequate for the reasons discussed above, or for any other reason, we will be required to increase reserves, resulting in a reduction in our net income and stockholders’ equity in the period in which the deficiency is identified. Future loss experience substantially in excess of established reserves could also have a material adverse effect on future earnings and liquidity and financial strength rating, which would affect our ability to attract new business or to retain existing customers.
Severe weather events and other catastrophes, including the effects of climate change, global pandemics, and terrorism, are inherently unpredictable and may have a material adverse effect on our financial results and financial condition.
Our homeowners’ insurance business is exposed to the risk of severe weather conditions and other catastrophes. Severe weather events include, but are not limited to, winter storms, tornadoes, hurricanes, rain, hail, and high winds. The incidence and severity of weather conditions are largely unpredictable. Catastrophes can be caused by various events, such as wildfires, tornadoes, tsunamis, hurricanes, tropical storms, earthquakes, windstorms, hailstorms, severe thunderstorms, fires, and other non-natural events such as explosions, civil unrest, terrorism or war. Additionally, seasonal weather patterns impact the level and amount of claims we receive. These patterns include hurricanes, wildfires and coastal storms in the fall, cold weather patterns and changing home heating needs in the winter, and tornados and hailstorms in the spring and summer. The mix of geographic exposure and products within our customer base impacts our exposure to these weather patterns and as we diversify our base of premium such that our exposure more closely resembles the industry exposure, we should see the impact of these events on our business more closely resemble the impact on the broader industry.
The incidence and severity of severe weather conditions and catastrophes are inherently unpredictable and the occurrence of one catastrophe does not render the possibility of another catastrophe greater or lower. The extent of losses from a catastrophe is a function of both the total amount of insured exposure in the area affected by the
39


event and the severity of the event. In particular, severe weather and other catastrophes could significantly increase our costs due to a surge in claims following such events and/or legal and regulatory changes in response to catastrophes that may impair our ability to limit our liability under our policies. Severe weather conditions and catastrophes can cause greater losses for us, which can cause our liquidity and financial condition to deteriorate. Resulting reductions in our capital could materially adversely affect our ability to underwrite new or renew existing insurance policies. In addition, we may not be able to obtain reinsurance coverage at reasonable rates and in amounts or with coverages adequate to mitigate the risks associated with severe weather conditions and other catastrophes. While we only work with reinsurers whom we believe have acceptable credit, if our reinsurers are unable to pay for the claims for which they are responsible, we could be exposed to additional liability, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Catastrophic losses, such as the 2021 storms in Texas and 2023 storms in Texas and Colorado, may result in our insurance companies incurring losses greater than those experienced in prior years, the expected level of losses including modeled losses, and current reinsurance limits.
Climate change may affect the occurrence of certain natural events, such as an increase in the frequency or severity of snow, wind and thunderstorm events, and tornado or hailstorm events due to increased convection in the atmosphere; more frequent wildfires in certain geographies; higher incidence of deluge flooding and the potential for an increase in severity of hurricane events due to higher sea surface temperatures. Additionally, climate change may cause an impact on the demand, price and availability of homeowners insurance and reinsurance coverages, as well as the value of our investment portfolio. Due to significant variability associated with future changing climate conditions, we are unable to predict the impact climate change will have on our business.
We are subject to extensive insurance industry regulations.
Currently, Spinnaker is licensed to write limited lines of business in 50 states and the District of Columbia, and Hippo Analytics Inc. is licensed as an insurance agency in 50 states and the District of Columbia.
Each U.S. state regulator retains the authority to license insurance producers and insurance companies in their states, and a producer or company generally may not operate in a state in which it is not licensed. Accordingly, we are not permitted to sell or underwrite insurance to residents of the remaining states and territories of the United States for lines or products for which we are not authorized, which is likely to put us at a disadvantage among many of our competitors that have been in business much longer than us and are licensed to sell their insurance products in most, if not all, U.S. jurisdictions.
Additionally, RHS is domiciled in the Cayman Islands, and as such noncompliance with applicable Cayman regulations may subject us to regulatory action or private litigation. Further, applicable laws, regulations, and administrative practices in the Cayman Islands may be subject to significant change, with or without notice, due to economic, political, and other conditions.
We are subject to extensive regulation and supervision in the states in which we transact business by the individual state insurance departments. This regulation is generally designed to protect the interests of consumers, and not necessarily the interests of insurers or producers, their shareholders, or other investors. Numerous aspects of our insurance business are subject to regulation, including, but not limited to, premium rates, mandatory covered risks, limitations on the ability to non-renew or to cancel or elect not to renew business, prohibited exclusions, licensing and appointment of agents, restrictions on the size of risks that may be insured under a single policy, reserves and provisions for unearned premiums, losses and other obligations, deposits of securities for the benefit of customers, investments and capital, policy forms and coverages, advertising and other conduct, including restrictions on the use of credit information and other factors in underwriting, as well as other production, underwriting and claims practices. To the extent we decide to expand our current product offerings to include other insurance products, this would subject us to additional regulatory requirements and scrutiny in each state in which we elect to offer such products. States have also adopted legislation defining and prohibiting unfair methods of competition and unfair or deceptive acts and practices in the business of insurance. Prohibited practices include, but are not limited to, misrepresentations, false advertising, coercion, disparaging other insurers, unfair claims settlement procedures, discrimination in the business of insurance, and offering illegal inducements in connection with insurance sales. Noncompliance with any of such state statutes may subject us to regulatory action by the relevant state insurance regulator, and, in certain states, private litigation. States also regulate various aspects of the contractual relationships between insurers and licensed agents and brokers.
40


Such laws, rules, and regulations are usually overseen and enforced by the various state insurance departments, as well as through private rights of action and by state attorneys general. Such regulations or enforcement actions are often responsive to current consumer and political sensitivities, such as homeowners’ insurance rates and coverage forms, which may arise after a major event. Such rules and regulations may result in rate suppression, limit our ability to manage our exposure to unprofitable or volatile risks, or lead to fines, premium refunds, or other adverse consequences. The federal government also may regulate aspects of our businesses, such as the protection of consumer confidential information or the use of consumer insurance (credit) scores to underwrite and assess the risk of customers under the Fair Credit Reporting Act (“FCRA”). Among other things, the FCRA requires insurance companies to have a permissible purpose before obtaining and using a consumer report for underwriting purposes, as well as comply with related notice and recordkeeping requirements. Failure to comply with federal requirements under the FCRA or any other applicable federal laws would subject us to regulatory fines and other sanctions. In addition, given our short operating history to-date and rapid speed of growth, we are particularly vulnerable to regulators identifying errors in the policy forms we use, the rates we charge, and our customer communications. As a result of any such noncompliance, regulators could impose fines, rebates, or other penalties, including cease-and-desist orders for an individual state, or all states, until the identified noncompliance is rectified.
Our ability to retain state licenses depends on our ability to meet licensing requirements enacted or promulgated in each state (sometimes based on model laws and regulations developed by the NAIC), subject to significant variations across states. If we are unable to satisfy the applicable licensing requirements of any particular state, we could lose our license to do business in such state, which would result in the temporary or permanent cessation of our operations in that state. Alternatively, if we are unable to satisfy applicable state licensing requirements, we may be subject to additional regulatory oversight, have our license suspended, face monetary penalties, or be subject to seizure of assets. Any such events could adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.
In addition, as a condition to writing business in certain states, insurance companies are often required to participate in various pools or risk sharing mechanisms or to accept certain classes of risk, regardless of whether such risks meet their underwriting requirements for voluntary business. Some states also limit or impose restrictions on the ability of an insurer to withdraw from certain classes of business. Certain states impose significant restrictions on a company’s ability to materially reduce its exposures, non-renew, or to withdraw from certain lines of business. State insurance departments can impose significant charges on an insurer in connection with a market withdrawal or refuse to approve withdrawal plans including on the grounds that they could lead to market disruption. Laws and regulations that limit cancellation and non-renewal of policies or that subject withdrawal plans to prior approval requirements may significantly restrict our ability to terminate unprofitable risks or to exit unprofitable markets. Such actions and related regulatory restrictions may limit our ability to reduce our potential exposure including, but not limited to, catastrophe events such as hurricane-related losses.
A regulatory environment that requires rate increases and product forms to be approved and that can dictate underwriting practices and mandate participation in loss sharing arrangements may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
From time to time, political events and positions affect the insurance market, including efforts to reduce rates to a level that may prevent us from being profitable or may not allow us to reach targeted levels of profitability. For example, if our loss ratio compares favorably to that of the industry, state or provincial regulatory authorities may impose rate rollbacks, require us to pay premium refunds to policyholders, or challenge or otherwise delay our efforts to raise rates even if the property and casualty industry generally is not experiencing regulatory challenges to rate increases. Such challenges affect our ability to obtain approval for rate changes that may be required to achieve targeted levels of profitability and returns on equity. In particular and by way of example, during the COVID-19 pandemic, state regulators and legislators were under increased political pressure to provide financial relief to policyholders through premium rebates or requiring insurers to pay claims arising from COVID-19 related losses, regardless of the applicable policy’s exclusions.
In addition, certain states have enacted laws that require an insurer conducting business in that state to participate in assigned risk plans, reinsurance facilities and joint underwriting associations. Certain states also require insurers to offer coverage to all consumers, often restricting an insurer’s ability to charge the price it might
41


otherwise charge. In these markets, we may be compelled to underwrite significant amounts of business at lower-than-desired rates, possibly leading to an unacceptable return on equity. Laws and regulations of many states also limit an insurer’s ability to withdraw from one or more lines of insurance there, except pursuant to a plan that is approved by the state insurance department. Additionally, as addressed above, certain states require insurers to participate in guaranty funds for impaired or insolvent insurance companies. These funds periodically assess losses against all insurance companies doing business in the state. Our business, results of operations or financial condition could be adversely affected by any of these factors.
State insurance regulators impose additional reporting requirements regarding enterprise risk on insurance holding company systems, with which we must comply as an insurance holding company.
In the past decade, various state insurance regulators have increased their focus on risks within an insurer’s holding company system that may pose enterprise risk to the insurer. During the last approximately ten years, the NAIC adopted significant changes to the insurance holding company act and regulations (the “NAIC Amendments”). The NAIC Amendments are designed to respond to perceived gaps in the regulation of insurance holding company systems in the United States. One of the major changes is a requirement that an insurance holding company system’s ultimate controlling person submit annually to its lead state insurance regulator an “enterprise risk report” that identifies activities, circumstances or events involving one or more affiliates of an insurer that, if not remedied properly, are likely to have a material adverse effect upon the financial condition or liquidity of the insurer or its insurance holding company system as a whole. Other changes include requiring a controlling person to submit prior notice to its domiciliary insurance regulator of a divestiture of control, having detailed minimum requirements for cost sharing and management agreements between an insurer and its affiliates and expanding of the agreements between an insurer and its affiliates to be filed with its domiciliary insurance regulator.
The increasing adoption by states of cybersecurity regulations has imposed, and could impose additional, compliance burdens on us and expose us to additional liability.
In response to the growing threat of cyber-attacks in the insurance industry, certain jurisdictions have adopted, and others are considering new cybersecurity measures, including the adoption of cybersecurity regulations. In 2017, the NAIC adopted its Insurance Data Security Model Law, intended to serve as model legislation for states to enact in order to govern cybersecurity and data protection practices of insurers, insurance agents, and other licensed entities registered under state insurance laws. As of early 2024, twenty two states and the District of Columbia have adopted versions of the NAIC Insurance Data Security Model Law, each with a different effective date, and other states may adopt versions of the NAIC Insurance Data Security Model Law in the future.
We are also subject to the New York Department of Financial Services’ (the NYDFS) Cybersecurity Regulation (the NYDFS Cybersecurity Regulation) which mandates detailed cybersecurity standards for all institutions, including insurance entities, operating in New York pursuant to authorization by the NYDFS. The NYDFS Cybersecurity Regulation has increased our compliance burden, and could increase the risk of noncompliance and subject us to regulatory enforcement actions and penalties in the future, as well as reputational risk. On November 1, 2023, the NYDFS adopted amendments to the NYDFS Reg which require enhanced governance, updated cybersecurity incident reporting, enhanced access controls, expanded asset inventory requirements, updated training obligations, and updated risk and vulnerability assessments.
At the federal level, in July 2023 the SEC issued a final rule requiring registrants to disclose material cybersecurity incidents they experience and to disclose on an annual basis material information regarding their cybersecurity risk management, strategy, and governance.
Although we invest considerable resources to comply with financial industry cybersecurity regulations and believe we are materially compliant with their requirements, our failure to comply with new or existing cybersecurity regulations could result in regulatory actions and other penalties. In addition, our efforts to comply with new or existing cybersecurity regulations could impose significant costs on our business, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
42


Our businesses, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected by ongoing international conflicts and related disruptions in the global economy.
The global economy has been negatively impacted by the military conflict between Russia and Ukraine, and the ongoing conflict between Israel and Hamas has caused political, economic, and military instability in Israel and surrounding regions. Several of our employees are located in Israel, and the ongoing conflict may adversely affect them and our operations there. While we have no operations in Russia or Ukraine, our business may be indirectly adversely affected by this conflict and its effects, including as a result of financial and economic sanctions imposed by governments in U.S., United Kingdom and European Union, among others, on certain industry sectors and parties in Russia.
We are unable to predict the impact of either the Israel-Hamas conflict or the Russia-Ukraine conflict on our business or the global economy. The impact of further escalation of geopolitical tensions related to these conflicts, including increased trade barriers or restrictions on global trade, is unknown and could result in, among other things, heightened cybersecurity threats, protracted or further increased inflation, lower consumer demand, fluctuations in interest and foreign exchange rates and increased volatility in financial markets, any of which could adversely affect our businesses, results of operations and financial condition.
We expect our results of operations to fluctuate on a quarterly and annual basis. In addition, our operating results and operating metrics are subject to seasonality and volatility, which could result in fluctuations in our quarterly revenues and operating results or in perceptions of our business prospects.
Our revenue and results of operations could vary significantly from period to period and may fail to match expectations as a result of a variety of factors, some of which are outside of our control. Our results may vary as a result of fluctuations in the number of customers purchasing our insurance products and fluctuations in the timing and amount of our expenses. In addition, the insurance industry, and particularly homeowners’ insurance, are subject to their own cyclical trends and uncertainties, including extreme weather which is often seasonal and may result in volatility in claims reporting and payment patterns. Fluctuations and variability across the industry may affect our revenue. As a result of the potential variations in our revenue and results of operations, period-to-period comparisons may not be meaningful and the results of any one period should not be relied on as an indication of future performance. In addition, our results of operations may not meet the expectations of investors or public market analysts who follow us, which may adversely affect our stock price.
We have experienced in the past, and expect to continue to experience, seasonal fluctuations in our revenues and resulting fluctuations in our rate of growth as a result of insurance spending patterns. Specifically, our revenues may be proportionately higher in our third fiscal quarter due to the seasonality of when homeowners purchase and move into new homes, which historically occurs at higher rates in the months of July, August, and September. Accordingly, the amount of growth we experience may also be greater in the third quarter. As our business expands and matures, other seasonality trends may develop and the existing seasonality and customer behavior that we experience may change. Volatility in our key operating metrics or their rates of growth could have a negative impact on our financial results and investor perceptions of our business prospects and a failure to achieve our quarterly forecasts or to meet or exceed the expectations of research analysts or investors will cause our stock price to decline.
Adverse economic factors, including recession, inflation, periods of high unemployment or lower economic activity could result in the sale of fewer policies than expected or an increase in the frequency of claims and premium defaults, and even the falsification of claims, or a combination of these effects, which, in turn, could affect our growth and ability to achieve profitability.
The demand for property and casualty insurance generally rises as the overall level of household income increases and generally falls as household income decreases, affecting premiums, commissions and fees generated by our business. Some new accounts are sourced by referral sources tied to home closing transactions, and major slowdowns in the various housing markets we serve could impact our ability to generate new business. The economic activity that impacts property and casualty insurance is most closely correlated with employment levels, corporate revenue, and asset values.
Additionally, factors, such as general economic conditions, the volatility and strength of the capital markets and inflation can affect the business and economic environment. These same factors affect our ability to generate
43


revenue and profits. In an economic downturn that is characterized by higher unemployment, declining spending, and reduced corporate revenue, the demand for insurance products is generally adversely affected, which directly affects our premium levels and underwriting profitability. Negative economic factors may also affect our ability to receive the appropriate rate for the risk we insure with our policyholders and may adversely affect the number of policies we can write, and our opportunities to underwrite profitable business. In an economic downturn, our customers may have less need for insurance coverage, cancel or cease payment on existing insurance policies, modify their coverage, or not renew the policies they hold with us. Existing policyholders may exaggerate or even falsify claims to obtain higher claims payments. These outcomes would reduce our underwriting profit to the extent these factors are not reflected in the rates we charge.
Our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely impacted by environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) requirements.
Our financial and operational results could be impacted by emerging risk and changes to the regulatory landscape in areas like ESG requirements. While we closely monitor and respond to topics like social, environmental, and demographic changes that include longer lifespans, income and wealth inequalities, environmental challenges and opportunities to expand global access to the financial system across all segments of the population, updated and changing regulatory and societal environment requirements could impact financial and operational results.
Changes and uncertainty in U.S. and non-U.S. legislation, policy or regulation regarding climate risk management or other ESG practices may result in higher regulatory costs, compliance costs and increased capital expenditures, and changes in regulations may impact security asset prices, resulting in realized or unrealized losses on our investments. Physical risks and transitional risks could increase the Company’s cost of doing business and actual or perceived failure to adequately address ESG expectations of our various stakeholders could lead to a tarnished reputation and loss of customers and clients.
Our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected due to limitations in the analytical models used to assess and predict our exposure to catastrophe losses.
Along with others in the insurance industry, models developed internally and by third-party vendors are used along with our own historical data in assessing property insurance exposure to catastrophe losses. These models assume various conditions and probability scenarios; however, they do not necessarily accurately predict future losses or measure losses currently incurred. Further, the accuracy of such models may be negatively impacted by changing climate conditions, including increased weather severity patterns. Catastrophe models use historical information and scientific research about natural events, such as hurricanes and earthquakes, as well as detailed information about our in-force business. This information is used in connection with pricing and risk management activities. However, since actual catastrophic events vary considerably, there are limitations with respect to its usefulness in predicting losses in any reporting period. Other limitations are evident in significant variations in estimates between models, material increases and decreases in results due to model changes and refinements of the underlying data elements and actual conditions that are not yet well understood or may not be properly incorporated into the models.
Our insurance company subsidiaries are subject to minimum capital and surplus requirements, and failure to meet these requirements could subject us to regulatory action.
Our insurance company subsidiaries are subject to risk-based capital standards and other minimum capital and surplus requirements. The risk-based capital standards, based upon the Risk-based Capital Model Act developed by the NAIC and adopted in all states, including our insurance subsidiaries’ states of domicile, require our insurance company subsidiaries to report results of risk-based capital calculations to their domestic regulator. These risk-based capital standards provide for different levels of regulatory attention depending upon the ratio of an insurance company’s total adjusted capital, as calculated in accordance with the NAIC’s RBC formula, to its authorized control level risk-based capital. Authorized control level risk-based capital is determined using the NAIC’s risk-based capital formula, which measures the minimum amount of capital that an insurance company needs to support its overall business operations.
An insurance company with total adjusted capital that is less than 200% of its authorized control level risk-based capital is at a company action level, which would require the insurance company to file a risk-based capital
44


plan that, among other things, contains proposals of corrective actions the company intends to take that are reasonably expected to result in the elimination of the company action level event. Additional action level events occur when the insurer’s total adjusted capital falls below 150%, 100%, and 70% of its authorized control level risk-based capital. The lower the percentage, the more severe the regulatory response, including, in the event of a mandatory control level event (total adjusted capital falls below 70% of the insurer’s authorized control level risk-based capital), placing the insurance company into receivership. As of December 31, 2023, Spinnaker Insurance Company’s risk-based capital ratio was well in excess of minimum statutory requirements.
In addition, our insurance company subsidiaries are required to maintain certain minimum capital and surplus and generally must keep their net written premiums within specified multiples of its surplus that regulators customarily view as prudent. The insurance company subsidiaries could exceed these ratios if their volume increases faster than anticipated or if their surplus declines due to catastrophe or non-catastrophe losses or excessive underwriting and operational expenses.
Any failure by our insurance company subsidiaries to meet the applicable risk-based capital or minimum statutory capital requirements or the writings ratio limitations regulators customarily use where we currently or may in the future conduct business could subject us to further examination or corrective action imposed by state regulators, including limitations on our writing of additional business, state supervision or liquidation.
Any changes in existing risk-based capital requirements, minimum statutory capital requirements, or customary writings ratios may require us to increase our statutory capital levels, which we may be unable to do.
Our insurance company subsidiaries are subject to assessments and other surcharges from state guaranty funds and mandatory state insurance facilities, which may affect our ability to achieve profitability.
The insurance laws of many states subject property and casualty insurers doing business in those states to statutory property and casualty guaranty fund assessments. The purpose of a guaranty fund is to protect customers by requiring that solvent property and casualty insurers pay the insurance claims of insolvent insurers. These guaranty associations generally pay these claims by assessing solvent insurers proportionately based on each insurer’s share of voluntary premiums written in the state. While most guaranty associations provide for recovery of assessments through subsequent rate increases, surcharges or premium tax credits, there is no assurance that insurers will ultimately recover these assessments, which could be material, particularly following a large catastrophe or in markets which become disrupted.
Maximum contributions required by law in any one year vary by state. We cannot predict with certainty the amount of future assessments because they depend on factors outside our control, such as insolvencies of other insurance companies. Significant assessments could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Performance of our investment portfolio is subject to a variety of investment risks that may adversely affect our financial results.
Our results of operations depend, in part, on the performance of our investment portfolio. We seek to hold a diversified portfolio of investments in accordance with our investment policy and routinely reviewed by our investment committee. However, our investments are subject to general economic and market risks as well as risks inherent to particular securities.
Our primary market risk exposures are to changes in interest rates and overall debt markets given that a majority of our portfolio is invested in debt securities, treasury bills, municipal bonds and mortgage- and asset-backed securities. We have limited exposure to equities but may in the future increase our portfolio’s allocation to equities. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk.” For several years prior to 2022, interest rates were at or near historic lows. A protracted low interest rate environment would continue to place pressure on our net investment income, particularly as it relates to fixed income securities and short-term investments, which, in turn, may adversely affect our operating results. Interest rates increased significantly in 2022 and 2023, and future increases in interest rates could cause the values of our fixed income securities portfolios to decline, with the magnitude of the decline depending on the duration of securities included in our portfolio and the amount by which interest rates increase. Some fixed income securities have call or prepayment options, which create possible
45


reinvestment risk in declining rate environments. Other fixed income securities, such as mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, carry prepayment risk or, in a rising interest rate environment, may not prepay as quickly as expected.
The value of our investment portfolio is subject to the risk that certain investments may default or become impaired due to deterioration in the financial condition of one or more issuers of the securities we hold, or due to deterioration in the financial condition of an insurer that guarantees an issuer’s payments on such investments. Downgrades in the credit ratings of fixed maturities also have a significant negative effect on the market valuation of such securities.
Such factors could reduce our net investment income and result in realized investment losses. Our investment portfolio is subject to increased valuation uncertainties when investment markets are illiquid. The valuation of investments is more subjective when markets are illiquid, thereby increasing the risk that the estimated fair value (i.e., the carrying amount) of the securities we hold in our portfolio does not reflect prices at which actual transactions would occur.
We may also invest in marketable equity securities. These securities are carried on the balance sheet at fair market value and are subject to potential losses and declines in market value.
Risks for all types of securities are managed through the application of our investment policy, which establishes investment parameters that include, but are not limited to, maximum percentages of investment in certain types of securities and minimum levels of credit quality, which we believe are within applicable guidelines established by the NAIC.
Although we seek to preserve our capital, we cannot be certain that our investment objectives will be achieved, and results may vary substantially over time. In addition, although we seek to employ investment strategies that are not correlated with our insurance and reinsurance exposures, losses in our investment portfolio may occur at the same time as underwriting losses and, therefore, exacerbate the adverse effect of the losses on us.
Unexpected changes in the interpretation of our coverage or provisions, including loss limitations and exclusions in our policies, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
There can be no assurances that specifically negotiated loss limitations or exclusions in our policies will be enforceable in the manner we intend. As industry practices and legal, judicial, social, and other conditions change, unexpected and unintended issues related to claims and coverage may emerge. While these limitations and exclusions help us assess and mitigate our loss exposure, it is possible that a court or regulatory authority could nullify or void a limitation or exclusion, or legislation could be enacted modifying or barring the use of such limitations or exclusions. These types of governmental actions could result in higher than anticipated loss and loss adjustment expenses, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. In addition, court decisions can have a similar effect, such as the 1995 Montrose decision in which the California Supreme Court eliminated long standing coverage limitations by a narrow reading of policy exclusions. In these cases, insurers are required to create and write new exclusions to establish the intended coverage. These types of cases and the issues they raise may adversely affect our business by either broadening coverage beyond our underwriting intent or by increasing the frequency or severity of claims. In some instances, these changes may not become apparent until sometime after we have issued insurance contracts that are affected by the changes. As a result, the full extent of liability under our insurance contracts may not be known for many years after a contract is issued.
The COVID-19 pandemic caused disruption to our operations and may continue to negatively impact our business, key metrics, or results of operations in ways that remain unpredictable.
In January 2020, the outbreak of COVID-19 was recognized as a public health emergency of international concern, or pandemic, by the World Health Organization, and the WHO declared an end to the pandemic on May 5, 2023. The spread of COVID-19 caused us to modify our business practices (including employee travel, employee work locations in certain cases and cancellation of physical participation in meetings, events and conferences and to increase our use of web-based solutions for business processes like meetings and working remote solutions) and severely impacted businesses worldwide, including many in the insurance sector. Certain effects of the COVID-19
46


pandemic are expected to continue to impact our loss ratios as homes are still being used more intensively due to widespread remote working environments, as home infrastructure and equipment breakdowns occur more frequently with increased use. COVID-19 also delayed our recoverability of premiums where moratoriums were imposed and delayed the launch of some of our Hippo Home Care products.
Although the pandemic has come to a conclusion, the full extent of COVID-19 related financial impact on our business cannot be accurately predicted at this time.
Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock
There may not be an active trading market for our common stock, and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to comply with the continued listing standards of the NYSE or other another reputable stock exchange, which may make it more difficult for our stockholders to sell our securities.
Hippo Holdings Inc.’s common stock and Hippo Holdings Inc.’s warrants are listed on the NYSE under the symbols “HIPO” and “HIPO.WS,” respectively. However, it is possible that an active trading market will not develop or, if developed, that any market will not be sustained. This would make it difficult for you to sell shares of our common stock at an attractive price or at all.
The NYSE requires listing issuers to comply with certain standards in order to remain listed on its exchange. If, for any reason, the NYSE should delist our securities from trading on its exchange and we are unable to obtain listing on another reputable national securities exchange, a reduction in some or all of the following may occur, each of which could materially adversely affect our stockholders:
the liquidity of our securities;
the market price of our securities;
our ability to obtain financing;
the number of institutional and other investors that will consider investing in our securities;
the number of market makers in our securities;
the availability of information concerning the trading prices and volume of our securities; and
the number of broker-dealers willing to execute trades in shares of our securities.
On July 19, 2022, we received a notice from the NYSE that the Company was not in compliance with the NYSE continued listing standard set forth in Section 802.01C of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, as the average closing price of the Company’s common stock was less than $1.00 per share over a consecutive 30-trading day period. We had six months following receipt of the notification to regain compliance with the minimum share price requirement, and if we failed to regain compliance during this period, our securities could have been delisted.
On September 29, 2022, the Company filed a Certificate of Amendment to its Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware to effect a 1-for-25 reverse stock split of the Company’s common stock and a corresponding adjustment to its authorized capital stock. The reverse stock split and corresponding capital stock adjustment became effective as of 11:59 p.m. Eastern Daylight Time on September 29, 2022.
The market price of our common stock and warrants may be highly volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to decline.
The trading price of our common stock could be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, may also become importantfollowing factors, that adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. For risk factors related to the proposed Hippo Business Combination, see the “Risk Factors” section of the Hippo Disclosure Statement that we will file with the SEC.

Risks Relating to Our Search for, and Consummation of or Inability to Consummate, a Business Combination

Our public shareholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed initial Business Combination, which means we may complete our initial Business Combination even though a majority of our public shareholders do not support such a combination.

We may not hold a shareholder vote to approve our initial Business Combination unless the Business Combination would require shareholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange rules or if we decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other reasons. For instance, the NYSE listing rules currently allow us to engage in a tender offer in lieu of a general meeting, but would still require us to obtain shareholder approval if we were seeking to issue more than 20% of our issued and outstanding shares to a target business as consideration in any Business Combination. Therefore, if we were structuring a Business Combination that required us to issue more than 20% of our issued and outstanding shares, we would seek shareholder approval of such Business Combination. However, except as required by applicable law or stock exchange rules, the decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed Business Combination or will allow shareholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek shareholder approval. Accordingly, we may consummate our initial Business Combination even if holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares do not approve of the Business Combination we consummate.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination, our initial shareholders, directors and officers have agreed to vote in favor of such initial Business Combination, regardless of how our public shareholders vote.

Unlike some other blank check companies in which the initial shareholders agree to vote their founder shares in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by the public shareholders in connection with an initial Business Combination, our initial shareholders, directors and officers have agreed (and their permitted transferees will agree), pursuant to the terms of a letter agreement entered into with us, to vote their founder shares and any public shares held by them in favor of our initial Business Combination. As a result, in addition to our initial shareholders’ founder shares, we would need 7,500,001, or 37.5% (assuming all issued and outstanding shares are voted), or 1,250,001, or 6.25% (assuming only the minimum number of shares representing a quorum are voted), of the 23,000,000 public shares sold in the Initial Public Offering to be voted in favor of an initial Business Combination in order to have such initial Business Combination approved. Our directors and officers have also entered into the letter agreement, imposing similar obligations on them with respect to public shares acquired by them, if any. We expect that our initial shareholders and their permitted transferees will own at least 20% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares at the time of any such shareholder vote. Accordingly, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination, it is more likely that the necessary shareholder approval will be received than would be the case if such persons agreed to vote their founder shares in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by our public shareholders.

Your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential Business Combination will be limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash, unless we seek shareholder approval of such Business Combination.

Since our board of directors may complete a Business Combination without seeking shareholder approval, public shareholders may not have the right or opportunity to vote on the Business Combination, unless we seek such shareholder approval. Accordingly, if we do not seek shareholder approval, your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential Business Combination may be limited to exercising your redemption rights within the period of time (which will be at least 20 business days) set forth in our tender offer documents mailed to our public shareholders in which we describe our initial Business Combination.

The ability of our public shareholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential Business Combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into a Business Combination with a target.

We may seek to enter into a Business Combination transaction agreement with a prospective target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. If too many public shareholders exercise their redemption rights, we would not be able to meet such closing condition and, as a result, would not be able to proceed with the Business Combination. The amount of the deferred underwriting commissions payable to the underwriters will not be adjusted for any shares that are redeemed in connection with a Business Combination and such amount of deferred underwriting discount is not available for us to use as consideration in an initial Business Combination. If we are able to consummate an initial Business Combination, the per-share value of shares held by non-redeeming shareholders will reflect our obligation to pay and the payment of the deferred underwriting commissions. Furthermore, in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 following such redemptions, or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement that may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial Business Combination. Consequently, if accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 or such greater amount necessary to satisfy a closing condition as described above, we would not proceed with such redemption and the related Business Combination and may instead search for an alternate Business Combination. Prospective targets will be aware of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into a Business Combination transaction with us.

The ability of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares may not allow us to complete the most desirable Business Combination or optimize our capital structure.

At the time we enter into an agreement for our initial Business Combination, we will not know how many shareholders may exercise their redemption rights and, therefore, we will need to structure the transaction based on

our expectations as to the number of shares that will be submitted for redemption. If our initial Business Combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, we will need to reserve a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to meet such requirements, or arrange for third-party financing. In addition, if a larger number of shares is submitted for redemption than we initially expected, we may need to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the Trust Account or arrange for third-party financing. Raising additional third-party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. The above considerations may limit our ability to complete the most desirable Business Combination available to us or optimize our capital structure.

The ability of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares could increase the probability that our initial Business Combination would be unsuccessful and that you would have to wait for liquidation in order to redeem your shares.

If our initial Business Combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the probability that our initial Business Combination would be unsuccessful increases. If our initial Business Combination is unsuccessful, you would not receive your pro rata portion of the Trust Account until we liquidate the Trust Account. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your shares in the open market; however, at such time our shares may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the Trust Account. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with our redemption until we liquidate or you are able to sell your shares in the open market.

The requirement that we complete our initial Business Combination within the prescribed time frame may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a Business Combination and may limit the time we have in which to conduct due diligence on potential Business Combination targets, in particular as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to complete our initial Business Combination on terms that would produce value for our shareholders.

Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a Business Combination will be aware that we must complete our initial Business Combination within 27 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a Business Combination, knowing that if we do not complete our initial Business Combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete our initial Business Combination with any target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the end of such time period. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligence and may enter into our initial Business Combination on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation.

We may not be able to complete our initial Business Combination within the prescribed time frame, in which case we would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up and we would redeem our public shares and liquidate, in which case our public shareholders may receive only $10.00 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Our Sponsor, directors and officers have agreed that we must complete our initial Business Combination within 27 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering. We may not be able to find a suitable target business and complete our initial Business Combination within such time period. Our ability to complete our initial Business Combination may be negatively impacted by general market conditions, volatility in the capital and debt markets and the other risks described herein, including as a result of terrorist attacks, natural disasters or a significant outbreak of infectious diseases. For example, the outbreak of COVID-19 continues to grow both in the U.S. and globally and, while the extent of the impact of the outbreak on us will depend on future developments, it could limit our ability to complete our initial Business Combination, including as a result of increased market volatility, decreased market liquidity and third-party financing being unavailable on terms acceptable to us or at all. Additionally, the outbreak of COVID-19 and other events (such as terrorist attacks, natural disasters or a significant outbreak of other infectious diseases) may negatively impact businesses we may seek to acquire.

If we have not completed our initial Business Combination within such time period or during any Extension Period, we will: (1) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (2) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than 10 business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to fund our working capital requirements, subject to an annual limit of $165,000, and/or to pay our taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any); and (3) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. In such case, our public shareholders may receive only $10.00 per share, or less than $10.00 per share, on the redemption of their shares, and our warrants will expire worthless. See “—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors herein.

Our search for a Business Combination, and any target business with which we ultimately consummate a Business Combination, may be materially adversely affected by the coronavirus (“COVID-19”) outbreak and other events and the status of debt and equity markets.

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus was reported to have surfaced, which has and is continuing to spread throughout parts of the world, including the United States. On January 30, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of COVID-19 a “Public Health Emergency of International Concern.” On January 31, 2020, U.S. Health and Human Services Secretary Alex M. Azar II declared a public health emergency for the United States to aid the U.S. healthcare community in responding to COVID-19, and on March 11, 2020 the World Health Organization characterized the outbreak as a “pandemic.” The COVID-19 outbreak has adversely affected, and other events (such as terrorist attacks, natural disasters or a significant outbreak of other infectious diseases) could adversely affect, economies and financial markets worldwide, business operations and the conduct of commerce generally, and the business of any potential target business with which we consummate a Business Combination could be, or may already have been, materially and adversely affected. Furthermore, we may be unable to complete a Business Combination if concerns relating to COVID-19 continue to restrict travel or limit the ability to have meetings with potential investors, or the target company’s personnel, vendors and services providers are unavailable to negotiate and consummate a transaction in a timely manner. The extent to which COVID-19 impacts our search for a Business Combination will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of COVID-19 and the actions to contain COVID-19 or treat its impact, among others. If the disruptions posed by COVID-19 or other events (such as terrorist attacks, natural disasters or a significant outbreak of other infectious diseases) continue for an extensive period of time, our ability to consummate a Business Combination, or the operations of a target business with which we ultimately consummate a Business Combination, may be materially adversely affected.

In addition, our ability to consummate a transaction may be dependent on the ability to raise equity and debt financing which may be impacted by COVID-19 and other events (such as terrorist attacks, natural disasters or a significant outbreak of other infectious diseases), including as a result of increased market volatility and decreased market liquidity and third-party financing being unavailable on terms acceptable to us or at all.

Finally, the outbreak of COVID-19 may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section, may have a significant impact on the market price of our common stock:

the occurrence of severe weather conditions and other catastrophes;
our operating and financial performance, quarterly or annual earnings relative to similar companies;
47


publication of research reports or news stories about us, our competitors or our industry, or positive or negative recommendations, or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts;
the public’s reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC;
announcements by us or our competitors of acquisitions, business plans or commercial relationships;
any major change in our board of directors or senior management, including the departure of our CEO;
sales of our common stock by us, our directors, executive officers, principal shareholders, our CEO and/or the investors party to the subscription agreements dated March 3, 2021, or expectations of such sales given the release of shares from applicable lock-ups over time;
adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we may incur or securities we may issue in the future;
short sales, hedging and other derivative transactions in our common stock;
exposure to capital market risks related to changes in interest rates, realized investment losses, credit spreads, equity prices, foreign exchange rates and performance of insurance-linked investments;
our creditworthiness, financial condition, performance, and prospects;
changes in the fair values of our financial instruments (including certain warrants assumed in connection with the Business Combination);
our dividend policy and whether dividends on our common stock have been, and are likely to be, declared and paid from time to time;
perceptions of the investment opportunity associated with our common stock relative to other investment alternatives;
regulatory or legal developments;
changes in general market, economic, and political conditions;
conditions or trends in our industry, geographies, or customers;
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles; and
threatened or actual litigation or government investigations.
In addition, broad market and industry factors, such as those relatedrecessions, loss of investor confidence or continued interest rate increases may negatively affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance, and factors beyond our control may cause our stock price to decline rapidly and unexpectedly. In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Litigation of this type could result in substantial costs and diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects. Any adverse determination in litigation could also subject us to significant liabilities.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business, or our markets, or if they adversely change their recommendations or publish negative reports regarding our business or our stock, our stock price and trading volume could materially decline.
The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our markets, or our competitors. We cannot provide any assurance that analysts will cover us or provide favorable coverage. If any of the analysts who may cover us adversely change their recommendation regarding our stock, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, our stock price could materially decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to materially decline.
48


Some provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and crossborder transactions.

If we seek shareholderBylaws and Delaware law may have anti-takeover effects that could discourage an acquisition of us by others, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders, and they may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Provisions in our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, as well as provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”), could make it more difficult for a third-party to acquire us or increase the cost of acquiring us, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. These provisions include:
our board of directors is classified into three classes of directors with staggered three-year terms, and directors are only able to be removed from office for cause;
nothing in our Certificate of Incorporation precludes future issuances without stockholder approval of the authorized but unissued shares of our initial Business Combination, common stock;
advance notice procedures apply for stockholders to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring matters before an annual meeting of stockholders;
our Sponsor,stockholders are only able to take action at a meeting of stockholders and not by written consent;
only our chairman of the board of directors, officers, advisorsour chief executive officer, our president, or a majority of the board of directors are authorized to call a special meeting of stockholders;
no provision in our Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws provides for cumulative voting, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;
certain amendments to our Certificate of Incorporation require the approval of two-thirds of the then outstanding voting power of our capital stock;
our Bylaws provide that the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the then-outstanding voting power of our capital stock, voting as a single class, is required for stockholders to amend or adopt any provision of their respective affiliates may elect to purchase shares or warrants from public shareholders,our Bylaws;
our Certificate of Incorporation authorizes undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may influence a vote on a proposed Business Combinationbe established and reduceshares of which may be issued, without the public “float”approval of the holders of our securities.

Ifcapital stock; and

certain litigation against us can only be brought in Delaware.
Our Certificate of Incorporation states that we seek shareholder approvalshall not engage in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:
the business combination or transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder was approved by the board of directors prior to the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder;
upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding shares owned by directors who are also officers of the corporation and shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
at or subsequent to the time the stockholder became an interested stockholder, the business combination was approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.
These anti-takeover defenses could discourage, delay, or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our initial Business Combinationcompany. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and we domake it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and cause us to take corporate actions other than those you desire.
49


Applicable insurance laws may make it difficult to effect a change of control.
Under applicable state insurance laws and regulations, no person may acquire control of a domestic insurance company until written approval is obtained from the state insurance commissioner on the proposed acquisition. Such approval would be contingent upon the state insurance commissioner’s consideration of a number of factors including, among others, the financial strength of the proposed acquirer, the acquirer’s plans for the future operations of the domestic insurer and any anti-competitive results that may arise from the consummation of the acquisition of control. For example, pursuant to both the Illinois Holding Company Act and the Texas Holding Company Act, a person must either (a) seek regulatory approval from the Director or Commissioner of each state’s insurance regulatory authority prior to acquiring direct or indirect “control” of a domestic insurer by filing a “Form A” application, or (b) obtain an exemption from such requirement from the relevant Director or Commissioner if the transaction does not conduct redemptionsresult in the actual change of “control” as defined in the state’s Holding Company Act. We cannot predict with certainty whether a state will approve applications for exemptions or the timing of such decisions by the states, or whether regulators may impose conditions on or in connection with our initial Business Combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or any of their respective affiliates may purchase public shares or warrantsthese applications that might be considered burdensome in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial Business Combination.

Any such price per share may be different than the amount per share a public shareholder would receive if it elected to redeem its shares in connection with our initial Business Combination. Additionally, at any time at or prior to our initial Business Combination, subject to applicable securities laws (including with respect to material nonpublic information), our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or any of their respective affiliates may enter into transactions with investors and others to provide them with incentives to acquire public shares, vote their public shares in favor of our initial Business Combination or not redeem their public shares. However, our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or any of their respective affiliates are under no obligation or duty to do so and they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. The purpose of such purchases could be to vote such shares in favor of our initial Business Combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial Business Combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. The purpose of any such purchases of public warrants could be to reduce the number of public warrants outstanding or to vote such warrants on any matters submitted to the warrant holders for approval in connection with our initial Business Combination. This may result in the completion of our initial Business Combination that may not otherwise have been possible.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our securities and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, possibly making it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

nature. If a shareholder failsstate insurance regulatory authority were to receive notice of our offer to redeem our public shares in connection with our initial Business Combination, or fails to comply with the proceduresdeny an application for tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.

We will comply with the tender offer rules or proxy rules, as applicable, when conducting redemptions in connection with our initial Business Combination. Despite our compliance with these rules, if a shareholder fails to receive our tender offer or proxy materials, as applicable, such shareholder may not become aware of the opportunity to redeem its shares. In addition, the tender offer documents or proxy materials, as applicable, thatan exemption, we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial Business Combination will describe the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly tender or redeem public shares. In the event that a shareholder fails to comply with these procedures, its shares may not be redeemed.

You are not entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of many other blank check companies.

Because we had net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000 upon the successful completion of the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement and filed a Current Report on Form 8-K, including an audited balance sheet of the company demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors in blank check companies, such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors are not afforded the benefits or protections of those rules. Among other things, this means we will have a longer period of time to complete our initial Business Combination than do companies subject to Rule 419. Moreover, if the Initial Public Offering was subject to Rule 419, that rule would prohibit the release of any interest earned on funds held in the Trust Account to us unless and until the funds in the Trust Account were released to us in connection with our completion of an initial Business Combination.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination and we do not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, and if you or a “group” of shareholders are deemed to hold in excess of 15% of our Class A ordinary shares, you will lose the ability to redeem all such shares in excess of 15% of our Class A ordinary shares.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial Business Combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in the Initial Public Offering, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares,” without our prior consent. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess

Shares) for or against our initial Business Combination. Your inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce your influence over our ability to complete our initial Business Combination and you could suffer a material loss on your investment in us if you sell Excess Shares in open market transactions. Additionally, you will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete our initial Business Combination. And as a result, you will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 15% and, in order to dispose of such shares, would be required to sell your shares in open market transactions, potentially atseek the prior approval of the regulatory authority of the transaction pursuant to a loss.

BecauseForm A filing. These requirements may discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay, deter, or prevent a change of control of our limited resources andinsurance company subsidiary, including through transactions that some or all of the significant competitionstockholders might consider to be desirable.

Our Certificate of Incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for Business Combination opportunities, itcertain litigation that may be more difficultinitiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.
Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, and unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed to us or our stockholders by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising under the DGCL, (iv) any action, suit or proceeding as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or (v) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Certificate of Incorporation provides that the exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Similarly, Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.
These provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with any applicable action brought against us, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in the Certificate of Incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action.
Claims for indemnification by our directors and officers may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third-party claims against us and may reduce the amount of money available to us.
Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, in each case, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:
any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;
any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or
any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
50


Such limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.
Our Bylaws provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law and may indemnify our other employees and agents. Our Bylaws also provide that, on satisfaction of certain conditions, we will advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to complete our initial Business Combination. Ifsecure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have not completed our initial Business Combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on our redemption of their shares,entered and our warrants will expire worthless.

We expect to encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similarcontinue to ours,enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. With certain exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other blank check companiesattorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Manysettlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in connection with any action, proceeding or investigation. We believe that these certificate of incorporation and entitiesbylaws provisions and indemnification agreements are well establishednecessary to attract and have extensive experience in identifyingretain qualified persons as directors and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources or more local industry knowledge than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. Additionally, the number of blank check companies looking for Business Combination targets has increased compared to recent years and many of these blank check companies are Sponsored by entities or persons that have significant experience with completing Business Combinations. officers.

While we believe there are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire with the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offeringmaintain directors’ and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, in the event we seek shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination and we are obligated to pay cash for our Class A ordinary shares, it will potentially reduce the resources available to us for our initial Business Combination. Any of these obligations may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a Business Combination. If we have not completed our initial Business Combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our warrants will expire worthless. See “—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors herein.

As the number of special purpose acquisition companies increases, there may be more competition to find an attractive target for an initial Business Combination. This could increase the costs associated with completing our initial Business Combination and may result in our inability to find a suitable target for our initial Business Combination.

In recent years, the number of special purpose acquisition companies that have been formed has increased substantially. Many companies have entered into Business Combinations with special purpose acquisition companies, and there are still many special purpose acquisition companies seeking targets for their initial Business Combination, as well as many additional special purpose acquisition companies currently in registration. As a result, at times, fewer attractive targets may be available, and it may require more time, effort and resources to identify a suitable target for an initial Business Combination.

In addition, because there are more special purpose acquisition companies seeking to enter into an initial Business Combination with available targets, the competition for available targets with attractive fundamentals or business models may increase, which could cause target companies to demand improved financial terms. Attractive deals could also become scarcer for other reasons,officers’ liability insurance, such as economic or industry sector downturns, geopolitical tensions or increases in the cost of additional capital needed to close Business Combinations or operate targets post-Business Combination. This could increase the cost of, delay or otherwise complicate or frustrate our ability to find a suitable target for and/or complete our initial Business Combination.

If the funds not being held in the Trust Account are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the 27 months following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, we may be unable to complete our initial Business Combination.

The funds available to us outside of the Trust Accountinsurance may not be sufficientadequate to allow uscover all liabilities that we may incur, which may reduce our available funds to operate for at least the 27 months following the closingsatisfy third-party claims and may adversely impact our cash position.

Taking advantage of the Initial Public Offering, assumingreduced disclosure requirements applicable to “emerging growth companies” may make our common stock less attractive to investors.
The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (“JOBS Act”) provides that, our initial Business Combination is not completed during that time. We expectso long as a company qualifies as an “emerging growth company,” it will, among other things:
be required to incur significant costs in pursuithave only two years of our acquisition plans. Management’s plans to address this need for capital through potential loans from certainaudited financial statements and only two years of our affiliates are discussed in “Item 7—related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” However, our affiliates are not obligated to make loans to us inOperations disclosure;
be exempt from the future, and we may not be able to raise additional financing from unaffiliated parties necessary to fund our expenses. Any such event in the future may negatively impact the analysis regarding our ability to continue as a going concern at such time.

Of the funds available to us, we could use a portionprovisions of Section 404(b) of the funds available to us to pay fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. We could also use a portion of the funds as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision in letters of intent designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies or investors on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed Business Combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we enter into a letter of intent where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business and were subsequently required to forfeit such funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise), we might not have sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conduct due diligence with respect to, a target business. If we have not completed our initial Business Combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our warrants will expire worthless. See “—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors herein.

Changes in the market for directors and officers liability insurance could make it more difficult and more expensive for us to negotiate and complete an initial Business Combination.

In recent months, the market for directors and officers liability insurance for special purpose acquisition companies has changed in ways adverse to us and our management team. Fewer insurance companies are offering quotes for directors and officers liability coverage, the premiums charged for such policies have generally increased and the terms of such policies have generally become less favorable. These trends may continue into the future.

The increased cost and decreased availability of directors and officers liability insurance could make it more difficult and more expensive for us to negotiate and complete an initial Business Combination. In order to obtain directors and officers liability insurance or modifySarbanes-Oxley Act requiring that its coverage as a result of becoming a public company, the post-Business Combination entity might need to incur greater expense and/or accept less favorable terms. Furthermore, any failure to obtain adequate directors and officers liability insurance could have an adverse impact on the post-Business Combination’s ability to attract and retain qualified officers and directors.

In addition, after completion of any initial Business Combination, our directors and officers could be subject to potential liability from claims arising from conduct alleged to have occurred prior to such initial Business Combination. As a result, in order to protect our directors and officers, the post-Business Combination entity may need to purchase additional insurance with respect to any such claims (“run-off insurance”). The need for run-off insurance would be an added expense for the post-Business Combination entity and could interfere with or frustrate our ability to consummate an initial Business Combination on terms favorable to our investors.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share.

Our placing of funds in the Trust Account may not protect those funds from third-party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers (other than our independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businessesfirm provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting;

be exempt from the “say on pay” and other entities“say on golden parachute” advisory vote requirements of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”); and
be exempt from certain disclosure requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act relating to compensation of its executive officers and be permitted to omit the detailed compensation discussion and analysis from proxy statements and reports filed under the Exchange Act.
We currently intend to take advantage of each of the exemptions described above. Further, pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act, as an emerging growth company, we have elected to take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interestnew or claim of any kind in orrevised accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to any monies held in the Trust Account for the benefit ofprivate companies. As a result, our public shareholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements theyoperating results and financial statements may not be prevented from bringing claims against the Trust Account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach

of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the Trust Account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claimscomparable to the monies held in the Trust Account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to itoperating results and will enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver only if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative.

Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third-party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to thosefinancial statements of other consultantscompanies who have adopted the new or revised accounting standards. It is possible that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where we are unable tosome investors will find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the futureour common stock less attractive as a result, which may result in a less active trading market for our common stock and higher volatility in our stock price. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five fiscal years after the closing of RTPZ’s initial public offering, or arising outuntil December 31, 2025. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we elect to rely on these exemptions, or if taking advantage of any negotiations, contractsthese exemptions would result in less active trading or agreements with us and will not seek recourse againstmore volatility in the Trust Account for any reason. Upon redemptionprice of our public shares, if we have not completed our initial Business Combination within the required time period, or upon the exercise of a redemption rightcommon stock.

Failure to establish and maintain effective internal controls in connectionaccordance with our initial Business Combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against us within the 10 years following redemption. Accordingly, the per-share redemption amount received by public shareholders could be less than the $10.00 per public share initially held in the Trust Account, due to claims of such creditors.

Our Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than our independent registered public accounting firm) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below (1) $10.00 per public share or (2) such lesser amount per public share held in the Trust Account asSection 404 of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to fund our working capital requirements, subject to an annual limit of $165,000, and/or to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. We have not independently verified whether our Sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believe that our Sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. Our Sponsor may not have sufficient funds available to satisfy those obligations. We have not asked our Sponsor to reserve for such obligations, and therefore, no funds are currently set aside to cover any such obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the Trust Account, the funds available for our initial Business Combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.00 per public share. In such event, we may not be able to complete our initial Business Combination, and you would receive such lesser amount per public share in connection with any redemption of your public shares. None of our directors or officers will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our Sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to our public shareholders.

In the event that the proceeds in the Trust Account are reduced below the lesser of (1) $10.00 per public share or (2) such lesser amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to fund our working capital requirements, subject to an annual limit of $165,000, and/or to pay taxes, and our Sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so in any particular instance. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to our public shareholders may be reduced below $10.00 per share.

The securities in which we invest the funds held in the Trust Account could bear a negative rate of interest, which could reduce the value of the assets held in trust such that the per-share redemption amount received by public shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share.

The proceeds held in the Trust Account will be invested only in U.S. government treasury bills with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds investing solely in U.S. Treasuries. While short-term U.S. government treasury obligations currently yield a positive rate of interest, they have briefly yielded negative interest rates in recent years. Central banks in Europe and Japan pursued interest rates below zero in recent years, and the Open Market Committee of the Federal Reserve has not ruled out the possibility that it may in the future adopt similar policies in the United States. In the event that we are unable to complete our initial Business Combination or make certain amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, our public shareholders are entitled to receive their pro-rata share of the proceeds held in the Trust Account, plus any interest income earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to fund our working capital requirements, subject to an annual limit of $165,000, and/or to pay our taxes (less, in the case we are unable to complete our initial Business Combination, $100,000 of interest). Negative interest rates could reduce the value of the assets held in trust such that the per-share redemption amount received by public shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public shareholders, we file a winding-up or bankruptcy petition or an involuntary winding-up or bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy court may seek to recover such proceeds, and the members of our board of directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to our creditors, thereby exposing the members of our board of directors and us to claims of punitive damages.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public shareholders, we file a winding-up or bankruptcy petition or an involuntary winding-up or bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or insolvency laws as a voidable performance. As a result, a liquidator could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. In addition, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith by paying public shareholders from the Trust Account prior to addressing the claims of creditors, thereby exposing itself and us to claims of punitive damages.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public shareholders, we file a winding-up or bankruptcy petition or an involuntary winding-up or bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of our shareholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public shareholders, we file a winding-up or bankruptcy petition or an involuntary winding-up or bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be subject to applicable insolvency law, and may be included in our liquidation estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any liquidation claims deplete the Trust Account, the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholders in connection with our liquidation would be reduced.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment CompanySarbanes-Oxley Act we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial Business Combination.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, our activities may be restricted, including:

restrictions on the nature of our investments; and

restrictions on the issuance of securities;

each of which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial Business Combination.

In addition, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including:

registration as an investment company with the SEC;

adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and

reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations that we are currently not subject to.

We do not believe that our anticipated principal activities will subject us to the Investment Company Act. The proceeds held in the Trust Account may be invested by the trustee only in U.S. government treasury bills with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds investing solely in U.S. Treasuries and meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act. Because the investment of the proceeds will be restricted to these instruments, we believe we will meet the requirements for the exemption provided in Rule 3a-1 promulgated under the Investment Company Act. If we were deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expenses for which we have not allotted funds and may hinder our ability to complete a Business Combination. If we have not completed our initial Business Combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our warrants will expire worthless.

Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial Business Combination, and results of operations.

We are and will be subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments. In particular, we will be required to comply with certain SEC and other legal requirements, our Business Combination may be contingent on our ability to comply with certain laws and regulations and any post-Business Combination company may be subject to additional laws and regulations. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time, including as a result of changes in economic, political, social and government policies, and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.

We are required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which requires management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of controls over financial reporting. As an emerging growth company, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the date we are no longer
51


an emerging growth company. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed, or operating.
To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we have undertaken various actions, and will need to take additional actions, such as implementing numerous internal controls and procedures and hiring additional accounting or internal audit staff or consultants. Testing and maintaining internal control can divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to the operation of our business. Additionally, when evaluating our internal control over financial reporting, we may identify material weaknesses that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the applicable deadline imposed upon us for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. If we identify any material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting or are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting once we are no longer an emerging growth company, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected. We could also become subject to investigations by the SEC, the stock exchange on which our securities are listed or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources. In addition, if we fail to remedy any material weakness, our financial statements could be inaccurate, and we could face restricted access to capital markets.
We depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to transfer funds to us to meet our obligations, and our insurance company subsidiaries’ ability to transfer funds to us is restricted by law.
We are a holding company that transacts a majority of our business through operating subsidiaries. Our ability to meet our operating and financing cash needs could depend on the surplus and earnings of our subsidiaries, and upon the ability of our insurance subsidiaries to transfer funds to us.
Payments of dividends by our insurance company subsidiaries are restricted by state insurance laws, including laws establishing minimum solvency and liquidity thresholds. The limitations are based on income and surplus determined in accordance with statutory accounting principles, not GAAP. The jurisdictions in which our current insurance company subsidiaries are domiciled impose certain restrictions on the ability of our insurance company subsidiaries to pay dividends to its parent. These restrictions are based, in part, on the prior year’s statutory income and surplus. In general, dividends up to specified levels are considered ordinary and may be paid by giving prior notice to regulators. Dividends in larger amounts, or extraordinary dividends, are subject to a thirty-day prior notice period unless the insurance commissioner of the relevant state of domicile approves the dividend during that prior notice period. Under the insurance laws of Illinois and Texas, an extraordinary dividend or distribution is defined as a dividend or distribution that, together with other dividends and distributions made within the preceding 12 months, exceeds the greater of (1) 10% of the insurer’s surplus as regards policyholders as of the preceding December 31 and (2) net income for the 12-month period ending the preceding December 31. In addition, dividends may be paid only from earned surplus of the insurance company.
In addition, our insurance company subsidiaries could be subject to contractual restrictions in the future, including those imposed by indebtedness we may incur in the future. Our insurance company subsidiaries may also face competitive pressures in the future to maintain insurance financial stability or strength ratings. These restrictions and other regulatory requirements would affect the ability of our insurance company subsidiaries to make dividend payments, and we may not receive dividends in the amounts necessary to meet our obligations.
We do not currently expect to pay any cash dividends.
We do not currently expect to pay any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Instead, we intend to retain future earnings, if any, for the future operation and expansion of our business. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our results of operations (including our ability to negotiategenerate cash flow in excess of expenses and complete our initial Business Combination,expected or actual net income), liquidity, cash requirements, financial condition, retained earnings and resultscollateral and capital requirements, general business conditions, contractual restrictions, legal, tax and regulatory limitations, the effect of operations. In addition, a failuredividend or dividends upon our financial strength ratings, and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant.
52


Because we are a holding company and all of our business is conducted through our subsidiaries, dividends, distributions and other payments from, and cash generated by, our subsidiaries will be our principal sources of cash to fund operations and pay dividends. Accordingly, our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders is dependent on the earnings and distributions of funds from our subsidiaries. Our ability to pay dividends may also be restricted by the terms of any future credit agreement or any of our future debt or preferred equity securities or our subsidiaries. Accordingly, if you purchase shares of our common stock, realization of a gain on your investment will depend on the appreciation of the price of shares of our common stock, which may never occur. Investors seeking cash dividends in the foreseeable future should not purchase our common stock.
The requirements of being a public company, including compliance with the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Act, and the listing standards of NYSE, may strain our resources, increase our costs, and divert management’s attention, and we may be unable to comply with applicable lawsthese requirements in a timely or regulations,cost-effective manner. In addition, key members of our management team have limited experience managing a public company.
As a public company, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act and the listing standards of the NYSE. These requirements place a strain on our management, systems and resources, and we have incurred and will continue to incur significant legal, accounting, insurance, and other expenses that we did not incur as interpreteda private company. The Exchange Act requires us to file annual, quarterly, and applied,current reports with respect to our business and financial condition within specified time periods and to prepare a proxy statement with respect to our annual meeting of stockholders. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures, and internal controls over financial reporting. The NYSE requires that we comply with various corporate governance requirements. To maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, and comply with the Exchange Act and NYSE requirements, significant resources and management oversight is required. This may divert management’s attention from other business concerns and lead to significant costs associated with compliance, which could have a material adverse effect on us and the price of our business,common stock.
We expect these reporting and corporate governance rules and regulations to continue to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with certainty. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including our ability to negotiatedirector and complete our initial Business Combination,officer liability insurance, and results of operations.

If we have not completed our initial Business Combination within the allotted time period, our public shareholders may be forced to wait beyond such allotted time period before redemption from our Trust Account.

If we have not completed our initial Business Combination within 27 months fromaccept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the closing of the Initial Public Offering or during any Extension Period, we will distribute the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to fund our working capital requirements, subject to an annual limit of $165,000, and/or to pay our taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and which interest shall be net of taxes payable), pro rata to our public shareholders by way of redemption and cease all operations except for the purposes of winding up of our affairs, as further described herein. Any redemption of public shareholders from the Trust Account shall be effected automatically by function of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association prior to any voluntary winding up. If we are required to windup, liquidate the Trust Account and distribute such amount therein, pro rata, to our public shareholders, as part of any liquidation process, such winding up, liquidation and distribution must comply with the applicable provisions of the Companies Act. In that case, investors may be forced to wait beyond the allotted time period before the redemption proceeds of our Trust Account become available to them and they receive the return of their pro rata portion of the proceeds from our Trust Account. We have no obligation to return funds to investors prior to the date of our redemption or liquidation unless, prior thereto, we consummate our initial Business Combination or amend certain provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and then only in cases where investors have properly sought to redeem their Class A ordinary shares. Only upon our redemption or any liquidation will public shareholders be entitled to distributions if we have not completed our initial Business Combination within the required time period and do not amend certain provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association prior thereto.

Our shareholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.

If we are forced to enter into an insolvent liquidation, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed as an unlawful payment if it was proved that immediately following the date on which the distribution was made, we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. As a result, a liquidator could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, our directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to us or our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, and thereby exposing themselves and our company to claims, by paying public shareholders from the Trust Account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons. We and our directors and officers who knowingly and willfully authorized or permitted any distribution to be paid out of our share premium account while we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business would be guilty of an offense and may be liable for a fine of up to approximately $18,300 and to imprisonment for up to five years in the Cayman Islands.

We may not hold an annual general meeting until after the consummation of our initial Business Combination. Our public shareholders will not have the right to elect or remove directors prior to the consummation of our initial Business Combination.

In accordance with the NYSE corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual general meeting until one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on the NYSE. There is no requirement under the Companies Act for us to hold annual or extraordinary general meetings to appoint directors. Until we hold an annual general meeting, public shareholders may not be afforded the opportunity to discuss company affairs with management. In addition, as holders of our Class A ordinary shares, our public shareholders will not have the right to vote on the appointment of directors prior to consummation of our initial Business Combination. In addition, holders of a majority of our founder shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason.

The grant of registration rights to our initial shareholders and their permitted transferees may make it more difficult to complete our initial Business Combination, and the future exercise of such rights may adversely affect the market price of our Class A ordinary shares.

At or after the time of our initial Business Combination, our initial shareholders and their permitted transferees can demand that we register the resale of their founder shares after those shares convert to our Class A ordinary shares. In addition, our Sponsor and its permitted transferees can demand that we register the resale of the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants, and holders of warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans may demand that we register the resale of such warrants or the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of such warrants. We will bear the cost of registering these securities. The registration and availability of such a significant number of securities for trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares. In addition, the existence of the registration rights may make our initial Business Combination more costly or difficult to conclude. This is because the shareholders of the target business may increase the equity stake they seek in the combined entity or ask for more cash consideration to offset the negative impact on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares that is expected when the ordinary shares owned by our initial shareholders or their permitted transferees, our Private Placement Warrants or warrants issued in connection with working capital loans are registered for resale.

Because we are not limited to a particular industry, sector or geographic area or any specific target businesses with which to pursue our initial Business Combination, you will be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations.

We may seek to complete a Business Combination with an operating company of any size (subject to our satisfaction of the 80% of fair market value test) and in any industry, sector or geographic area. However, we will not, under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, be permitted to effectuate our initial Business Combination solely with another blank check companysame or similar company with nominal operations.

Because we have not yet selected or approached any specific target business with respect to a Business Combination, there is no basis to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations, results of operations, cash flows, liquidity, financial condition or prospects. To the extent we complete our initial Business Combination, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations with which we combine. For example, if we combine with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherent in the businesscoverage. These laws and operations of a financially unstable or development stage entity. Although our directors and officers will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors or that we will have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our securities will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to our investors than a direct investment, if such opportunity were available, in a Business Combination target. Accordingly, any shareholder or warrant holder who chooses to remain a shareholder or warrant holder, respectively, following our initial Business Combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such shareholders and warrant holders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

We may seek acquisition opportunities in industries outside of our management’s areas of expertise.

We will consider a Business Combination in industries outside of our management’s areas of expertise, if a Business Combination candidate is presented to us and we determine that such candidate offers an attractive acquisition opportunity for our company. In the event we elect to pursue an acquisition outside of the areas of our management’s expertise, our management’s expertise may not be directly applicable to its evaluation or operation, and our management’s expertise would not be relevant to an understanding of the business that we elect to acquire. As a result, our management may not be able to adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors relevant to such acquisition. Accordingly, any shareholder or warrant holder who chooses to remain a shareholder or warrant holder, respectively, following our initial Business Combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such shareholders and warrant holders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, we may enter into our initial Business Combination with a target that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our initial Business Combination may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our initial Business Combination will not have all of these positive attributes. If we complete our initial Business Combination with a target that does not meet some or all of these criteria and guidelines, such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a business that does meet all of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce a prospective Business Combination with a target that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of shareholders may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. In addition, if shareholder approval of the transaction is required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements, or we decide to obtain shareholder approval for business or other reasons, it may be more difficult for us to attain shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines. If we have not completed our initial Business Combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our warrants will expire worthless.

We may seek acquisition opportunities with an early stage company, a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of revenue or earnings.

To the extent we complete our initial Business Combination with an early stage company, a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the operations of the business with which we combine. These risks include investing in a business without a proven business model and with limited historical financial data, volatile revenues or earnings, intense competition and difficulties in obtaining and retaining key personnel. Although our directors and officers will

endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we may not be able to properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors and we may not have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business.

We are not required to obtain an opinion regarding fairness. Consequently, you may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

Unless we complete our initial Business Combination with an affiliated entity, we are not required to obtain an opinion that the price we are paying is fair to our company from a financial point of view. If no opinion is obtained, our shareholders will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors, who will determine fair market value based on standards generally accepted by the financial community. Such standards used will be disclosed in our tender offer documents or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, related to our initial Business Combination.

We may issue additional Class A ordinary shares or preferred shares to complete our initial Business Combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial Business Combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares upon the conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial Business Combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our shareholders and likely present other risks.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association authorizes the issuance of up to 500,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, 50,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, and 5,000,000 undesignated preferred shares, par value $0.0001 per share. As of December 31, 2020, there were 468,000,000 and 44,250,000 authorized but unissued Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares, respectively, available for issuance, which amount takes into account shares reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding warrants but not upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares. Class B ordinary shares are convertible into Class A ordinary shares, initially at a one-for-one ratio but subject to adjustment as set forth herein. As of December 31, 2020, there were no preferred shares issued and outstanding.

We may issue a substantial number of additional Class A ordinary shares, and may issue preferred shares, in order to complete our initial Business Combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial Business Combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares to redeem the warrants or upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial Business Combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. However, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide, among other things, that prior to our initial Business Combination, we may not issue additional ordinary shares that would entitle the holders thereof to (1) receive funds from the Trust Account or (2) vote as a class with our public shares on any initial Business Combination. The issuance of additional ordinary shares or preferred shares:

may significantly dilute the equity interest of investors in the Initial Public Offering, which dilution would increase if the anti-dilution provisions in the Class B ordinary shares resulted in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares;

may subordinate the rights of holders of ordinary shares if preferred shares are issued with rights senior to those afforded our ordinary shares;

could cause a change of control if a substantial number of our ordinary shares is issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present directors and officers;

may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of us by diluting the share ownership or voting rights of a person seeking to obtain control of us;

may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our Units, ordinary shares and/or warrants; and

may not result in adjustment to the exercise price of our warrants.

Our initial Business Combination or reincorporation may result in taxes imposed on shareholders or warrant holders.

We may, subject to requisite shareholder approval by special resolution under the Companies Act, effect a Business Combination with a target company in another jurisdiction, reincorporate in the jurisdiction in which the target company or business is located, or reincorporate in another jurisdiction. Such transactions may result in tax liability for a shareholder or warrant holder in the jurisdiction in which the shareholder or warrant holder is a tax resident (or in which its members are resident if it is a tax transparent entity), in which the target company is located, or in which we reincorporate. In the event of a reincorporation pursuant to our initial Business Combination, such tax liability may attach prior to any consummation of redemptions. We do not intend to make any cash distributions to pay such taxes.

Resources could be wasted in researching acquisitions that are not completed, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we have not completed our initial Business Combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our warrants will expire worthless.

We anticipate that the investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys and others. If we decide not to complete a specific initial Business Combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to complete our initial Business Combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we have not completed our initial Business Combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our warrants will expire worthless.

We may engage in a Business Combination with one or more target businesses that have relationships with entities that may be affiliated with our Sponsor, directors or officers which may raise potential conflicts of interest.

In light of the involvement of our Sponsor, directors and officers with other entities, we may decide to acquire one or more businesses affiliated with our Sponsor, directors and officers. Certain of our directors and officers also serve as officers and board members for other entities, including those described under “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officer and Corporate Governance—Conflicts of Interest.” Such entities, including the Other Existing Reinvent SPACs, may compete with us for Business Combination opportunities. Although we will not be specifically focusing on, or targeting, any transaction with any affiliated entities, we would pursue such a transaction if we determined that such affiliated entity met our criteria and guidelines for a Business Combination and such transaction was approved by a majority of our independent and disinterested directors. Despite our agreement that we, or a committee of independent and disinterested directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another valuation or appraisal firm that regularly renders fairness opinions on the type of target business we are seeking to acquire, regarding the fairness to our company from a financial point of view of a Business Combination with one or more businesses affiliated with our Sponsor, directors or officers, potential conflicts of interest still may exist and, as a result, the terms of the Business Combination may not be as advantageous to our public shareholders as they would be absent any conflicts of interest.

Since our initial shareholders will lose their entire investment in us if our initial Business Combination is not completed, a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular Business Combination target is appropriate for our initial Business Combination.

Our initial shareholders hold 5,750,000 founder shares as of the date of this Annual Report, including 5,630,000 held by our Sponsor. The founder shares will be worthless if we do not complete an initial Business Combination. In addition, our Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 4,400,000 Private Placement Warrants, each exercisable for one Class A ordinary share, for a purchase price of $6.6 million in the aggregate, or $1.50 per warrant, that will also be worthless if we do not complete a Business Combination. Each Private Placement Warrant may be exercised for one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as provided herein.

The founder shares are identical to the ordinary shares included in the Units except that: (1) prior to our initial Business Combination, only holders of the founder shares have the right to vote on the appointment of directors and holders of a majority of our founder shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason; (2) the founder shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions; (3) our initial shareholders, directors and officers have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive: (i) their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares and public shares held by them, as applicable, in connection with the completion of our initial Business Combination; (ii) their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares and public shares held by them in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial Business Combination within 27 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial Business Combination activity; and (iii) their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any founder shares they hold if we fail to complete our initial Business Combination within 27 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering or during any Extension Period (although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our initial Business Combination within the prescribed time frame); (4) the founder shares will automatically convert into our Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial Business Combination, or earlier at the option of the holder, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment pursuant to certain anti-dilution rights, as described in more detail below; and (5) the founder shares are entitled to registration rights. If we submit our initial Business Combination to our public shareholders for a vote, our initial shareholders have agreed (and their permitted transferees will agree), pursuant to the terms of a letter agreement entered into with us, to vote their founder shares and any public shares held by them purchased during or after the Initial Public Offering in favor of our initial Business Combination.

The personal and financial interests of our Sponsor, directors and officers may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target Business Combination, completing an initial Business Combination and influencing the operation of the business following the initial Business Combination. This risk may become more acute as the deadline to complete our initial Business Combination nears.

We may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete a Business Combination, which may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition and thus negatively impact the value of our shareholders’ investment in us.

We may choose to incur substantial debt to complete our initial Business Combination. We have agreed that we will not incur any indebtedness unless we have obtained from the lender a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to the monies held in the Trust Account. As such, no issuance of debt will affect the per-share amount available for redemption from the Trust Account. Nevertheless, the incurrence of debt could have a variety of negative effects, including:

default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an initial Business Combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt is payable on demand;

our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt is outstanding;

our inability to pay dividends on our ordinary shares;

using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our ordinary shares if declared, expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and

limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

We may be able to complete only one Business Combination with the proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of products or services. This lack of diversification may negatively impact our operations and profitability.

We may effectuate our initial Business Combination with a single target business or multiple target businesses simultaneously or within a short period of time. However, we may not be able to effectuate our initial Business Combination with more than one target business because of various factors, including the existence of complex accounting issues and the requirement that we prepare and file pro forma financial statements with the SEC that present operating results and the financial condition of several target businesses as if they had been operated on a combined basis. By completing our initial Business Combination with only a single entity our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several Business Combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, property or asset; or

dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to our initial Business Combination.

We may attempt to simultaneously complete Business Combinations with multiple prospective targets, which may hinder our ability to complete our initial Business Combination and give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability.

If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses that are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other Business Combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete our initial Business Combination. With multiple Business Combinations, weregulations could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.

We may attempt to complete our initial Business Combination with a private company about which little information is available, which may result in a Business Combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

In pursuing our acquisition strategy, we may seek to effectuate our initial Business Combination with a privately held company. Very little public information generally exists about private companies, and we could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue a potential initial Business Combination on the basis of limited information, which may result in a Business Combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

We do not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for us to complete a Business Combination with which a substantial majority of our shareholders do not agree.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association do not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold, except that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 following such redemptions, or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement that may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial Business Combination. As a result, we may be able to complete our initial Business Combination even though a substantial majority of our public shareholders do not agree with the transaction and have redeemed their shares or, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial Business Combination and do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial Business Combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, have entered into privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or any of their respective affiliates. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all public shares that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed Business Combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the Business Combination or redeem any shares, and all ordinary shares submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate Business Combination.

In order to effectuate an initial Business Combination, blank check companies have, in the past, amended various provisions of their charters and modified governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or governing instruments in a manner that will make it easier for us to complete our initial Business Combination that some of our shareholders may not support.

In order to effectuate an initial Business Combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and modified governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. For example, blank check companies have amended the definition of Business Combination, increased redemption thresholds and extended the time to consummate an initial Business Combination and, with respect to their warrants, amended their warrant agreements to require the warrants to be exchanged for cash and/or other securities. Amending our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association requires at least a special resolution of our shareholders as a matter of Cayman Islands law. A resolution is deemed to be a special resolution as a matter of Cayman Islands law where it has been approved by either (1) holders of at least two-thirds (or any higher threshold specified in a company’s articles of association) of a company’s ordinary shares at a general meeting for which notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution has been given or (2) if so authorized by a company’s articles of association, by a unanimous written resolution of all of the company’s shareholders. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that special resolutions must be approved either by holders of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting (i.e., the lowest threshold permissible under Cayman Islands law) (other than amendments relating to provisions governing the appointment or removal of directors prior to our initial Business Combination, which require the approval of a majority of at least 90% of our ordinary shares attending and voting in a general meeting), or by a unanimous written resolution of all of our shareholders. The warrant agreement provides that (a) the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder for the purpose of (i) curing any ambiguity or correct any mistake, including to conform the provisions of the warrant agreement to the description of the terms of the warrants and the warrant agreement set forth

in the prospectus related to the Initial Public Offering, or defective provision or (ii) adding or changing any provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the warrant agreement as the parties to the warrant agreement may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem to not adversely affect the rights of the registered holders of the warrants and (b) all other modifications or amendments require the vote or written consent of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants and, solely with respect to any amendment to the terms of the Private Placement Warrants or any provision of the warrant agreement with respect to the Private Placement Warrants, at least 50% of the then outstanding Private Placement Warrants. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or governing instruments, including the warrant agreement, or extend the time to consummate an initial Business Combination in order to effectuate our initial Business Combination. To the extent any of such amendments would be deemed to fundamentally change the nature of any of the securities offered through this registration statement, we would register, or seek an exemption from registration for, the affected securities.

Certain provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that relate to our pre-Business Combination activity (and corresponding provisions of the agreement governing the release of funds from our Trust Account) may be amended with the approval of holders of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting, which is a lower amendment threshold than that of some other blank check companies. It may be easier for us, therefore, to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and the trust agreement to facilitate the completion of an initial Business Combination that some of our shareholders may not support.

Some other blank check companies have a provision in their charter which prohibits the amendment of certain of its provisions, including those which relate to a company’s pre-Business Combination activity, without approval by holders of a certain percentage of the company’s shares. In those companies, amendment of these provisions typically requires approval by holders holding between 90% and 100% of the company’s public shares. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that any of its provisions, including those related to pre-Business Combination activity (including the requirement to deposit proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of Private Placement Warrants into the Trust Account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances), may be amended if approved by holders of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting, and corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our Trust Account may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our ordinary shares (other than amendments relating to provisions governing the appointment or removal of directors prior to our initial Business Combination, which require the approval of a majority of at least 90% of our ordinary shares attending and voting in a general meeting). Our initial shareholders, who collectively beneficially own 20% of our ordinary shares, may participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and/or trust agreement and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. As a result, we may be able to amend the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association which govern our pre-Business Combination behavior more easily than some other blank check companies, and this may increase our ability to complete our initial Business Combination with which you do not agree. In certain circumstances, our shareholders may pursue remedies against us for any breach of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

We may be unable to obtain additional financing to complete our initial Business Combination or to fund the operations and growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular Business Combination.

If the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants available to us prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of our initial Business Combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, the obligation to redeem for cash a significant number of shares from shareholders who elect redemption in connection with our initial Business Combination or the terms of negotiated transactions to purchase shares in connection with our initial Business Combination, we may be required to seek additional financing or to abandon the proposed Business Combination. We cannot assure you that such financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to complete our initial Business Combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular Business Combination and seek an alternative target business candidate.

In addition, even if we do not need additional financing to complete our initial Business Combination, we may require such financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our directors, officers or shareholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after our initial Business Combination. If we have not completed our initial Business Combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our Trust Account, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Our initial shareholders will control the appointment of our board of directors until consummation of our initial Business Combination and will hold a substantial interest in us. As a result, they will appoint all of our directors prior to our initial Business Combination and may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.

Our initial shareholders own 20% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares. In addition, prior to our initial Business Combination, holders of the founder shares will have the right to appoint all of our directors and may remove members of the board of directors for any reason. Holders of our public shares will have no right to vote on the appointment of directors during such time. These provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may only be amended by a special resolution passed by a majority of at least 90% of our ordinary shares attending and voting in a general meeting. As a result, you will not have any influence over the appointment of directors prior to our initial Business Combination.

In addition, as a result of their substantial ownership in our company, our initial shareholders may exert a substantial influence on other actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support, including amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and approval of major corporate transactions. If our initial shareholders purchase any Class A ordinary shares in the aftermarket or in privately negotiated transactions, this would increase their influence over these actions. Accordingly, our initial shareholders will exert significant influence over actions requiring a shareholder vote at least until the completion of our initial Business Combination.

A provision of our warrant agreement may make it more difficult for us to consummate an initial Business Combination.

Unlike some blank check companies, if

we issue additional ordinary shares or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of the initial Business Combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per ordinary share (with such issue price or effective issue priceattract and retain qualified persons to be determined in good faith byserve on our board of directors or its committees or as our executive officers. Advocacy efforts by stockholders and third parties may also prompt even more changes in governance and reporting requirements. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of these costs. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action, and potentially civil litigation.

Many members of our management team have limited experience managing a publicly traded company, interacting with public company investors, and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. The obligations associated with being a public company subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws and the continuous scrutiny of securities analysts and investors requires significant attention from our senior management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock by our existing stockholders in the casepublic market could cause our stock price to fall.
Sales of any such issuance to the Sponsor or its affiliates, without taking into account any foundera substantial number of shares held by the Sponsor or such affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”),

the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of our initial Business Combination oncommon stock in the date ofpublic market or the completion of our initial Business Combination (net of redemptions), and

the volume weighted average trading price of our Class A ordinary shares during the 20 trading day period starting on the trading day prior to the day on which we consummate our initial Business Combination (such price, the “Market Value”) is below $9.20 per share,

then the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted to be equal to 115% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, the $18.00 per share redemption trigger price applicable to our warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 180% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, and the $10.00 per share redemption trigger price applicable to our warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price. This may make it more difficult for us to consummate an initial Business Combination with a target business.

Our warrants and founder shares may have an adverse effect onperception that these sales might occur could significantly reduce the market price of our Class A ordinary sharescommon stock and make it more difficultimpair our ability to effectuate our initial Business Combination.

We have issued warrants to purchase 4,600,000 Class A ordinary shares, at a priceraise adequate capital through the sale of $11.50 per whole share (subject to adjustment as provided herein), as part of the Units and, simultaneously withadditional equity securities.

53


At the closing of the Initial Public Offering,Business Combination, we issuedentered into lock-up agreements with (i) the Company Directors and Officers (as defined in the Private Placement an aggregate of 4,400,000 Private Placement Warrants, each exercisableMerger Agreement) (the “Company D&O Lock-Up Agreements”), and (ii) the Major Company Equityholders (as defined in the Merger Agreement) (the “Major Company Equityholders Lock-Up Agreements”).
The Company D&O Lock-Up Agreements contain certain restrictions on transfer with respect to purchase one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as provided herein. Our initial shareholders currently hold 5,750,000 Class B ordinary shares. The Class B ordinary shares are convertible into Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as set forth herein. In addition, if our Sponsor, an affiliate of our Sponsor or certain ofcommon stock held by our directors and officers make any working capital loans, upimmediately following the closing of the Business Combination (other than shares purchased in the public market or pursuant to $2,000,000the subscription agreements, dated as of such loans mayMarch 3, 2021, between RTPZ and certain institutional and accredited investors (the “PIPE Investment”)) and the shares of our common stock issuable to our directors and officers upon settlement or exercise of restricted stock units, stock options or other equity awards outstanding as of immediately following the closing of the Business Combination in respect of equity awards outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination (collectively, the “D&O Lock-up Shares”). Such restrictions ceased to apply as to the final tranche of D&O Lock-Up Shares on August 2, 2023.
The Major Company Equityholders Lock-Up Agreements contain certain restrictions on transfer with respect to shares of our common stock held by the Major Company Equityholders immediately following the closing of the Business Combination (the “Major Company Equityholder Lock-Up Shares”). Such restrictions ceased to apply as to the final tranche of the Major Company Equityholder Lock-Up Shares on August 2, 2022.
Sales of formerly restricted shares of our common stock in the public market, or perceptions that they will be converted into warrants, atsold in the public market following the removal of restrictions on transfer, could cause the trading price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender. Such warrants would be identicalour common stock to the Private Placement Warrants. To the extent we issue Class A ordinary shares to effectuate a Business Combination, the potentialdecline.
Warrants are exercisable for the issuance of a substantial number of additional Class A ordinary shares upon exercise of these warrants or conversion rights could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle to a target business. Any such issuance will increaseHippo Holdings Inc. common stock, which increases the number of issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and reduce the value of the Class A ordinary shares issued to complete the Business Combination. Therefore, our warrants and founder shares may make it more difficult to effectuate a Business Combination or increase the cost of acquiring the target business.

The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the warrants sold as part of the Units except that, so long as they are held by our Sponsor or its permitted transferees: (1) they will not be redeemable by us (except under certain limited exceptions); (2) they (including the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of these warrants) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by our Sponsor until 30 days after the completion of our initial Business Combination; (3) they may be exercised by the holders on a cashless basis; and (4) they (including the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of these warrants) are entitled to registration rights.

Because we must furnish our shareholders with target business financial statements, we may lose the ability to complete an otherwise advantageous initial Business Combination with some prospective target businesses.

The federal proxy rules require that a proxy statement with respect to a vote on a Business Combination meeting certain financial significance tests include historical and/or pro forma financial statement disclosure in periodic reports. We will include the same financial statement disclosure in connection with our tender offer documents, whether or not they are required under the tender offer rules. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, accounting principles generally acceptedeligible for future resale in the United Statespublic market and could result in dilution to our stockholders.

Outstanding warrants to purchase an aggregate of America (“U.S. GAAP”) or international financial reporting standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS”), depending on the circumstances and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited360,000 shares of Hippo Holdings Inc. common stock are exercisable in accordance with the standardsterms of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”Warrant Agreement, dated as of November 18, 2020, by and between RTPZ and the warrant agent named therein, as amended (the “Warrant Agreement”). These financial statement requirements may limitUnder the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such financial statements in time for us to disclose such financial statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial Business Combination within the prescribed time frame.

Compliance obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may make it more difficult for us to effectuate our initial Business Combination, require substantial financial and management resources, and increase the time and costs of completing an acquisition.

Section 404terms of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and report on our system of internal controls beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2021. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer, and no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, will we be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. The fact that we are a blank check company makes compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act particularly burdensome on us as compared to other public companies because a target business with which we seek to complete our initial Business Combination may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of its internal controls. The development of the internal control of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

If our management team pursues a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our initial Business Combination, we may face additional burdens in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing such combination, and if we effect such initial Business Combination, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our operations.

If our management team pursues a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our initial Business Combination, we would be subject to risks associated with cross-border Business Combinations, including in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing our initial Business Combination, conducting due diligence in a foreign market, having such transaction approved by any local governments, regulators or agencies and changes in the purchase price based on fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.

If we effect our initial Business Combination with such a company, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in an international setting (including how relevant governments respond to such factors), including any of the following:

costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations and complying with commercial and legal requirements of overseas markets;

rules and regulations regarding currency redemption;

complex corporate withholding taxes on individuals;

laws governing the manner in which future Business Combinations may be effected;

tariffs and trade barriers;

regulations related to customs and import/export matters;

longer payment cycles;

tax consequences, such as tax law changes, including termination or reduction of tax and other incentives that the applicable government provides to domestic companies, and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;

currency fluctuations and exchange controls, including devaluations and other exchange rate movements;

rates of inflation, price instability and interest rate fluctuations;

liquidity of domestic capital and lending markets;

challenges in collecting accounts receivable;

cultural and language differences;

employment regulations;

energy shortages;

crime, strikes, riots, civil disturbances, terrorist attacks, natural disasters, wars and other forms of social instability;

deterioration of political relations with the United States;

obligatory military service by personnel; and

government appropriation of assets.

For example, many businesses operating in the consumer internet, mobile gaming, or broader technology sectors have, or seek to have, operations in the People’s Republic of China (“China”) and the relationship between China and the U.S., which is subject to periodic tension, may impact our ability complete a Business Combination with any such business. Additionally, if we complete a Business Combination with any such business, the post-Business Combination company may be adversely effected by changes in such relationship.

We may not be able to adequately addressWarrant Agreement, these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, we may be unable to complete such combination or, if we complete such combination, our operations might suffer, either of which may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

Risks Relating to the Post-Business Combination Company

We may face risks related to businesses in the consumer internet, mobile gaming, or broader technology sectors.

Business combinations with businesses in the consumer internet, mobile gaming, or broader technology sectors entail special considerations and risks. If we are successful in completing a Business Combination with such a target business, we may be subject to, and possibly adversely affected by certain risks, including:

an inability to compete effectively in a highly competitive environment with many incumbents having substantially greater resources;

an inability to manage rapid change, increasing consumer expectations and growth;

an inability to build strong brand identity and improve subscriber or customer satisfaction and loyalty;

a reliance on proprietary technology to provide services and to manage our operations, and the failure of this technology to operate effectively, or our failure to use such technology effectively;

an inability to deal with our subscribers’ or customers’ privacy concerns;

an inability to attract and retain subscribers or customers;

an inability to license or enforce intellectual property rights on which our business may depend;

any significant disruption in our computer systems or those of third parties that we may utilize or rely on in our operations;

an inability by us, or a refusal by third parties, to license content to us upon acceptable terms;

potential liability for negligence, copyright, or trademark infringement or other claims based on the nature and content of materials that we may distribute;

competition for advertising revenue;

competition for the leisure and entertainment time and discretionary spending of subscribers or customers, which may intensify in part due to advances in technology and changes in consumer expectations and behavior;

disruption or failure of our networks, systems or technology as a result of computer viruses, “cyber-attacks,” misappropriation of data or other malfeasance, as well as outages, natural disasters, terrorist attacks, accidental releases of information or similar events;

an inability to obtain necessary hardware, software and operational support; and

reliance on third-party vendors or service providers.

Any of the foregoing could have an adverse impact on our operations following a Business Combination. However, our efforts in identifying prospective target businesses will not be limited to the technology industries. Accordingly, if we acquire a target business in another industry, these risks we will be subject to risks attendant with the specific industry in which we operate or target business which we acquire, which may or may not be different than those risks listed above. For risk factors related to the proposed Hippo Business Combination, see the “Risk Factors” section of the Hippo Disclosure Statement that we will file with the SEC.

Subsequent to our completion of our initial Business Combination, we may be required to subsequently take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and the price of our securities, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

Even if we conduct extensive due diligence on a target business with which we combine, we cannot assure you that this diligence will identify all material issues that may be present with a particular target business that it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or that factors outside of the target business and outside of our control will not later arise. As a result of these factors, we may be forced to later write down or write off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Even if our due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected risks may arise and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business or by virtue of our obtaining post-combination debt financing. Accordingly, any shareholder or warrant holder who chooses to remain a shareholder or warrant holder, respectively, following our initial Business Combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such shareholders and warrant holders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

After our initial Business Combination, our results of operations and prospects could be subject, to a significant extent, to the economic, political, social and government policies, developments and conditions in the country in which we operate.

The economic, political and social conditions, as well as government policies, of the country in which our operations are located could affect our business. Economic growth could be uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy and such growth may not be sustained in the future. If in the future such country’s economy experiences a downturn or grows at a slower rate than expected, there may be less demand for spending in certain industries. A decrease in demand for spending in certain industries could materially and adversely affect our ability to find an attractive target business with which to consummate our initial Business Combination and if we effect our initial Business Combination, the ability of that target business to become profitable.

Our management may not be able to maintain control of a target business after our initial Business Combination. We cannot provide assurance that, upon loss of control of a target business, new management will possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.

We may structure our initial Business Combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business, but we will complete such Business Combination only if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the issued and outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target business sufficient for us not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. We will not consider any transaction that does not meet such criteria. Even if the post-transaction company owns 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to our initial Business Combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post Business Combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in our initial Business Combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new ordinary shares in exchange for all of the issued and outstanding capital stock, shares or other equity securities of a target, or issue a substantial number of new shares to third-parties in connection with financing our initial Business Combination. In this case, we would acquire a 100% interest in the target. However, as

a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new ordinary shares, our shareholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majority of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares subsequent to such transaction. In addition, other minority shareholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of the company’s shares than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that our management will not be able to maintain our control of the target business.

We may have limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may affect our initial Business Combination with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company.

When evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial Business Combination with a prospective target business, our ability to assess the target business’s management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information. Our assessment of the capabilities of the target’s management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the skills, qualifications or abilities we suspected. Should the target’s management not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability of the post-combination business may be negatively impacted. Accordingly, any shareholder or warrant holder who chooses to remain a shareholder or warrant holder, respectively, following our initial Business Combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such shareholders and warrant holders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

The directors and officers of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our initial Business Combination. The departure of a Business Combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business. The role of an acquisition candidate’s key personnel upon the completion of our initial Business Combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our initial Business Combination, it is possible that members of the management of an acquisition candidate will not wish to remain in place.

After our initial Business Combination, it is possible that a majority of our directors and officers will live outside the United States and all or substantially all of our assets will be located outside the United States; therefore investors may not be able to enforce federal securities laws or their other legal rights.

It is possible that after our initial Business Combination, a majority of our directors and officers will reside outside of the United States and all or substantially all of our assets will be located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult, or in some cases not possible, for investors in the United States to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon all of our directors or officers or to enforce judgments of United States courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties on our directors and officers under United States laws.

If our management following our initial Business Combination is unfamiliar with U.S. securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws, which could lead to various regulatory issues.

Following our initial Business Combination, any or all of our management could resign from their positions as officers of the company, and the management of the target business at the time of the Business Combination could remain in place. Management of the target business may not be familiar with U.S. securities laws. If new management is unfamiliar with U.S. securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.

Risks Relating to Our Management Team

We are dependent upon our directors and officers and their departure could adversely affect our ability to operate.

Our operations are dependent upon a relatively small group of individuals and in particular, Reid Hoffman and Mark Pincus, who serve as our Co-Lead Directors, and Michael Thompson, who serves as our Chief Executive

Officer and Chief Financial Officer and as one of our directors. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our directors and officers, at least until we have completed our initial Business Combination. In addition, our directors and officers are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business endeavors, including identifying potential Business Combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. For a discussion of certain of our officers’ and directors’ other business endeavors, please see “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officer and Corporate Governance.” We do not have an employment agreement with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our directors or officers. The unexpected loss of the services of one or more of our directors or officers could have a detrimental effect on us.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial Business Combination and to be successful thereafter will be dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our initial Business Combination. The loss of our or a target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial Business Combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following our initial Business Combination, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after our initial Business Combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a company regulated by the SEC, which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements.

In addition, the directors and officers of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our initial Business Combination. The departure of a Business Combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business. The role of an acquisition candidate’s key personnel upon the completion of our initial Business Combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our initial Business Combination, it is possible that members of the management of an acquisition candidate will not wish to remain in place. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular Business Combination. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our initial Business Combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular Business Combination is the most advantageous.

Our key personnel may be able to remain with the company after the completion of our initial Business Combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the Business Combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the Business Combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to us after the completion of our initial Business Combination. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. However, we believe the ability of such individuals to remain with us after the completion of our initial Business Combination will not be the determining factor in our decision as to whether or not we will proceed with any potential Business Combination. There is no certainty, however, that any of our key personnel will remain with us after the completion of our initial Business Combination. We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with us. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with us will be made at the time of our initial Business Combination.

Our directors and officers will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial Business Combination.

Our directors and officers are not required to, and will not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a Business Combination and their other businesses. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial Business Combination. Each of our officers and directors may be engaged in several other business endeavors for which he may be entitled to, or otherwise expect to receive, substantial compensation or other economic benefit and our officers and directors are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs. Certain of our directors and officers also serve as officers and/or board members for other entities. If our directors’ and officers’ other business endeavors require them to devote substantial amounts of time to such endeavors in excess of their current commitment levels, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs, which may have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial Business Combination. For a discussion of certain of our officers’ and directors’ other business endeavors, please see “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officer and Corporate Governance.”

Certain of our directors and officers are now, and all of them may in the future become, affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Until we consummate our initial Business Combination, we intend to engage in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses. Our Sponsor and directors and officers are, or may in the future become, affiliated with entities that are engaged in a similar business. For example, Mr. Pincus and Mr. Hoffman are the Co-Lead Directors of RTP and Mr. Pincus will be a director of RTPY following its initial public offering, Mr. Thompson is the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and a director of RTP and will serve as the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and a director of RTPY following its initial public offering, and Mr. Cohen is the Secretary of RTP and will serve as the Secretary of RTPY following its initial public offering. Each of RTP and RTPY is a blank check company incorporated for the purpose of effecting its own Business Combination, and each of the foregoing persons owe or will owe fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law to RTP and RTPY, as applicable. Mr. Hoffman will also be a board observer of RTPY. Our Sponsor and directors and officers are also not prohibited from sponsoring, investing or otherwise becoming involved with, any other blank check companies, including in connection with their initial Business Combinations, prior to us completing our initial Business Combination, and any such involvement may result in conflicts of interests as described above. Moreover, entities in which our directors and officers are affiliated with may enter into agreements or other arrangements with businesses, which agreements or arrangements may limit or restrict our ability to enter into a Business Combination with such business.

Our directors and officers also may become aware of business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us and the other entities to which they owe certain fiduciary or contractual duties or otherwise have an interest in, including RTP and RTPY and any other special purpose acquisition company in which they may become involved with. Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to other entities prior to its presentation to us, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (i) no individual serving as a director or an officer shall have any duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us; and (ii) we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for any director or officer, on the one hand, and us, on the other.

For a complete discussion of our officers’ and directors’ business affiliations and the potential conflicts of interest that you should be aware of, please see “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officer and Corporate Governance,” “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officer and Corporate Governance——Conflicts of Interest” and “Item 13—Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Support Services Agreement.”

Our directors, officers, security holders and their respective affiliates may have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.

We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, officers, security holders or their respective affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary or financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. In fact, we may enter into a Business Combination with a target business that is affiliated with our Sponsor, our directors or officers. Nor do we have a policy that expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours. In particular, affiliates of our Sponsor have invested in a diverse set of industries. As a result, there may be substantial overlap between companies that would be a suitable Business Combination for us and companies that would make an attractive target for such other affiliates.

Risks Relating to Our Securities

You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the Trust Account, except under certain limited circumstances. To liquidate your investment, therefore, you may be forced to sell your public shares and/or warrants potentially at a loss.

Our public shareholders will be entitled to receive funds from the Trust Account only upon the earliest to occur of: (1) our completion of an initial Business Combination, and then only in connection with those Class A ordinary shares that such shareholder properly elected to redeem, subject to the limitations described herein; (2) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial Business Combination within 27became exercisable 12 months from the closing of RTPZ’s initial public offering, or on November 23, 2021. The exercise price of these warrants is $287.50 per share. To the Initial Public Offering or (B) with respectextent such warrants are exercised, additional shares of Hippo Holdings Inc. common stock will be issued, which will result in dilution to any other provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial Business Combination activity;the holders of Hippo Holdings Inc. common stock and (3)increase the redemptionnumber of our public shares if we have not completed an initial Business Combination within 27 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, subject to applicable law. In no other circumstances will a shareholder have any right or interest of any kind to oreligible for resale in the Trust Account. Holderspublic market. Sales of warrants will not have any right to the proceeds held in the Trust Account with respect to the warrants. Accordingly, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares and/or warrants, potentially at a loss.

The NYSE may delist our securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

We cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on the NYSE prior to our initial Business Combination. In order to continue listing our securities on the NYSE prior to our initial Business Combination, we must maintain certain financial, distribution and share price levels. Generally, we must maintain a minimum number of holders of our securities (generally 300 public shareholders). Additionally, in connection with our initial Business Combination, we will be required to demonstrate compliance with the applicable exchange’s initial listing requirements, which are more rigorous than continued listing requirements, in order to continue to maintain the listing of our securities. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.

If any of our securities are delisted from trading on its exchange and we are not able to list our securities on another national securities exchange, we expect such securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

reduced liquidity for our securities;

a determination that our Class A ordinary shares are a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our Class A ordinary shares to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;

a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and

a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or pre-empts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Our Units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants currently qualify as covered securities under such statute. Although the states are pre-empted from regulating the sale of covered securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the sale of securities issued by special purpose acquisition companies, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if we were no longer listed on Nasdaq, our securities would not qualify as covered securities under such statute and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities.

You will not be permitted to exercise your warrants unless we register and qualify the issuance of the underlying Class A ordinary shares stock or certain exemptions are available.

Pursuant to terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed that, as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days after the closing of our initial Business Combination, we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to file a registration statement covering the issuancesubstantial numbers of such shares and we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to causein the same to become effective within 60 business days afterpublic market or the closingfact that such warrants may be exercised could adversely affect the market price of our initial Business Combination and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement and a current prospectus relating to those Class A ordinary shares untilHippo Holdings Inc. common stock. However, there is no guarantee that the warrants expire or are redeemed. We cannot assure you that we will ever be able to do so if, for example, any facts or events arise which represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement or prospectus, the financial statements contained or incorporated by reference therein are not current, complete or correct or the SEC issues a stop order. If the shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants are not registered under the Securities Act in accordance with the above requirements, we will be requiredmoney prior to permit holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis, in which case, the number of Class A ordinary shares that you will receive upon cashless exercise will be based on a formula subject to a maximum amount of shares equal to 0.361 Class A ordinary shares per warrant (subject to adjustment). However, no warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis,expiration, and we will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their warrants, unless the issuance of the shares uponas such, exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, or an exemption from registration is available. Notwithstanding the above, if our Class A ordinary shares are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any warrant, or issue securities or other compensation in exchange for the warrants in the event that we are unable to register or qualify the shares underlying the warrants under applicable state securities laws and no exemption is available. If the issuance of the shares upon exercise of the warrants is not so registered or qualified or exempt from registration or qualification, the holder of such warrant shall not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. There may be a circumstance where an exemption from registration exists for holders of our Private Placement Warrants to exercise their warrants while a corresponding exemption does not exist for holders of the public warrants that were included as part of Units. In such an instance, our Sponsor and its permitted transferees (which may include our directors and executive officers) would be able to exercise their warrants and sell the ordinary shares underlying their warrants while holders of our public warrants would not be able to exercise their warrants and sell the underlying ordinary shares. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying Class A ordinary shares for sale under all applicable state securities laws. As a result, we may redeem the warrants as set forth above even if the holders are otherwise unable to exercise their warrants.

We may amend the terms of the warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders of public warrants with the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants.

Our warrants will be issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that (a) the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder for the purpose of (i) curing any ambiguity or correct any mistake, including to conform the provisions of the warrant agreement to the description of the terms of the warrants and the warrant agreement set forth in the prospectus related to the Initial Public Offering, or defective provision or (ii) adding or changing any provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the warrant agreement as the parties to the warrant agreement may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem to not adversely affect the rights of the registered holders of the warrants and (b) all other modifications or amendments require the vote or written consent of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants and, solely with respect to any amendment to the terms of the Private Placement Warrants or any provision of the warrant agreement with respect to the Private Placement Warrants, at least 50% of the then outstanding Private Placement Warrants. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the public warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants approve of such amendment. Although our ability to amend the terms of the public warrants with the consent of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the warrants, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of ordinary shares purchasable upon exercise of a warrant.

expire worthless.

We may redeem yourthe unexpired warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your warrants worthless.

We have the ability to redeem the outstanding warrants not held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees for cash at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per warrant if, among other things, the last reported sale price of Class A ordinary sharesHippo Holdings Inc. common stock for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the Company sendswe send the notice of redemption to the warrant holders (the “Reference Value”) equals or exceeds $18.00$450.00 per share (as adjusted)adjusted for share splits, share dividends, rights issuances, subdivisions, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like). If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. As a result, we may redeem the warrants as set forth above even if the holders are otherwise unable to exercise the warrants. Redemption of the outstanding warrants as described above could force youthe warrant holder to: (1)(i) exercise your warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so; (2)(ii) sell your warrants at the then-current market price when youthe holder might otherwise wish to hold yourthe warrants; or (3)(iii) accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding warrants are called for redemption, we expect would be substantially less than the market value of yourthe warrants.

The Sponsor has agreed, in addition to the existing exercise provisions in the Warrant Agreement, to exercise certain warrants if (a) Hippo Holdings Inc. elects to redeem the warrants not held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees, (b) the

54


Reference Value exceeds $625.00 per share, and (c) there is an effective registration statement covering the issuance of shares of Hippo Holdings Inc. common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees, and a current prospectus relating thereto, available at the time of such exercise.
In addition, we have the ability to redeem the outstanding warrants (including the warrants held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees if the Reference Value is less than $450.00 per share) for shares of Hippo Holdings Inc. common stock at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.10 per warrant if, among other things, the Reference Value equals or exceeds $10.00$250.00 per share (as adjusted)adjusted for share splits, share dividends, rights issuances, subdivisions, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like). In such a case, the holders will be able to exercise their warrants prior to redemption for a number of Class A ordinary shares of Hippo Holdings Inc. common stock determined based on the redemption date and the fair market value of our Class A ordinary shares.Hippo Holdings Inc. common stock. The value received upon exercise of the warrants (1) may be less than the value the holders would have received if they had exercised their warrants at a later time where the underlying share price is higher and (2) may not compensate the holders for the value of the warrants, including because the number of ordinary shares received is capped at 0.361 Class A ordinary shares of Hippo Holdings Inc. common stock per warrant (subject to adjustment) irrespective of the remaining life of the warrants.

Because each unit contains one-fifth of one redeemable warrant and only a whole warrant may be exercised, the Units may be worth less than Units of other blank check companies.

Each unit contains one-fifth of one redeemable warrant. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, no fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the Units, and only whole warrants will trade. This is different from other offerings similar to ours whose units include one ordinary share and one whole warrant or a greater fraction of one whole warrant to purchase one share. We have established the components of the Units in this way in order to reduce the dilutive effect of the warrants upon completion of a Business Combination since the warrants will be exercisable in the aggregate for a fifth of the number of shares compared to units that each contain a whole warrant to purchase one whole share, thus making us, we believe, a more attractive Business Combination partner for target businesses. Nevertheless, this Unit structure may cause our Units to be worth less than if they included one whole warrant or a greater fraction of one whole warrant to purchase one whole share.

Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, you may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. Federal courts may be limited.

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon our directors or officers, or enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against our directors or officers.

Our corporate affairs will be governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Act (as the same may be supplemented or amended from time to time) and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from English common law, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are different from what they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and certain states, such as Delaware, may have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholders derivative action in a Federal court of the United States.

We have been advised by Maples and Calder, our Cayman Islands legal counsel, that the courts of the Cayman Islands are unlikely (1) to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state; and (2) in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, to impose liabilities against us predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state, so far as the liabilities imposed by those provisions are penal in nature. In those circumstances, although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign money judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits based on the principle that a judgment of a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given provided certain conditions are met. For a foreign judgment to be enforced in the Cayman Islands, such judgment must be final and conclusive and for a liquidated sum, and must not be in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matter, impeachable on the grounds of fraud or obtained in a manner, or be of a kind the enforcement of which is, contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands (awards of punitive or multiple damages may well be held to be contrary to public policy). A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a United States company.

Our warrant agreement designates the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by holders of our warrants, which could limit the ability of warrant holders to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with our company.

Our warrant agreement provides that, subject to applicable law, (i) any action, proceeding or claim against us arising out of or relating in any way to the warrant agreement, including under the Securities Act, will be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and (ii) that we irrevocably submit to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be the exclusive forum for any such action, proceeding or claim. We will waive any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, these provisions of the warrant agreement do not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal district courts of

the United States of America are the sole and exclusive forum. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of our warrants shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the forum provisions in our warrant agreement. If any action, the subject matter of which is within the scope of the forum provisions of the warrant agreement, is filed in a court other than a court of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (a “foreign action”) in the name of any holder of our warrants, such holder shall be deemed to have consented to: (x) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the State of New York in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the forum provisions (an “enforcement action”), and (y) having service of process made upon such warrant holder in any such enforcement action by service upon such warrant holder’s counsel in the foreign action as agent for such warrant holder.

This choice-of-forum provision may limit a warrant holder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with our company, which may discourage such lawsuits. Alternatively, if a court were to find this provision of our warrant agreement inapplicable or unenforceable with respect to one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our management and board of directors.

Provisions in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our Class A ordinary shares and could entrench management.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association contain provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that shareholders may consider to be in their best interests. These provisions include two-year director terms and the ability of the board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred shares, which may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

General Risk Factors

Our warrants are accounted for as liabilities and the changes in value of our warrants could have a material effect on our financial results.

On April 12, 2021, the Acting Director of the Division of Corporation Finance and Acting Chief Accountant of the SEC together issued a statement regarding the accounting and reporting considerations for warrants issued by special purpose acquisition companies entitled “Staff Statement on Accounting and Reporting Considerations for Warrants Issued by Special Purpose Acquisition Companies (‘SPACs’)” (the “SEC Statement”). Specifically, the SEC Statement focused on certain settlement terms and provisions related to certain tender offers following a business combination, which terms are similar to those contained in the warrant agreement governing our warrants. As a result of the SEC Statement, we reevaluated the accounting treatment of our 4,600,0004.6 million public warrants and 4,400,0004.4 million private placement warrants and determined to classify the warrants as derivative liabilities measured at fair value, with changes in fair value each period reported in earnings.

As a result, included on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2020 contained elsewhere in this Annual Report are derivative liabilities related to embedded features contained within our warrants. Accounting Standards Codification 815, Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815”), provides for the remeasurement of the fair value of such derivatives at each balance sheet date, with a resulting non-cash gain or loss related to the change in the fair value being recognized in earnings in the statement of operations. As a result of the recurring fair value measurement, our consolidated financial statements and results of operations may fluctuate quarterly, based on factors whichthat are outside of our control. Due to the recurring fair value measurement, we expect that we will recognize non-cash gains or losses on our warrants each reporting period and that the amount of such gains or losses could be material. The impact of changes in fair value on earnings may have an adverse effect on the market price of our securities.

We have identified

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY
Cybersecurity Risk Management and Strategy
Cybersecurity risk management is a material weaknesskey component of our overarching risk management strategy. Given the susceptibility of our industry to cyber threats and attacks, we regularly encounter attempted attacks of varying types. Both the financial and personal data in our systems, coupled with the dynamic nature of our products and services, make us a potential target. We operate internationally with employees, contractors, vendors, developers, partners, and third parties, which complicates our risk exposures.
Our information security program encompasses policies and controls aimed at mitigating cybersecurity risks. However, we acknowledge the presence of both known and unknown risks, alongside vulnerabilities within our security program. Continuous improvement efforts are integral to enhancing our information security program and overall risk management endeavors.
55


We employ a risk management framework aligned with relevant laws, regulations, and industry standards to manage cybersecurity risks across our products and services, infrastructure, and organization. Our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020. If we are unable to developrisk assessment processes incorporate various factors, including tracking threat intelligence and maintainidentified first- and third-party vulnerabilities, evaluating evolving regulatory requirements, and analyzing internally observed cybersecurity threats and incidents. We regularly conduct an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results in a timely manner, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. Our management is likewise required, on a quarterly basis,risk assessment to evaluate the effectiveness of the security of our internal controlssystems and of our processes, identify areas for remediation, and explore opportunities for enhancement, such as cloud and endpoint security enhancements, application programming interface (API) security, and contractor access management. We utilize third-party security experts and consultants on an annual basis to assess and improve our cybersecurity risk management tools and processes and to disclose any changesbenchmark against industry standards.

Additionally, we maintain a privacy risk management program to evaluate risks associated with the collection, usage, sharing, and material weaknesses identified through suchstorage of customer data. An independent third-party assesses our privacy risk management program, to evaluate efficacy and to benchmark against industry standards.
On an annual basis we obtain an independent assessment and evaluation in those internal controls.

Following the issuance of the SEC Statement, on May 10,operation of our cybersecurity and privacy programs, as well as the supporting control frameworks. The findings of these independent assessments facilitate our risk-based decision-making, prioritization of cybersecurity countermeasures, and risk mitigation strategies. Our risk mitigation strategies encompass an array of technical and operational measures, complemented by annual cybersecurity and privacy training for all employees.

Additionally, we have specific policies and practices governing third-party security risks, including our third-party risk management (TPRM) program. Under this program, we gather information from relevant third parties to assess potential risks associated with their security controls.
Cybersecurity Governance
Our board of directors oversees our strategic and business risk management, with cybersecurity risk management oversight delegated to the Audit, Risk, and Compliance Committee (the “Committee”). The Committee also oversees risks related to privacy and data use and monitors our compliance with our privacy program. Management is responsible for the ongoing identification, assessment, and management of material cybersecurity risks, along with the implementation of processes for monitoring potential cybersecurity risk exposures, deploying appropriate mitigation measures, maintaining cybersecurity policies and procedures, and providing regular reports to the Committee and to the board of directors.
Tal Hornstein, our Chief Information Security Officer (CISO), leads our cybersecurity program and oversees teams supporting security functions across the company. Mr. Hornstein holds a CISSP certification from ISC2 and has over 20 years of experience in multiple cybersecurity and technology-related roles. He joined Hippo in late 2021 and has been instrumental in designing and executing our managemententire cybersecurity stack.
Our cybersecurity team monitors prevention, detection, mitigation, and our audit committee concluded that, in lightremediation of cybersecurity incidents through technical and operational measures, regularly reporting to the CISO. As a key member of the SEC Statement, it was appropriate to restate our previously issued audited financial statements as of and forsenior management team, the period ended December 31, 2020 (the “Restatement”). See “—Our warrants are accounted for as liabilities and the changes in value of our warrants could have a material effect on our financial results.” As part of such process, we identified a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting, as described in Note 2CISO provides updates to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements entitled “RestatementCommittee on the company’s cybersecurity program, including risks, incidents, and mitigation strategies.
Impact of Previously Issued Financial Statements.”

A material weakness is a deficiency,cybersecurity risks on business strategy, results of operations or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented, or detected and corrected on a timely basis.

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and prevent fraud. We continue to evaluate steps to remediate the material weakness. These remediation measures may be time consuming and costly and there is no assurance that these initiatives will ultimately have the intended effects.

If we identify any new material weaknesses in the future, any such newly identified material weakness could limit our ability to prevent or detect a misstatement of our accounts or disclosures that could result in a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements. In such case, we may be unable to maintain compliance with securities law requirements regarding timely filing of periodic reports in addition to applicable stock exchange listing requirements, investors may lose confidence in our financial reporting and our stock price may decline as a result. We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, or any measures we may take in the future, will be sufficient to avoid potential future material weaknesses.

We may face litigation and other risks as a result of the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting.

Following the issuance of the SEC Statement, our management and our audit committee concluded that it was appropriate to restate our previously issued audited financial statements as of December 31, 2020 and for the period from October 2, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020. See “—Our warrants are accounted for as liabilities and the changes in value of our warrants could have a material effect on our financial results.” As part of the Restatement, we identified a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting.

As a result of such material weakness, the Restatement, the change in accounting for the warrants, and other matters raised or that may in the future be raised by the SEC, we face potential for litigation or other disputes which may include, among others, claims invoking the federal and state securities laws, contractual claims or other claims arising from the Restatement and material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and the preparation of our financial statements. condition

As of the date of this Annual Report, we have no knowledge ofnot identified any such litigationcybersecurity threats materially affecting, or dispute. However, we can provide no assurance that such litigation or dispute will not arise in the future. Any such litigation or dispute, whether successful or not, could have a material adverse effect onreasonably likely to materially affect, our business strategy, results of operations, andor financial conditionsituation. However, despite our efforts, we recognize the impossibility of eliminating all cybersecurity risks or our abilityguaranteeing the absence of undetected cybersecurity incidents. For additional information about these risks, refer to complete a Business Combination.

We are a newly incorporated company with no operating history and no operating revenues, and you have no basisPart I, Item 1A, "Risk Factors," in this Annual Report on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

We are a newly incorporated company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands with no operating results. Because we lack an operating history, you have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective of completing our initial Business Combination with one or more target businesses. We have no plans, arrangements or understandings with any prospective target business concerning a Business Combination and may be unable to complete our initial Business Combination. If we fail to complete our initial Business Combination, we will never generate any operating revenues.

Past performance by any member or members of our management team, any of their respective affiliates, or Reinvent Capital may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in the company.

Information regarding performance by our management team and their respective affiliates, including RTP, or Reinvent Capital is presented for informational purposes only. Not all of the companies in which our team has invested have achieved the same level of value creation. Past performance by any member or members of our management team, any of their respective affiliates, including RTP, or Reinvent Capital is not a guarantee either (1) that we will be able to identify a suitable candidate for our initial Business Combination or (2) of success with respect to any Business Combination we may consummate. You should not rely on the historical record of any member or members of our management team, any of their respective affiliates, including RTP, or Reinvent Capital or any of the foregoing’s related investment’s performance, as indicative of the future performance of an investment in the company or the returns the company will, or is likely to, generate going forward.

Form 10-K.

We may be a passive foreign investment company, or “PFIC,” which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. investors.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. Holder of our ordinary shares or warrants, the U.S. Holder may be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences and may be subject to additional reporting requirements. Our PFIC status for our taxable year ended December 31, 2020, our current taxable year, and our subsequent taxable years may depend upon the status of an acquired company pursuant to a Business Combination and whether we qualify for the PFIC start-up exception. Depending on the particular circumstances, the application of the start-up exception may be subject to uncertainty, and there cannot be any assurance that we will qualify for the start-up exception. Accordingly, there can be no assurances with respect to our status as a PFIC for our taxable year ended December 31, 2020, our current taxable year ,or any subsequent taxable year. Our actual PFIC status for any taxable year, moreover, will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year. If we determine we are a PFIC for any taxable year, we will endeavor to provide to a U.S. Holder such information as the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) may require, including a PFIC Annual Information Statement, in order to enable the U.S. Holder to make and maintain a “qualified electing fund” election, but there can be no assurance that we will timely provide such required information, and such election would likely be unavailable with respect to our warrants in all cases. We urge U.S. Holders to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of the PFIC rules to holders of our ordinary shares and warrants.

We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies or smaller reporting companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, our shareholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the end of any second quarter of a fiscal year, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the end of such fiscal year. We cannot predict whether investors will find our securities less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading prices of our securities may be more volatile.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds


$250 million as of the end of that year’s second fiscal quarter, and (2) our annual revenues equaled or exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year or the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $700 million as of the end of that year’s second fiscal quarter. To the extent we take advantage of such reduced disclosure obligations, it may also make comparison of our financial statements with other public companies difficult or impossible.

Item 1.B.

Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

Item

ITEM 2. Properties.

PROPERTIES


Our corporate headquarters are located in Palo Alto, California. We currently maintainown and occupy an office building in Austin, Texas and also lease facilities under operating leases with various expiration dates in Austin, Texas, Palo
56


Alto, California, Oakland, California; Dallas, Texas; Bedminster, New Jersey; Tel Aviv, Israel; and Warsaw, Poland. We believe that our executive offices at 215 Park Avenue, Floor 11, New York, New York 10003. The Company entered into a support services agreement with Reinvest Capital (the “Support Services Agreement”) pursuantfacilities are adequate to which, among other things, Reinvent Capital will receive reimbursement from us for its out-of-pocket expenses incurred in providing us use of this space. As of December 31, 2020, the Company has accrued $1,129 in expenses for office space reimbursable by the Company to Reinvent Capital. We considermeet our current office space adequate for our current operations.

needs.

Item

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
From time to time, the Company may become involved in litigation or other legal proceedings. The Company is routinely named in litigation involving claims from policyholders. Legal Proceedings.

Weproceedings relating to claims are reserved in the normal course of business. The Company does not currently subjectbelieve it is a party to any materialpending litigation or other legal proceedings nor,that is likely to our knowledge,have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations. Regardless of outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on the Company because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

On November 19, 2021, Hippo and Assaf Wand, the Company’s co-founder, were named in a civil action in San Francisco Superior Court brought by Eyal Navon. Mr. Navon alleged six causes of action against Mr. Wand for breach of fiduciary duty, breach of contract, promissory estoppel, fraud, negligent misrepresentation, and constructive fraud surrounding a loan and call option entered into between Innovius Capital Canopus I, L.P. (“Innovius”) and Mr. Navon, as well as alleged promises made by Mr. Wand to Mr. Navon while Mr. Navon was an employee of Hippo. Innovius was an investor in the Company prior to its transaction with Mr. Navon. Mr. Navon alleges a fraud claim against Hippo and also alleges a claim for declaratory judgment, requesting that the Court declare that Mr. Navon properly revoked the call option he entered into with Innovius.
On May 2, 2022, Mr. Navon amended his complaint, naming Hippo in his breach of contract, promissory estoppel, negligent misrepresentation, and constructive fraud causes of action (in addition to re-pleading the declaratory relief and fraud causes of action). On February 28, 2023, Mr. Navon filed a Third Amended Complaint alleging 18 claims for relief. In addition to the original allegations, the Third Amended Complaint alleges fraud, insider-trading, and aiding-and-abetting claims based on the theory that Hippo and Mr. Wand provided Innovius and its principal, Justin Moore, with material nonpublic information about Hippo’s business, as well as conversion claims against Hippo related to the transfer of his shares to Innovius after Innovius exercised the call option.
All claims asserted are based on alleged conduct that occurred prior to Hippo becoming a publicly traded company. Hippo engaged counsel to defend both Hippo and Mr. Wand, and Hippo and Mr. Wand have denied all claims. As a result of the allegations in the Third Amended Complaint, Hippo moved to have the court designate the case as complex. The court granted this motion, took the previously scheduled trial date off the calendar, and trial is any material legal proceeding threatenednow expected to take place in September 2024.
On February 2, 2024, Mr. Navon filed a Fourth Amended Complaint alleging 19 claims for relief. In addition to the previous allegations, the Fourth Amended Complaint alleges securities fraud by affirmative false statements and aiding-and-abetting claims against us or anyHippo, Mr. Wand, Innovius, and Mr. Moore on the theory that Mr. Wand purposely misled Mr. Navon into selling his Hippo shares, and that all defendants were aware of our officers or directorsMr. Wand’s plan to mislead Mr. Navon in their corporate capacity.

an effort to convince him to sell his Hippo shares. On February 16, 2024, Innovius filed eight cross claims against Hippo and Mr. Wand, claiming breach of contract, promissory fraud and aiding and abetting fraud, and Hippo filed three cross claims against Mr. Navon including fraud, fraudulent inducement, negligent misrepresentation, and breach of contract.
The parties are engaged in fact discovery, and Hippo intends to move for summary judgment against the claims alleged in the Fourth Amended Complaint.

Item

ITEM 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

None.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not Applicable.

57


PART II.

II

Item

ITEM 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

(a) MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

Our Units began trading on the NYSE on November 19, 2020. Each Unit consists of one Class A ordinary share

The Company’s common stock and one-fifth of one redeemable warrantwarrants to purchase one Class A ordinary share. On January 8, 2021, we announced that holders of the Units may elect to separately trade the Class A ordinary shares and redeemable warrants included in the Units commencing on January 11, 2021. Any Units not separated continue tocommon stock trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “RTPZ.U.” Any underlying Class A ordinary sharessymbols “HIPO” and redeemable warrants that were separated trade on the NYSE under the symbols “RTPZ” and “RTPZ“HIPO WS,” respectively.

(b)

Holders

As of March 3, 2021,February 21, 2024, there waswere approximately one holder of record of our Units, approximately one holder of record of our separately traded Class A ordinary share, and approximately two56 holders of record of our redeemable warrants.

(c) the Company’s common stock.

Dividends

We have notnever declared or paid any cash dividends on our Class A ordinary sharescapital stock. We currently intend to dateretain any future earnings and do not intendexpect to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of our initial Business Combination. The payment of cashany dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of our initial Business Combination. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to our initial Business Combination will be withinmade at the discretion of our board of directors, at such time. In addition,subject to applicable laws, and will depend on a number of factors, including our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, general business conditions, and other factors that our board of directors is not currently contemplating andmay deem relevant.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
There were no unregistered sales of equity securities in fiscal year 2023.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
In March 2023, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $50.0 million of its common stock. The share repurchase program, which does not anticipate declaring any share dividendshave a specific expiration date, authorizes repurchases in the foreseeable future. Further, if we incur any indebtednessopen market or in connection with our initial Business Combination, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree toprivate transactions. There were no share repurchases in connection therewith.

(d) Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

None.

(e) the three months ended December 31, 2023. As of December 31, 2023, the Company had $48.2 million remaining under the share repurchase authorization.

Performance Graph

The performance graph has been omitted as permitted under rules applicable to smaller reporting companies.

(f) Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities; Use of Proceeds from Registered Offerings

Unregistered Sales

On October 7, 2020, our Sponsor paid an aggregate of $25,000 to cover certain expenses on behalf of the Company in exchange for issuance of 5,750,000 ordinary shares (the “Founder Shares”). In October 2020, the Sponsor transferred 30,000 Founder Shares to each of the Company’s independent director nominees. The Sponsor agreed to forfeit up to an aggregate of 2,250,000 Founder Shares, on a pro rata basis, to the extent that the option to purchase additional units is not exercised in full by the underwriters, so that the Founder Shares would represent 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares after the Initial Public Offering. The underwriters fully exercised their over-allotment option on November 19, 2020; thus, those Founder Shares were no longer subject to forfeiture.

Our Sponsor purchased 4,400,000 Private Placement Warrants, each exercisable to purchase one ordinary share at $11.50 per share, at a price of $1.50 per warrant ($6.6 million in the aggregate), in a private placement that closed substantially concurrently with the closing of the Initial Public Offering. This issuance was made pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

No underwriting discounts or commissions were paid with respect to such sales.

Use of Proceeds

On November 23, 2020, the Company consummated its Initial Public Offering of 23,000,000 Units, including 3,000,000 Over-Allotment Units, at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $230.0 million. Morgan Stanley acted as the book-running manager for the Initial Public Offering. The securities sold in the Initial Public Offering were registered under the Securities Act on a registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-249799). The SEC declared the registration statements effective on November 18, 2020.

Substantially concurrently with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the Private Placement of 4,400,000 Private Placement Warrants, at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant to the Sponsor, generating gross proceeds of $6.6 million.

In connection with the Initial Public Offering, we incurred offering costs of approximately $13.1 million (including deferred underwriting commissions of approximately $8.1 million). Other incurred offering costs consisted principally of preparation fees related to the Initial Public Offering. After deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions (excluding the deferred portion, which amount will be payable upon consummation of the initial Business Combination, if consummated) and the Initial Public Offering expenses, $230.0 million of the net proceeds from our Initial Public Offering and certain of the proceeds from the private placement of the Private Placement Warrants (or $10.00 per Unit sold in the Initial Public Offering) was placed in the Trust Account. The net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and certain proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants are held in the Trust Account and invested as described elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

There has been no material change in the planned use of the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering and Private Placement as is described in the Company’s final prospectus related to the Initial Public Offering. For a description of the use of the proceeds generated from the Initial Public Offering, see “Item 1. Business.”

Item

ITEM 6. Selected Financial Data.

Selected financial data has been omitted as permitted under rules applicable to smaller reporting companies.

[RESERVED]

58



Item

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this “Hippo Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

ReferencesOperations” to “we,” “our,” “Hippo” and “the Company” refer to the “Company,” “our,” “us” or “we” referbusiness and operations of Hippo Holdings Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. This section of this Form 10-K generally discusses 2023 and 2022 items and year-to-year comparisons between 2023 and 2022.

Overview
Hippo is an insurance holding company with subsidiaries that provide property and casualty insurance products to Reinvent Technology Partners Z. The following discussionboth individuals and analysisbusiness customers. We conduct our operations through three reportable segments: Services, Insurance-as-a-Service, and Hippo Home Insurance Program. We offer our services primarily in the United States.
In the third quarter of 2023 we began taking several actions to lower the volatility of our Hippo Homeowners Insurance Program portfolio in light of the Company’ssignificant catastrophe losses we experienced in the second quarter, including raising rates on a portion of our renewal business, increasing deductibles for wind and hail perils, selectively non-renewing policies in certain regions, and instituting a nationwide pause on underwriting new premiums for our HO3 business as we examine our risk appetite. We also launched an expense reduction initiative across the Company, including a reduction in staff which we announced in October 2023.
Further information on our business and reportable segments is presented in Part I, Item 1, “Business” and in Note 22 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
Reinsurance
We utilize reinsurance primarily to support the growth of our new and renewal insurance business, to reduce the volatility of our earnings, and to optimize our capital management.
As an MGA, we underwrite homeowners insurance policies on behalf of our insurance company subsidiaries (Spinnaker and Spinnaker Specialty Insurance Company (“SSIC”) and other non-affiliated third-party insurance carriers. These carriers purchase reinsurance from a variety of sources and in a variety of structures. In the basic form of this arrangement, fronting insurance carriers will typically cede a significant portion of the total insurance premium they earn from customers, in return for a proportional amount of reinsurance protection. This is known as “ceding” premium and losses through a “quota share” reinsurance treaty.
The fronting carrier and the MGA are paid a percentage of the ceded premium as compensation for sales and marketing, underwriting, insurance, support, claims administration, and other related services (in totality, known as a ceding commission). As additional protection against natural catastrophes or other large loss events, the fronting carrier frequently purchases additional, non-proportional reinsurance.
Without reinsurance protection, the insurer would shoulder all of the insurance risk itself and would need incremental capital to satisfy regulators and rating agencies. Reinsurance allows a carrier to write more business while reducing its balance sheet exposure and volatility of earnings.
Proportional Reinsurance Treaties — Hippo Home Insurance Program
For our primary homeowners reinsurance treaty commencing in 2023, we secured proportional reinsurance from a diverse panel of third-party reinsurers. All reinsurers are either rated “A-” Excellent or better by AM Best, or the reinsurance is appropriately collateralized. In 2023, we retained approximately 40% of the premium through our insurance company subsidiaries or our captive reinsurance company, RHS, before purchasing catastrophe protection. Additionally, the reinsurance contracts are subject to contingent commission adjustments and loss participation features, which align our interests with those of our reinsurers. Loss participation features may increase the amount of losses retained by our insurance company subsidiaries in excess of our pro rata participation.
For business produced through our builder channel, we purchased proportional reinsurance from three third-party reinsurers. All reinsurers are rated “A-” Excellent or better by AM Best, or the reinsurance is appropriately collateralized. In 2023, we are retaining approximately 58% of the premium produced through our
59



insurance company subsidiaries or RHS, before purchasing catastrophe protection. The reinsurance contracts are subject to contingent commission adjustments and limited loss participation features, which align our interests with those of the reinsurers.
For our primary homeowners reinsurance treaty commencing in 2022, we secured quota share reinsurance from a diverse panel of third-party reinsurers. All reinsurers are either rated “A-” Excellentor better by AM Best, or the reinsurance is collateralized. In 2022, we retained approximately 10% of the premium through our insurance company subsidiaries, including our captive reinsurance company, RHS. Additionally, the reinsurance contracts are subject to variable commission adjustments and loss participation features, including loss ratio caps and loss corridors, which align our interests with those of our reinsurers. Similar to the prior year, we saw increased use of loss participation features in the 2022 reinsurance agreements, which increased the amount of losses retained by our insurance company subsidiaries in excess of our pro rata participation in both the 2022 and 2023 fiscal periods.
For our primary homeowners reinsurance treaty that commenced in 2021, we secured proportional reinsurance from a diverse panel of third-party reinsurers with AM Best ratings of “A-” Excellent or better. A total of approximately 12% of the premium was retained either by Spinnaker or RHS, which aligns our interests with third-party reinsurers. Two of the reinsurers, representing approximately one-third of the programs, provided three-year agreements.
We also seek to further reduce our risk retention through purchases of non-proportional reinsurance described below.
Non-Proportional Reinsurance — Hippo Home Insurance Program
We also purchased non-proportional excess of loss catastrophe coverage (“XOL”) reinsurance which includes traditional reinsurance protection, catastrophe bonds, and industry loss warranty products. Through our insurance company subsidiaries, we are exposed to the risk of natural catastrophe events that could occur on the risks arising from policies underwritten by us or other MGAs. We are also exposed to this risk through our captive reinsurer, which takes on a share of the risk underwritten by our MGA business.
In May 2023, we secured new catastrophe protection through a per occurrence XOL reinsurance agreement with Mountain Re Ltd. (“Mountain Re”), an independent Bermuda company, licensed as a Special Purpose Insurer.The reinsurance agreement meets the requirements to be accounted for as reinsurance in accordance with the guidance for reinsurance contracts. In connection with the reinsurance agreement, Mountain Re issued notes (generally referred to as “catastrophe bonds”) to investors, consistent with the amount of coverage provided under the reinsurance agreement. The reinsurance agreement provides us with coverage through June 2026, and pursuant to the agreement, Mountain Re provides XOL reinsurance coverage to us for losses from a variety of perils, including named storms, fire following an earthquake, severe thunderstorms, and winter storms on business produced through the Hippo MGA. Under the terms of the reinsurance agreement, we are obligated to pay annual reinsurance premiums to Mountain Re for the reinsurance coverage. Amounts payable under the reinsurance agreement with respect to any covered event cannot exceed our actual losses from such event.
In June 2023, our captive reinsurance company, RHS, entered into an Industry Loss Warranty (ILW) with a third party under which loss payments are triggered by reference to the level of losses incurred by the insurance industry as whole for pre-defined events, rather than by losses incurred by us. RHS entered into the ILW in order to hedge the risk of us experiencing a catastrophic hurricane loss on business assumed.
Our XOL program provides us protection from catastrophes that could impact a large number of insurance policies. We buy XOL so that the probability of losses from a single occurrence exceeding the protection purchased is no more than 0.4%, or equivalent to a 1 in 250 year return period when considered with the corporate catastrophe XOL described below under “Other Reinsurance”. This reinsurance protects us from all but the most severe catastrophic events.
Other Reinsurance
Spinnaker also purchased reinsurance for programs written by MGAs other than Hippo through our Insurance-as-a-Service business. The reinsurance treaties are a mix of proportional and XOL in which approximately 75% to 100% of the risk is ceded. The reinsurance contracts are subject to variable commission adjustments and loss participation features, including loss caps, and may increase the amount of losses retained by
60



us in excess of our pro-rata participation. Such provisions are recognized in the period based on the experience to date under the agreement.
Spinnaker purchased a corporate catastrophe XOL program that attaches above the reinsurance programs protecting the business written by Hippo as well as the other MGAs. This treaty has a floating retention and attaches at the exhaustion point of the underlying programs’ specific reinsurance. The catastrophe bonds described above inures to the benefit of this contract. This program provides us protection from catastrophes that could impact a large number of insurance policies underwritten by us or other MGAs. We buy XOL so that the probability of losses from a single occurrence exceeding the protection purchased is no more than 0.4%, or equivalent to a 1 in 250 year return period. This reinsurance protects us from all but the most severe catastrophic events.
We also purchased reinsurance from the State Board of Administration in Florida via the Florida Hurricane Catastrophe Fund (the “FHCF”) and the Reinsurance to Assist Policyholders (the “RAP”) program for residential hurricane losses in the State of Florida. This coverage is provided and required by the State of Florida and protects business written by Hippo as well as other MGAs. We currently purchase reimbursement protection at the maximum level (90%) of mandatory coverage offered by the FHCF.
Fiscal Year 2024 Reinsurance Programs
Proportional Reinsurance — Hippo Home Insurance Program
For our Hippo primary homeowners’ reinsurance program commencing in 2024, we elected not to purchase proportional reinsurance. Based on our growing confidence in the profitability and predictability of our underwriting results, we decided to retain more of the exposure and associated premium. Effective January 1, 2024, we also elected to cut off 25% participation on the 2023 proportional reinsurance treaty and retain the remaining exposure and related premiums.
For business produced through our builder channel in 2024, we purchased proportional reinsurance from one third-party reinsurer and expect to retain approximately 85% of the premium and associated risk, before purchasing catastrophe protection. All reinsurance obligations are appropriately collateralized. The reinsurance contracts are subject to contingent commission adjustments and a loss occurrence limit, which aligns our interests with that of the reinsurer.
We also seek to further protect our balance sheet through the purchase of non-proportional reinsurance described below in the section titled “Non-Proportional Reinsurance.”
Non-Proportional Reinsurance — Hippo Home Insurance Program
We also purchase non-proportional XOL reinsurance. Through our ownership of our insurance company subsidiaries, we are exposed to the risk of natural catastrophe events that could occur on the risks we are assuming from policies underwritten by us or other MGAs. We are also exposed to this risk through our captive reinsurer, which takes on a share of the risk underwritten by our MGA business.
Our XOL program provides protection to us from catastrophes that could impact a large number of insurance policies. We buy XOL so that the probability of losses from a single occurrence exceeding the protection purchased is no more than 0.4%, or equivalent to a 1:250 year return period. This reinsurance protects us from all but the most severe catastrophic events.
Key Factors and Trends Affecting our Operating Results
Our financial condition and results of operations have been, and will continue to be, affected by a number of factors, including the following:
Our Ability to Attract New Customers
Our long-term growth will depend, in large part, on our continued ability to attract new customers to our platform. For Hippo home insurance policies, we seek to minimize the volatility of our portfolio and are currently in the process of analyzing overall underwriting results for the segment, taking actions as needed. Our short-term focus is on attracting new customers to our licensed insurance agency to purchase non-Hippo policies and to our home care offerings, although over time we expect to strategically return to Hippo underwritten policies as our underwriting actions take hold. We intend to continue to drive new customer growth by highlighting our consumer-
61



focused approach to home protection and insurance across multiple distribution channels, regardless of whether the customer is a Hippo policyholder. In particular, we seek to grow by:
Promoting our agency for sales of non-Hippo policies, growing our network of partners within existing partner channels, and geographically optimizing our Hippo policyholder base;
Developing new strategic partnerships with key players involved in the real estate transaction ecosystem; and
Deepening our relationships with our customers by connecting them to partners offering value-added services that are not specifically insurance products, such as home maintenance, home monitoring, and energy consumption optimization.
Our ability to attract new customers depends on the pricing of our products, the offerings of our competitors, our geographic reach, and the extent and effectiveness of our marketing efforts. Our ability to attract customers also depends on maintaining and strengthening our brand by providing superior customer experiences across all of our offerings through our proactive, tech-enabled strategy.
We face competition from traditional insurers who have more diverse product offerings and longer established operating histories, as well as from new, technology-driven entrants who may pursue more horizontal growth strategies. These competitors may mimic certain aspects of our digital platform and offerings and have more types of insurance products, allowing them to offer customers the ability to “bundle” multiple coverage types together, which may be attractive to many customers.
Although the COVID-19 pandemic and the various responses to it created significant worldwide volatility, uncertainty and economic disruption over the past few years, recently there has been a return to more normal societal interactions, including in the way we operate our business. We cannot predict the future impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic or any new public health events. See Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors” for more information.
Our Ability to Retain Customers
Our ability to derive significant lifetime value from our customer relationships depends, in part, on our ability to retain our customers over time. Strong retention allows us to build a recurring revenue base, generating additional premium term over term without material incremental marketing costs. Our customers typically become more valuable to us over time because retention rates have historically increased with the age of customer cohorts and because non-catastrophic loss frequency declines as cohorts mature.
As we expect to broadly retain our customers who are not located in high severe weather exposed regions, over the long-term, we expect our book of business to evolve to be weighted more towards renewals versus new business, as is the case with our more mature competitors. We expect that this would enable us to benefit from the higher premium retention rates and inherently lower frequency of losses that characterize renewed premiums.
Our ability to retain customers will depend on a number of factors, including our customers’ satisfaction with our products, the offerings of our competitors, and our ability to continue delivering exceptional customer service and support.
Our Ability to Manage Regulatory Impact, Including on Our Efforts to Manage Our Exposure to Volatility
We are subject to extensive laws, regulations, administrative directives, and regulatory actions. From time to time, regulatory authorities or legislative bodies seek to influence and restrict premium rates, require premium refunds to policyholders, require reinstatement of terminated policies, restrict the ability of insurers to cancel or non-renew policies, require insurers to continue to write new policies or limit their ability to write new policies, limit insurers’ ability to change coverage terms and deductibles or to impose underwriting standards, impose additional regulations regarding agency and broker compensation, impose fines and penalties for unintended errors or mistakes, impose additional regulations regarding cybersecurity and privacy, and otherwise expand overall regulation of insurance products and the insurance industry. These laws may limit or restrict our ability to reduce our exposures, including to weather related losses.
Our Ability to Expand Fee Income and Premium Through Cross-Sales to Existing Customers
62



One of our strategies to increase the value we are providing to our customers is to offer incremental services to assist our customers in better maintaining and protecting their homes. As we roll out these services, we expect to be able to generate incremental, non-risk-based service and fee income from our existing customers. We expect these home protection services not only to generate incremental revenue, but also to reduce losses for our customers, and—by implication—our loss ratios. Our success in expanding revenue and reducing losses by offering these services depends on our ability to market these services, our operational ability to deliver value to our customers, and the ability of these services to reduce the probability of loss for an average homeowner.
We are also in the early stages of cross-selling non-homeowner insurance products across our customer base. Cross-sales allow us to generate additional premium per customer, and ultimately higher revenue and fee income, without material incremental marketing spend. Our success in expanding revenue through cross-sales depends on our marketing efforts with new products, offerings of our competitors, additional expansion into new states, and the pricing of our bundled products.
Our Ability to Manage Risk
We leverage data, technology, and geographic diversity to help manage risk. For instance, we obtain dynamic data from various sources and use advanced statistical methods to model that data into our pricing algorithm. Incorporating these external data sources and utilizing the experience gained with our own customer base should lead to better underwriting, reduced loss frequency, and—adjusting for weather related events—lower loss ratios over time. While our current reinsurance framework helps us manage the volatility of earnings, reducing our overall gross loss ratio is critical to our success. Our ability to incorporate new data sources as they become available and to use them to improve our ability to accurately and competitively price risk is central to our growth strategy.
Seasonality of Claims Losses
Seasonal patterns can impact our incurrence of claims losses,as seasonal weather patterns impact the level and amount of claims we receive. These patterns include hurricanes, wildfires, and coastal storms in the fall, cold weather patterns and changing home heating needs in the winter, and tornados and hailstorms in the spring and summer. The mix of geographic exposure and products within our customer base impacts our exposure to these weather patterns, and as we diversify our base of premium such that our exposure more closely resembles the industry exposure, we should see the impact of these events on our business more closely resemble the impact on the broader industry.

Basis of Presentation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP as determined by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”), and pursuant to the regulations of the SEC.
Components of Results of Operations
Revenue
Gross Written Premium
Gross written premium is the amount received or to be received for insurance policies written or assumed by us and our affiliates as a carrier or captive reinsurer, without reduction for policy acquisition costs, reinsurance costs, or other deductions. The volume of our gross written premium in any given period is generally influenced by:
New business submissions;
Binding of new business submissions into policies;
Bound policies going effective;
Renewals of existing policies; and
Average size and premium rate of bound policies.
63



Ceded Written Premium
Ceded written premium is the amount of gross written premium written or assumed by us and our affiliates as a carrier that we cede to reinsurers. We enter into reinsurance contracts to limit our exposure to losses, as well as to provide additional capacity for growth. Ceded written premium is treated as a reduction from gross written premium. The volume of our ceded written premium is impacted by the level of our gross written premium and decisions we make to increase or decrease retention levels.
Net Earned Premium
Net earned premium represents the earned portion of our gross written premium for insurance policies written or assumed by us and less the earned portion of ceded written premium (any portion of our gross written premium that is ceded to third-party reinsurers under our reinsurance agreements). We earn written premiums on a pro-rata basis over the term of the policies.
Commission Income, Net Includes:
a.MGA Commission: We operate as an MGA for multiple insurers. We design and underwrite insurance products on behalf of the insurers culminating in the sale of insurance policies. We earn recurring commission and policy fees associated with the policies we sell. We have underwriting authority and responsibility for administering claims (see Claim Processing Fees below) and we work with affiliated and unaffiliated carrier platforms who pay us a commission in exchange for the opportunity to take that risk on their balance sheets. Our performance obligation associated with these contracts is the placement of the policy, which is met on the effective date. Upon issuance of a new policy, we charge policy fees and inspection fees (see Service and Fee Income below), retain our share of commission, and remit the balance to the respective insurers. Subsequent commission adjustments arising from policy changes such as endorsements are recognized in the period when the adjustments occur. Cash received in advance of policy effective dates is recorded on the consolidated balance sheets, representing our portion of commission and premium due to insurers and reinsurers, and hold this cash in trust for the benefit of the insurers and reinsurers as fiduciary liabilities.
The MGA commission is subject to adjustments, higher or lower (commonly referred to as “commission slide”), depending on the underwriting performance of the policies placed by us. We are required to return a portion of our MGA commission due to commission slide on the policies placed as an MGA if the underwriting performance varies due to higher Hippo programs’ loss ratio from provisional performance of the Hippo programs’ loss ratio. We also return a portion of our MGA commission if the policies are cancelled before the term of the policy. Accordingly, we reserve for commission slide using estimated Hippo programs’ loss ratio performance, or a cancellation reserve as a reduction of revenue for each period presented in our statement of operations and comprehensive loss.
b.Agency Commission: We also operate licensed insurance agencies that are engaged solely in the sale of policies, including non-Hippo policies. For these policies, we earn a recurring agency commission from the carriers whose policies we sell, which is recorded in the commission income, net line on our statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Similar to the MGA businesses, the performance obligation from the agency contracts is placement of the insurance policies.
For both MGA and insurance agency activities, we recognize commission received from insurers for the sale of insurance contracts as revenue at a point in time on the policy effective dates.
c.Ceding Commission: We receive commission based on the premium we cede to third-party reinsurers for the reimbursement for our acquisition and underwriting services. Excess ceding commission over the cost of acquisition is included in the commission income, net line on our statements of operations and comprehensive loss. For the policies that we write on our own carrier as MGA, we recognize this commission as ceding commission on the statement of operations and comprehensive loss. We earn commission on reinsurance premium ceded in a manner consistent with the recognition of the earned premium on the underlying insurance policies, on a pro-rata basis over the terms of the policies reinsured. We record the portion of ceding commission income, which represents reimbursement of successful direct acquisition costs related to the underlying policies, as an offset to the applicable direct acquisition costs.
64



d.Carrier Fronting Fees: Through our Insurance-as-a-Service business, we earn fronting fees from the MGA programs we support. We earn fronting fees in a manner consistent with the recognition of the earned premium on the underlying insurance policies, on a pro-rata basis over the terms of the policies. This revenue is included in the commission income, net line on our statements of operations and comprehensive loss.
e.Claim Processing Fees: As an MGA, we receive a fee that is calculated as a percent of the premium from the insurers in exchange for providing claims adjudication services. The claims adjudication services are provided over the term of the policy and recognized ratably over the same period. This revenue is included in the commission income, net line on our statements of operations and comprehensive loss.
Service and Fee Income
Service and fee income mainly represents policy fees and other revenue. We directly bill policyholders for policy fees and collect and retain fees per the terms of the contracts between us and our insurers. Similar to the commission revenue, we estimate a cancellation reserve for policy fees using historical information. The performance obligation associated with these fees is satisfied at a point in time upon completion of the underwriting process, which is the policy effective date. Accordingly, we recognize all fees as revenue on the policy effective date.
Net Investment Income
Net investment income represents interest earned from fixed maturity securities, short-term investments and other investments, and the gains or losses from the sale of investments. Our cash and invested assets primarily consist of fixed-maturity securities, and may also include cash and cash equivalents, equity securities, and short-term investments. The principal factors that influence net investment income are the size of our investment portfolio and the yield on that portfolio. As measured by amortized cost (which excludes changes in fair value, such as changes in interest rates), the size of our investment portfolio is mainly a function of our invested equity capital along with premium we receive from our customers less payments on customer claims.
Net investment income also includes an insignificant amount of net realized gains (losses) on investments, which are a function of the difference between the amount received by us on the sale of a security and the security’s amortized cost, as well as any allowances for credit losses recognized in earnings, if any.
Expenses
Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses
Loss and loss adjustment expenses represent the costs incurred for losses net of amounts ceded to reinsurers. We enter into reinsurance contracts to limit our exposure to potential losses as well as to provide additional capacity for growth. The expenses are a function of the size and term of the insurance policies and the loss experience and loss participation features associated with the underlying risks. Loss and LAE are based on actuarial assumptions and management judgements, including losses incurred during the period and changes in estimates from prior periods. Loss and LAE also include employee compensation (including stock-based compensation and benefits) of our claims processing teams, as well as allocated occupancy costs and related overhead based on headcount.
Insurance-Related Expenses
Insurance related expenses primarily consist of amortization of direct acquisition commission costs and premium taxes incurred on the successful acquisition of business written on a direct basis and credit card processing fees not charged to our customers. Insurance related expenses also include employee compensation (including stock-based compensation and benefits) of our underwriting teams, amortization of capitalized internal use software, as well as allocated occupancy costs and related overhead based on headcount. Insurance related expenses are offset by a portion of ceding commission income, which represents reimbursement of successful acquisition costs related to the underlying policies. Additionally, insurance related expenses include the costs of providing bound policies and delivering claims services to our customers. These costs include underwriting technology service costs including software, data services used for performing underwriting, and third-party call center costs in addition to personnel-related costs.
65



Technology and Development
Technology and development expenses primarily consist of employee compensation (including stock-based compensation and benefits) for our technology staff, which includes technology development, infrastructure support, actuarial, and third-party services. Technology and development also include allocated facility costs and related overhead based on headcount. We expense development costs as incurred, except for costs related to internal use software development projects, which are capitalized and subsequently depreciated over the expected useful life of the developed software.
Sales and Marketing
Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of sales commission, advertising costs, and marketing expenditures, as well as employee compensation (including stock-based compensation and benefits) for employees engaged in sales, marketing, data analytics, and customer acquisition. Sales and marketing expenses also include allocated facility costs and related overhead based on headcount.
General and Administrative
General and administrative expenses primarily consist of employee compensation (including stock-based compensation and benefits) for our finance, human resources, legal, and general management functions, as well as facilities, insurance, and professional services.
Impairment and Restructuring Charges
Impairment and restructuring charges consist of non-cash impairment charges relating to goodwill. We review goodwill for impairment annually on October 1 and more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that an impairment may exist. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is calculated and an impairment loss equal to the excess is recorded. It also consists of severance and other personnel costs associated with exit and disposal activities as well as reductions in workforce.
Other (Income) Expense
Other (income) expense primarily consists of certain fair value adjustments and other non-operating income expenses.
Income Taxes
We record income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under this method, we record deferred income tax assets and liabilities based on the estimated future tax effects of differences between the financial statement and income tax basis of existing assets and liabilities. We measure these differences using the enacted statutory tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income for the years in which differences are expected to reverse. We recognize the effect on deferred income taxes of a change in tax rates in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
We record a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets and liabilities to the net amount that we believe is more likely than not to be realized. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, including historical levels of income, expectations, and risks associated with estimates of future taxable income and ongoing tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance.
Key Operating and Financial Metrics and Non-GAAP Measures
We regularly review the following key operating and financial metrics in order to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends in our business, prepare financial projections, and make strategic decisions.
The non-GAAP financial measures below have not been calculated in accordance with GAAP and should be readconsidered in addition to results prepared in accordance with GAAP and should not be considered as a substitute for, or superior to, GAAP results. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an indicator of our operating performance, liquidity, or cash flows generated by operating, investing, and financing activities, as there may be significant factors or trends that it fails to address. We caution investors that non-GAAP financial
66



information—by its nature—departs from traditional accounting conventions. Therefore, its use can make it difficult to compare our current results with our results from other reporting periods and with the results of other companies.
Our management uses non-GAAP financial measures, in conjunction with GAAP financial measures, as an integral part of managing our business and to, among other things: (i) monitor and evaluate the performance of our business operations and financial performance; (ii) facilitate internal comparisons of the historical operating performance of our business operations; (iii) review and assess the operating performance of our management team; (iv) analyze and evaluate financial and strategic planning decisions regarding future operating investments; and (v) plan for and prepare future annual operating budgets and determine appropriate levels of operating investments.
Years Ended December 31,
20232022
($ in millions)
Total Generated Premium$1,134.3 $811.1 
Total Revenue209.7 119.7 
Net Loss attributable to Hippo(273.1)(333.4)
Adjusted EBITDA(200.6)(206.4)
Gross Loss Ratio71 %76 %
Net Loss Ratio169 %239 %
Total Generated Premium
We define Total Generated Premium as the aggregate written premium placed across all of our business platforms for the period presented. We measure Total Generated Premium as it reflects the volume of our business irrespective of choices related to how we structure our reinsurance treaties, the amount of risk we retain on our own balance sheet, or the amount of business written in our capacity as an MGA, agency, or as an insurance carrier/reinsurer. We calculate Total Generated Premium as the sum of:
i)Gross written premium (“GWP”)—a GAAP measure defined above; and
ii)Gross placed premium—premium of policies placed with third-party insurance companies, for which we do not retain insurance risk and for which we earn a commission payment, and policy fees charged by us to the policyholders on the effective date of the policy.
Our Total Generated Premium for the year ended December 31, 2023 grew 40% year-over-year to $1,134.3 million from $811.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The growth was driven primarily by growth of non-Hippo written premium supported by our insurance company, Spinnaker, maintaining solid premium retention levels, achieving planned premium rate increases, premium growth in our licensed insurance agencies, and premium growth for policies placed with third-party insurance companies.
The following table presents Total Generated Premium for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 (in millions):
20232022Change
Gross Written Premium$847.3 $629.9 $217.4 
Gross Placed Premium287.0 181.2 105.8 
Total Generated Premium$1,134.3 $811.1 $323.2 
Adjusted EBITDA
We define adjusted Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation, and Amortization (���adjusted EBITDA”), a Non-GAAP financial measure, as net loss attributable to Hippo excluding interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation, amortization, stock-based compensation, net investment income, restructuring charges, impairment
67



expense, other non-cash fair market value adjustments, contingent consideration for one of our acquisitions, and other transactions, which may include certain legal fees and settlement costs, that we consider to be unique in nature.
For the year ended December 31, 2023, adjusted EBITDA loss was $200.6 million, a decrease of $5.8 million compared to $206.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, The decrease was primarily due to a growth in revenue reflecting an increase in premiums earned mainly due to higher premium retention as a result of the 2023 reinsurance treaty compared to 2022, a lower net loss ratio, and a decrease in advertising costs. These improvements in adjusted EBITDA were partially offset by an increase in losses due primarily to an increase in Property Claims Services (“PCS”) catastrophic weather and other weather loss experience and insurance related costs due to the overall growth of our total book of business.
The following table provides a reconciliation of net loss attributable to Hippo to adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented (in millions):
Years Ended December 31,
20232022
Net loss attributable to Hippo$(273.1)$(333.4)
Adjustments:
Net investment income(23.1)(9.0)
Depreciation and amortization19.8 15.2 
Stock-based compensation57.5 61.9 
Fair value adjustments(1.5)(4.0)
Contingent consideration charge6.0 4.1 
Other one-off transactions7.8 2.2 
Income taxes expense0.5 1.3 
Restructuring charges2.6 1.8 
Impairment charges2.9 53.5 
Adjusted EBITDA$(200.6)$(206.4)
Gross Loss Ratio
Gross Loss Ratio, expressed as a percentage, is the ratio of the Gross Losses and LAE to the Gross Earned Premium (in millions).
Years Ended December 31,
20232022
Gross Losses and LAE$543.5 $409.7 
Gross Earned Premium769.3 541.5 
Gross Loss Ratio71 %76 %
The following table provides a reconciliation of Gross Loss Ratio by named event PCS and non-PCS events.
Years Ended December 31,
20232022
PCS losses20 %18 %
Non-PCS losses51 %58 %
Gross loss ratio71 %76 %
For the year ended December 31, 2023, our Gross Loss Ratio was 71% net of a prior year favorable development of 1 percentage point relating to non-PCS events and 2 percentage points relating to PCS events,
68



compared with 76% net of a prior year favorable development of 8 percentage points relating to non-PCS events and 9 percentage points relating to PCS events for the year ended December 31, 2022. Excluding the impact of prior year reserve releases, gross loss ratio was 74% compared to 93% in the prior year. The decrease reflected the benefits of the pricing and underwriting actions we took in calendar years 2022 and 2023. We expect continued improvement as these actions have more time to impact our financial results.
Net Loss Ratio
Net loss ratio expressed as a percentage, is the ratio of the net losses and LAE, to the net earned premium (in millions).
Years Ended December 31,
20232022
Net Losses and LAE$181.7 $101.4 
Net Earned Premium107.5 42.5 
Net Loss Ratio169 %239 %
For the year ended December 31, 2023, our Net Loss Ratio was 169% net of a prior year favorable development of 2 percentage points relating to PCS events and no favorable development for non-PCS events, compared with 239% net of a prior year favorable development of 14 percentage points relating to non-PCS events and 14 percentage points relating to PCS events for the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease from prior year was also due to the positive impact of our underwriting and pricing actions on our Non-PCS losses, the increase in our net earned premium as a result of higher premium retention on our 2023 reinsurance treaty, and the growth of our total book of business.
Segment Information

Year Ended December 31, 2023
($ in millions)
ServicesInsurance-as-a-ServiceHippo Home Insurance Program
Intersegment Eliminations(1)
Total
Total Generated Premium$459.7 $513.9 $360.5 $(199.8)$1,134.3 
Total Revenue44.3 — 70.7 — 102.1 — (7.4)209.7 
Adjusted operating income (loss)(37.6)— 18.3 — (180.3)— (1.0)(200.6)
Year Ended December 31, 2022
($ in millions)
ServicesInsurance-as-a-ServiceHippo Home Insurance Program
Intersegment Eliminations(1)
Total
Total Generated Premium$358.0 $278.6 $366.3 $(191.8)$811.1 
Total Revenue36.9 37.0 63.9 (18.1)119.7 
Adjusted operating income (loss)(49.0)5.4 (162.8)— (206.4)
(1)Intersegment eliminations include commissions paid from Hippo Home Insurance Program for policies sold by the Company’s Services segment (revenue, cost, and other adjustments in respective business units eliminated as part of consolidation). Intersegment eliminations also include premiums written between the segments.
Segment adjusted operating income (loss) is our primary segment profitability measure, and is calculated as segment revenue less operating expenses that are directly attributable to the segments. Refer to Note 22 of the
69



accompanying consolidated financial statements for additional information on segments and a reconciliation of Segment adjusted operating income (loss) to net loss attributable to Hippo.
Services
For the year ended December 31, 2023, our Services segment had Total Generated Premium of $459.7 million, an increase of 28% from $358.0 million over the prior year period, while revenue was $44.3 million, an increase of 20% from $36.9 million over the prior year period. The growth was driven primarily by the growth in our builder channel for new and renewal business, as we maintain higher premium retention rates and experienced premium rate increases. The growth was also due to the growth in the total book of business in our aggregator channel. Our adjusted operating loss was $37.6 million, a decrease of 23% compared to a loss of $49.0 million in the prior year period due primarily to the increase in revenue as noted above, as well as a decrease in sales and marketing costs, partially offset by an increase in technology and development costs.
Insurance-as-a-Service
Our Insurance-as-a-Service segment, which through our carrier, Spinnaker, leverages our capital and insurance licenses to provide capacity to third party MGAs, creating diversified income through fees, underwriting profits, and investment income. For the year ended December 31, 2023, our Insurance-as-a-Service segment’s Total Generated Premium was $513.9 million, an increase of 84% from $278.6 million over the prior year period, while revenue was $70.7 million, an increase of 91% from $37.0 million over the prior year period. The growth was driven primarily by the performance of both new and existing programs. Adjusted operating income was $18.3 million, an increase of 239% compared to $5.4 million in the prior year period due primarily to the increase in revenue mentioned above, partially offset by an increase in insurance related expenses due to the growth of the book of business.
Hippo Home Insurance Program
For the year ended December 31, 2023, our Hippo Homeowners Insurance Program had Total Generated Premium of $360.5 million, a decrease of 2% from $366.3 million over the prior year period, while revenue was $102.1 million, an increase of 60% from $63.9 million over the prior year period. The increase in revenue was due primarily to higher earned premiums, partially offset by a decrease in commission income, net, reflecting changes in our 2023 reinsurance treaties, resulting in higher premium retention, and achieving planned premium rate increases. There was also an increase in investment income due to an increase in yields. The increase in revenue from earned premiums was partially offset by an increased cost of XOL premiums for our catastrophic coverage, which results in an increase in ceded earned premium and lower net earned premium. We purchased XOL to cover events in excess of per occurrence limits based on the expected growth in exposure during the year. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, $31.1 million and $25.8 million, respectively, was offset against earned premium for XOL. Adjusted operating loss was $180.3 million, an increase of 11% compared to a loss of $162.8 million in the prior year period. The increase in adjusted operating loss was due primarily to an increase in PCS catastrophic weather and other weather loss experience due primarily to five major wind and hail events in Colorado and Texas during the second quarter of 2023, partially offset by a decrease in other operating expenses and an increase in revenue, as noted above.
Hippo Home Insurance Program Gross Loss Ratio
Hippo Home Insurance Program Gross Loss Ratio (“HPGLR”) is a key performance indicator that represents our underwriting operational performance for the entire Total Generated Premium underwritten by Hippo as part of the Hippo Home Insurance Program. This ratio includes losses and premiums written and placed on Spinnaker (our carrier) as well as other carriers for Hippo policies (policies underwritten by the Hippo MGA). For the periods presented, changes in this ratio also impact our ceding commission revenue and loss participation features in our reinsurance treaties, which is included in loss and loss adjustment expense on our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. This ratio is also used by our reinsurers and other carriers to make business decisions relating to the capacity of reinsurance and amount of ceding commission that would be available to Hippo. The lower the ratio, the better the economics for Hippo.
70



Years Ended
December 31,
20232022
Non-PCS62 %62 %
PCS39 %21 %
HPGLR101 %83 %

For the year ended December 31, 2023, HPGLR was 101% compared to 83% in the prior year. Excluding the impact of prior year reserve releases, HPGLR was 103% compared to 107% in the prior year.
Excluding the impact of prior year reserve releases, the PCS component of HPGLR for the year ended December 31, 2023 was 41% compared to 34% in the prior year. The increase reflected PCS catastrophic weather and other weather loss experience due primarily to five major wind and hail events in Colorado and Texas during the second quarter of 2023.
Excluding the impact of prior year reserve releases, the Non-PCS component of HPGLR for the year ended December 31, 2023 was 63% compared to 73% in the prior year. The decrease reflected the benefits of the pricing and underwriting actions we took in calendar years 2022 and 2023. We expect continued improvement as these actions have more time to impact our financial results.
71



Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our consolidated results of operations data for the periods indicated (dollars in millions):

Year Ended December 31,
20232022 Change% Change
Revenue:
Net earned premium$107.5 $42.5 $65.0 153 %
Commission income, net63.4 54.3 9.1 17 %
Service and fee income15.7 13.9 1.8 13 %
Net investment income23.1 9.0 14.1 157 %
Total revenue209.7 119.7 90.0 75 %
Expenses:
Losses and loss adjustment expenses181.7 101.4 80.3 79 %
Insurance related expenses79.1 59.9 19.2 32 %
Technology and development47.0 57.5 (10.5)(18)%
Sales and marketing80.1 101.8 (21.7)(21)%
General and administrative79.6 71.5 8.1 11 %
Impairment and restructuring charges5.5 55.3 (49.8)(90)%
Other income, net(0.8)(2.5)1.7 (68)%
Total expenses472.2 444.9 27.3 %
Loss before income taxes(262.5)(325.2)62.7 (19)%
Income taxes expense0.5 1.3 (0.8)(62)%
Net loss(263.0)(326.5)63.5 (19)%
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests, net of tax10.1 6.9 3.2 46 %
Net loss attributable to Hippo$(273.1)$(333.4)$60.3 (18)%
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Change in net unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities, net of tax4.1 (6.3)10.4 (165)%
Comprehensive loss attributable to Hippo$(269.0)$(339.7)$70.7 (21)%
Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2023 and 2022
Net Earned Premium
For the year ended December 31, 2023, net earned premium was $107.5 million, an increase of $65.0 million compared to $42.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase was due primarily to increases in gross earned premium due to year-over-year growth of our total book of business and higher retention of earned premium due to our 2023 reinsurance treaties, partially offset by an increased cost of XOL premiums for our catastrophic coverage which results in an increase in ceded earned premium and lower net earned premium. We purchased XOL to cover events in excess of per occurrence limits based on the expected growth in exposure during the year. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, $53.9 million and $23.1 million, respectively, was offset against earned premium for XOL.
72



The following table presents gross written premium, ceded written premium, net written premium, change in unearned premium, and net earned premium for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 (in millions).
Year Ended December 31,
20232022Change
Gross written premium847.3$629.9 $217.4 
Ceded written premium(687.7)(580.3)(107.4)
Net written premium159.6 49.6 110.0 
Change in unearned premium(52.1)(7.1)(45.0)
Net earned premium$107.5 $42.5 $65.0 
Commission Income, Net
For the year ended December 31, 2023, commission income was $63.4 million, an increase of $9.1 million, or 17%, compared to $54.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase was due primarily to an increase in carrier fronting fees of $8.5 million and agency commissions of $7.2 million, both of which grew due to the year-over-year growth of our total book of business. This was partially offset by a decrease in ceding commission of $7.1 million due to an increase in our premium retention, which decreases ceding commission, compared to the prior year.
Service and Fee Income
For the year ended December 31, 2023, service and fee income was $15.7 million, an increase of $1.8 million, or 13%, compared to $13.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase was due primarily to an increase in revenue fee sharing arrangements and non-inspection policy fees.
Net Investment Income
For the year ended December 31, 2023, net investment income was $23.1 million, an increase of $14.1 million, or 157%, compared to $9.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase was due primarily to an increase in yields and diversification. We are mainly invested in money market accounts, securities issued by the U.S. government and agencies, high-grade corporate securities, residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities, and other governmental related securities.
Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses
For the year ended December 31, 2023, loss and loss adjustment expenses were $181.7 million, an increase of $80.3 million, or 79%, compared to $101.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase was due primarily to an increase in our total book of business and higher premium retention rates, as well as an increase in PCS catastrophic weather, other weather loss experience, and our loss participation features. For the year ended December 31, 2023, we recorded a net reserve release of $2.0 million related to prior accident years, compared with $11.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2022.
Insurance-Related Expenses
For the year ended December 31, 2023, insurance-related expenses were $79.1 million, an increase of $19.2 million, or 32%, compared to $59.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase was due primarily to an increase in amortization of deferred direct acquisition costs of $14.5 million due to the growth of our business and an increase in amortization expense attributable to capitalized internal use software of $4.1 million.
The primary components of insurance related expenses are listed below (in millions):
73



Year Ended December 31,
20232022
Amortization of deferred direct acquisition costs, net$32.3 $17.8 
Employee-related costs12.5 12.5 
Underwriting costs6.6 7.8 
Amortization of capitalized internal use software13.1 9.0 
Other14.6 12.8 
Total$79.1 $59.9 
Direct acquisition costs were $88.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, of which $56.2 million were offset by ceding commission income.
Direct acquisition costs were $56.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, of which $38.7 million were offset by ceding commission income.
Technology and Development Expenses
For the year ended December 31, 2023, technology and development expenses were $47.0 million, a decrease of $10.5 million, or 18%, compared to $57.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease was due primarily to a decrease in stock-based compensation of $6.7 million, driven by performance RSUs related to an acquisition fully vesting in the prior year. The decrease was also due to a decrease in consultants’ costs of $2.1 million.
Sales and Marketing Expenses
For the year ended December 31, 2023, sales and marketing expenses were $80.1 million, a decrease of $21.7 million, or 21%, compared to $101.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease was due primarily to a decrease in advertising costs of $16.6 million, a decrease in consultants’ costs of $2.8 million, and a decrease in employee related expenses of $2.5 million driven by a reduction in headcount compared to the prior year.
General and Administrative Expenses
For the year ended December 31, 2023, general and administrative expenses were $79.6 million, an increase of $8.1 million, or 11%, compared to $71.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase was due primarily to an increase in stock-based compensation of $4.8 million, partially driven by charges related to the repricing of options during the first quarter of 2023. There was also an increase in legal costs of $2.8 million.
Impairment and Restructuring Charges
For the year ended December 31, 2023, impairment and restructuring charges were $5.5 million, a decrease of $49.8 million, or 90%, compared to $55.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The charges for the year ended December 31, 2023 consisted of $2.6 million of severance and other personnel costs associated with the reduction in workforce and $2.9 million related to the impairment of a lease right-of-use asset due to abandonment of leased office space. The charges for the year ended December 31, 2022 consisted of $53.5 million related to the impairment of goodwill and $1.8 million related to severance and other personnel costs associated with a reduction in workforce. During the year ended December 31, 2022, management identified quantitative and qualitative factors that collectively indicated we had a triggering event, mainly due to the sustained decrease in stock price and continued deterioration of general macroeconomic conditions. Based on these events, we concluded that a triggering event occurred and performed an interim quantitative impairment test as of December 31, 2022. Based upon the results of the impairment test, we recognized the goodwill impairment charge to write off the remaining goodwill balance.
Other (Income) Expense
For the year ended December 31, 2023, other income was $0.8 million, a decrease of $1.7 million compared to $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease in other income was due primarily to changes in the fair market value on the outstanding public and private placement warrants of $3.8 million, partially
74



offset by a step-up gain of $1.3 million related to our previously held equity method investments acquired during the year and a decrease in other expenses of $0.8 million.
Income Taxes
For the year ended December 31, 2023, income tax expense was $0.5 million, a decrease of $0.8 million, compared to $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease was due primarily to recognizing a deferred tax benefit related to foreign income taxes in the current year.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Sources of Liquidity
Our existing sources of liquidity include cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities. As of December 31, 2023, we had $195.1 million of cash and restricted cash and $348.8 million of available-for-sale fixed income securities and short-term investments.
In addition, we are a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of New York, which provides secured borrowing capacity. Our borrowing capacity as of December 31, 2023, is $17.4 million, and there were no outstanding amounts under this agreement.
To date, we have funded operations primarily with issuances of convertible preferred stock, convertible promissory notes, and from net proceeds from a private placement transaction in connection with the Business Combination, the Business Combination, and revenue. Until we can generate sufficient revenue and other income to cover operating expenses, working capital and capital expenditures, we expect the funds raised as discussed above to fund our cash needs. Our capital requirements depend on many factors, including the volume of issuances of insurance policies, the timing and extent of spending to support research and development efforts, investments in information technology systems, and the expansion of sales and marketing activities. In the future, we may raise additional funds through the issuance of debt or equity securities or through borrowing. We cannot assure that such funds will be available on favorable terms, or at all.
Cash Flow Summary
The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented (in millions):
Year Ended December 31,
20232022Change
Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities$(92.4)$(161.5)$69.1 
Investing activities$57.6 $(405.9)$463.5 
Financing activities$(14.6)$(6.8)$(7.8)
Operating Activities
Cash used in operating activities was $92.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, a decrease of $69.1 million from $161.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease in cash used in operations was due primarily to higher premium retention which benefits working capital.
Investing Activities
Cash provided by investing activities was $57.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, due primarily to proceeds from the maturities and sales of investments, partially offset by purchases of investments and the purchase of an office building.
Cash used in investing activities was $405.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, due primarily to purchases of investments, partially offset by proceeds from the maturities of investments.
75



Financing Activities
Cash used in financing activities was $14.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, due primarily to distributions to noncontrolling interests, taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards, and acquisitions of noncontrolling interests.
Cash used in financing activities was $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, due primarily to taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards and payments of contingent consideration.
Material Cash Requirements
Our material cash requirements from known contractual and other obligations primarily relate to purchase commitments, lease payments, and unpaid loss and loss adjustment expense. There have been no material changes to our contractual obligations from those described in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022, other than an increase in Unpaid Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense, and the purchase of office space as noted in Note 8. The estimation of the unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses is based on various complex and subjective judgments. Actual losses paid may differ, perhaps significantly, from the reserve estimates reflected in our consolidated financial statements. Similarly, the timing of payment of our estimated losses is not fixed and there may be significant changes in actual payment activity. The assumptions used in estimating the likely payments due by period are based on our historical claims payment experience and industry payment patterns, but due to the inherent uncertainty in the process of estimating the timing of such payments, there is a risk that the amounts paid can be significantly different from the amounts disclosed.
Critical Accounting Estimates
We prepared our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP, which requires the use of estimates and assumptions. Our consolidated financial statements include amounts that, either by their nature or due to requirements of GAAP, are determined using best estimates and assumptions. Management has discussed and reviewed the development, selection, and disclosure of critical accounting estimates with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors. While we believe that the amounts included in our consolidated financial statements reflect our best judgment, actual amounts could ultimately materially differ from those currently presented.
For further information, see Note 1 — Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Notes to the audited consolidated financial statements.
Revenue
For a description of policies with respect to revenue recognition, see “Components of Results of Operations — Revenue” in this section along with Note 1 in the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in our consolidated financial statements.
Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Reserve
Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Reserves
Recorded loss and loss adjustment expense reserves represents management’s best estimate of the amounts yet to be paid for all loss and loss adjustment expenses that will be paid on claims that occurred during the period and prior, whether those claims are currently known or unknown. We hold a provision for loss and loss adjustment expense reserve as of a given date based on actuarial analysis.
Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves are the amount of ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense less the paid amounts as of the balance sheet date.
Ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense is the sum of the following items:
1.Loss and loss adjustment expense paid through a given evaluation date
2.Case reserves for loss and loss adjustment expense for losses that have been reported but not yet paid as of a given evaluation date    
3.IBNR for loss and loss adjustment expense include an estimate for future loss payments on incurred claims not yet reported and for expected development on reported claims
76



Case reserves are established within the claims adjustment process based on all known circumstances of a claim at the time. In addition, IBNR reserves are established by the Company based on reported loss and loss adjustment expenses and estimates of ultimate loss and loss adjustment expenses based on generally accepted actuarial reserving techniques that consider quantitative loss experience data and qualitative factors as appropriate.
Inherent in the estimates of ultimate loss and loss adjustment expenses are expected trends in claims severity and frequency among other factors that could vary significantly as claims are settled. The Company’s loss and loss adjustment expense reserves are continually reviewed, and adjustments, if any, are reflected in current operations in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss in the period in which they become known. The establishment of new loss and loss adjustment expense reserves or the adjustment of previously recorded loss and loss adjustment expense reserves could result in significant positive or negative changes to our financial condition for any particular period. While the Company believes that it has made a reasonable estimate of loss and loss adjustment expense reserves, the ultimate loss experience may not be as reliably predicted as may be the case with other insurance expenses, and it is possible that actual loss and loss adjustment expenses will be higher or lower than the loss and loss adjustment reserve amount recorded by the Company.
Information Used in the Determination of the Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Reserve
In order to estimate the provision for the recorded loss and loss adjustment expense reserves, we use information developed from both internal and independent external sources. This includes internal and external loss and claim count emergence patterns, pricing change information, internal and external loss and exposure trend information, as well as underwriting process changes. In addition, we use commercially available risk analysis models, and overall market share assumptions to estimate our loss and loss adjustment expense reserves related to specific loss events.
Actuarial Methods Used in the Determination of the Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Reserve
When the applicable information has been obtained, we use several actuarial methods to create estimates of the ultimate incurred losses in connection with the underwritten business. Our actuarial analysis uses inputs from our underwriting and claims departments, including pricing assumptions. The actuarial methods used to estimate loss and loss adjustment expense reserves are reported and/or paid loss and claim count development methods as well as reported and/or paid Bornhuetter-Ferguson methods.
As appropriate, unallocated loss adjustment expenses are estimated using a Paid to Paid Method, whereby, historical paid unallocated loss adjustment expense is compared as a ratio to the paid loss and allocated loss adjustment expense amounts for the same calendar period. Based on this information, selected ratios are applied to the case reserve and estimated IBNR for loss and allocated loss adjustment expenses to estimate the provision for the unpaid unallocated loss adjustment expense.
Based on the methods used for each accident period, estimates of ultimate loss and allocated loss adjustment expenses are selected. The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer meet on a quarterly basis to review the recommendations made by the actuarial department, and determine the best estimate to be recorded for the reserve for loss and loss adjustment expense reserves on the balance sheet.
Significant Assumptions Employed in the Recording of the Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Reserve
The most significant assumptions used in the determination of the recorded reserve for loss and loss adjustment expenses as of December 31, 2023 are historical aggregate claim reporting and payment patterns, which is assumed to be indicative of future loss development and trends. Additionally, claim counts are used for analyses relating to natural disasters, such as hurricanes, earthquakes, wind and hail events, and wildfires as losses from these events are inherently more difficult to estimate due to the potential exposure of the catastrophic events. Other assumptions considered include information developed from internal and independent external sources such as premium, rate and cost trends, litigation and regulatory trends, legislative activity, climate change, and social and economic patterns.
The above assumptions most significantly influence our determination of initial expected loss ratios and expected loss reporting and payment patterns which are the key inputs that impact variability in the estimate of the reserve for loss and loss adjustment expenses. While there can be no assurance that any of the above assumptions as
77



utilized will prove to be correct, we believe that these assumptions represent a realistic and appropriate basis for estimating the reserve for loss and loss adjustment expense reserves.
The following table summarizes gross and net reserves for unpaid loss and LAE as of December 31, (in millions):
December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
GrossNetGrossNet
Loss and loss adjustment reserves
IBNR$217.2 $72.5 $200.6 $47.4 
Case reserves105.3 28.6 93.2 17.6 
Total reserves$322.5 $101.1 $293.8 $65.0 
Sensitivity Analysis
The table below shows the impact on the loss and loss adjustment expense reserve based on reasonably likely changes to our held unpaid amounts after consideration of our proportional and non-proportional reinsurance as of December 31, 2023 (in millions).
10% increase in
ultimate loss and
loss adjustment
expenses
10% decrease in
ultimate loss and
loss adjustment
expenses
Impact on:
Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves, net$14.0 $(13.8)
For additional information refer to Note 11, Reinsurance, of the audited consolidated financial statements.
Reinsurance Recoverable
We also estimated the amount of reinsurance recoverable from reinsurance contracts. Reinsurance assets include reinsurance recoverable on unpaid loss and loss adjustment expense reserves that are estimated as part of our loss reserving process and, consequently, are subject to similar judgments and uncertainties. This estimate requires significant judgment for which key considerations include:
paid and unpaid amounts recoverable;
any balances in dispute or subject to legal collection;
the financial wellbeing of a reinsurer (i.e. insolvent, liquidated, in receivership or otherwise subject to formal or informal regulatory restriction);
the likelihood of collection of the reinsurance recovery considering factors such as, amounts outstanding, length of collection periods, disputes, any collateral or letters of credit held and other relevant factors.
For ceded reinsurance, risk transfer requirements must be met for reinsurance accounting to apply. If risk transfer requirements are not met, the contract is accounted for as a deposit, resulting in the recognition of cash flows under the contract through a deposit asset or liability and not as revenue or expense. To meet risk transfer requirements, a reinsurance contract must include both insurance risk, consisting of both underwriting and timing risk, and a reasonable possibility of a significant loss for the assuming entity. Similar risk transfer criteria are used to determine whether directly written insurance contracts should be accounted for as insurance or as a deposit.
For additional information refer to Note 12, Geographical Breakdown of Gross Written Premium, to the audited consolidated financial statements.
Recoverability of Our Net Deferred Tax Asset
The evaluation of the recoverability of our deferred tax asset and the need for a valuation allowance requires us to weigh all positive and negative evidence to reach a conclusion, that it is more likely than not, that all
78



or some portion of the deferred tax asset will be realized. The weight given to the evidence is commensurate with the extent to which it can be objectively verified. The more negative evidence that exists, the more positive evidence is necessary and the more difficult it is to support a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not needed.
We consider a number of factors to reliably estimate future taxable income so we can determine the extent of our ability to realize net operating loss (“NOL”), foreign tax credits, realized capital loss and other carryforwards. These factors include forecasts of future income for each of our businesses and actual and planned business and operational changes, both of which include assumptions about future macroeconomic and company-specific conditions and events. We subject the forecasts to stresses of key assumptions and evaluate the effect on tax attribute utilization.
As of December 31, 2023, we have U.S. federal and state NOL carryforwards of $719.8 million and $326.7 million, respectively. We have $166.2 million of Dual Consolidated Losses in a 953(d) company, RH Solutions Insurance (Cayman) Ltd. The provisions of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 eliminated the 20-year carryforward period so that federal NOLs generated in tax years after December 31, 2017 do not expire. For such amounts generated prior to 2018, the 20-year carryforward periods continue to apply. For additional information refer to Note 17, Income Taxes, to the audited consolidated financial statements.
For additional information refer to Note 17, Income Taxes, to the audited consolidated financial statements.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
For further information on recently issued accounting pronouncements, see Note 1, Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the accompanying notes related thereto which areto consolidated financial statements included in “Item 8. FinancialPart II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”Data" of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Certain information contained in the discussion and analysis set forth below includes forward-looking statements. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those that will be set forth in our preliminary prospectus/proxy statement to be included in a Registration Statement on Form S-4 that we will file with the SEC relating to our proposed business combination with Hippo Enterprises Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Hippo Business Combination”). Certain information contained in the discussion and analysis set forth below includes forward-looking statements. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those set forth under “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Risk Factor Summary,” “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

This “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” has been amended and restated to give effect to the restatement of our financial statements, as more fully described in Note 2 to our financial statements entitled “Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements”. For further detail regarding the restatement, see “Explanatory Note” and “Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.”

Overview

Emerging Growth Company Status
We are a blank check company incorporated on October 2, 2020 as a Cayman Islands exempted company for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (the “Business Combination”). While we may pursue an initial Business Combination target in any industry or geographic location, we intend to focus our search for a target business operating in the consumer internet, mobile gaming or broader technology sectors. Our sponsor is Reinvent Sponsor Z LLC, a Cayman Islands exempted limited liability company (our “Sponsor”).

Our registration statement for our initial public offering (the “Initial Public Offering”) was declared effective on November 18, 2020. On November 23, 2020, we consummated our Initial Public Offering of 23,000,000 units (the “Units” and, with respect to the Class A ordinary shares included in the Units offered, the “Public Shares”), including 3,000,000 additional Units to cover over-allotments (the “Over-Allotment Units”), at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $230.0 million, and incurring offering costs of approximately $13.1 million, inclusive of approximately $8.1 million in deferred underwriting commissions.

Substantially concurrently with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, we consummated the private placement (the “Private Placement”) of 4,400,000 warrants (each, a “Private Placement Warrant” and collectively, the “Private Placement Warrants”), at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant to our Sponsor, generating gross proceeds of $6.6 million.

Upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement, an aggregate of $230.0 million ($10.00 per Unit) of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and certain of the proceeds of the Private Placement was placed in a trust account (“Trust Account”) with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee and invested in United States government treasury bills with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds investing solely in U.S. Treasuries and meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account as described below.

If we are unable to complete a Business Combination within 27 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering (as such period may be extended, the “Combination Period”), we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to fund our working capital requirements, subject to an annual limit of $165,000, and/or to pay our income taxes, if any (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of the then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish Public Shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any); and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case, to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

Proposed Hippo Business Combination

On March 3, 2021, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with Hippo Enterprises Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Hippo”), and RTPZ Merger Sub Inc., a Delaware corporation and our direct wholly-owned subsidiary (“Merger Sub”). The Merger Agreement provides that, among other things and upon the terms and subject to the conditions thereof, the following transactions will occur (together with the other agreements and transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, the “Hippo Business Combination”): (i) at the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (the “Closing”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Merger Agreement and in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended (the “DGCL”), (a) Merger Sub will merge with and into Hippo, the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub will cease and Hippo will be the surviving corporation and our wholly-owned subsidiary (the “First Merger”) and (b) immediately following the First Merger, Hippo (as the surviving corporation of the First Merger) will merge with and into us, the separate corporate existence of Hippo will cease and we will be the surviving corporation (the “Second Merger” and, together with the First Merger, the “Mergers”); (ii) as a result of the Merger, among other things, all outstanding shares of capital stock of Hippo will be canceled in exchange for the right to receive, in the aggregate, a number of shares of RTPZ Common Stock (as defined below) equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) $5,522,000,000 (representing the enterprise value of $5,000,000,000 plus Hippo’s cash as of December 31, 2020 ($522,000,000)) by (y) $10.00; and (iii) upon the effective time of the Domestication (as defined below), we will immediately be renamed “Hippo Holdings Inc.”

Prior to the Closing, subject to the approval of our shareholders, and in accordance with the DGCL, Cayman Islands Companies Act (as revised) (the “CICA”) and our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, we will effect a deregistration under the CICA and a domestication under Section 388 of the DGCL (by means of filing a certificate of domestication with the Secretary of State of Delaware), pursuant to which our jurisdiction of incorporation will be changed from the Cayman Islands to the State of Delaware (the “Domestication”).

In connection with the Domestication, (i) each of our then issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, will convert automatically, on a one-for-one basis, into a share of common stock, par value $0.0001, of our company (after the Domestication) (the “RTPZ Common Stock”), (ii) each of our then issued and outstanding Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, will convert automatically, on a one-for-one basis, into a share of RTPZ Common Stock, (iii) each of our then issued and outstanding warrant will convert automatically into a warrant to acquire one share of RTPZ Common Stock (“Domesticated RTPZ Warrant”), and (iv) each of our then issued and outstanding unit (the “Cayman RTPZ Units”) will convert automatically into a share of RTPZ Common Stock, on a one-for-one basis, and one-fifth of one Domesticated RTPZ Warrant.

On March 3, 2021, concurrently with the execution of the Merger Agreement, we entered into subscription agreements with certain investors (collectively, the “PIPE Investors”), pursuant to, and on the terms and subject to the conditions of which, the PIPE Investors have collectively subscribed for 55 million shares of RTPZ Common Stock for an aggregate purchase price equal to $550 million (the “PIPE Investment”).

The consummation of the proposed Hippo Business Combination is subject to certain conditions as further described in the Merger Agreement.

For more information about the Merger Agreement and the proposed Hippo Business Combination, see our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 4, 2021 (Film No. 21712518) and the Hippo Disclosure Statement that we will file with the SEC. Unless specifically stated, this Annual Report does not give effect to the proposed Hippo Business Combination and does not contain the risks associated with the proposed Hippo Business Combination. Such risks and effects relating to the proposed Hippo Business Combination will be included in the Hippo Disclosure Statement.

Results of Operations

Our entire activity from inception through December 31, 2020 related to our formation, the preparation for the Initial Public Offering, and since the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the search for a prospective initial Business Combination. We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues to date. We will not generate any operating revenues until after completion of our initial Business Combination, at the earliest. We will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash and cash equivalents. We expect to incur increased expenses as a result of being a public company (for legal, financial reporting, accounting and auditing compliance), as well as for due diligence expenses. Additionally, we recognize non-cash gains and losses within other income (expense) related to changes in recurring fair value measurement of our warrant liabilities at each reporting period.

For the period from October 2, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, we had a net loss of approximately $1.5 million, which consisted of approximately $866,000, loss from changes in fair value of derivative liabilities, approximately $374,000 for financing activities and approximately $250,000 in general and administrative costs partially offset by approximately $18,000 of income on the investments held in the Trust Account.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately $623,000 in our operating bank accounts, working capital of approximately $1.5 million, and approximately $18,000 in interest income available in the Trust Account to fund our working capital requirements, subject to an annual limit of $165,000, and/or to pay our taxes, if any.

Our liquidity needs have been satisfied prior to the completion of the Initial Public Offering through receipt of a $25,000 capital contribution from our Sponsor in exchange for the issuance of the Founder Shares to our Sponsor and the advancement of funds by our Sponsor to cover our expenses in connection with the Initial Public Offering. In addition, our Sponsor advanced approximately $60,000 to us under a promissory note (the “Note”). The Company repaid the Note in full as of November 23, 2020. Subsequent to the consummation of the Initial Public Offering and Private Placement, our liquidity needs have been satisfied from the proceeds from the consummation of the Initial Public Offering and Private Placement not held in the Trust Account. In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, our Sponsor or an affiliate of our Sponsor, or our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, provide us working capital loans (“Working Capital Loans”). As of December 31, 2020, there were no amounts outstanding under any Working Capital Loan.

Based on the foregoing, management believes that we will have sufficient working capital and borrowing capacity from our Sponsor or an affiliate of our Sponsor, or our officers and directors to meet our needs through the earlier of the consummation of a Business Combination or one year from this filing. Over this time period, we will be using these funds for paying existing accounts payable, identifying and evaluating prospective initial Business Combination candidates, performing due diligence on prospective target businesses, paying for travel expenditures, selecting the target business to merge with or acquire, and structuring, negotiating and consummating the Business Combination.

We continue to evaluate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and has concluded that the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of the balance sheet. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Contractual Obligations

We do not have any long-term debt obligations, capital lease obligations, operating lease obligations, purchase obligations or long-term liabilities, other than an agreement to pay support services fees to Reinvent Capital LLC (“Reinvent Capital”) that total $625,000 per year for support and administrative services (the “Support Services Agreement”), as well as reimburse Reinvent Capital for any out-of-pocket expenses it incurs in connection with providing services or for office space under this agreement. As of December 31, 2020, the Company paid $156,250 to Reinvent Capital as part of the Support Services Agreement and recognized approximately $52,000 in the statement of operations for the period from October 2, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, the balance of approximately $104,000 is included in Prepaid Expenses on the balance sheet at December 31, 2020. For the period from October 2, 2020 through December 31, 2020, the Company incurred approximately $12,000 in reimbursable expenses paid by Reinvent Capital under the Support Services Agreement, which was recognized in the statement of operations and included in Due to Related Party on the balance sheet at December 31, 2020.

Critical Accounting Policies

This management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in our financial statements. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments, including those related to fair value of financial instruments and accrued expenses. We base our estimates on historical experience, known trends and events and various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. The Company has identified the following as its critical accounting policies:

Derivative Warrant Liabilities

We do not use derivative instruments to hedge exposures to cash flow, market or foreign currency risks. We evaluate all of our financial instruments, including issued stock purchase warrants, to determine if such instruments are derivatives or contain features that qualify as embedded derivatives, pursuant to ASC 480 and ASC 815-15. The classification of derivative instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities or as equity, is re-assessed at the end of each reporting period.

We issued an aggregate of 4,600,000 common stock warrants associated with Units issued to investors in our Initial Public Offering and the underwriters’ exercise of their overallotment option and we issued 4,400,000 Private Placement Warrants. All of our outstanding warrants are recognized as derivative liabilities in accordance with ASC 815-40. Accordingly, we recognize the warrant instruments as liabilities at fair value and adjust the instruments to fair value at each reporting period. The liabilities are subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date until exercised, and any change in fair value is recognized in the Company’s statement of operations. The fair value of warrants issued in connection with the Public Offering, Over-Allotment exercise and Private Placement has been estimated using Monte-Carlo simulations at each measurement date.

Class A Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemption

Class A ordinary shares subject to mandatory redemption (if any) are classified as liability instruments and are measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable Class A ordinary shares (including Class A ordinary shares that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, Class A ordinary shares are classified as shareholders’ equity. Our Class A ordinary shares feature certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of our control and subject to the occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, at December 31, 2020, 20,484,749 Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption are presented as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ equity section of the Company’s balance sheet.

Net Income (Loss) Per Ordinary Share

Net income (loss) per ordinary share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. We have not considered the effect of the warrants sold in the Initial

Public Offering and the Private Placement to purchase an aggregate of 9,000,000 of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares in the calculation of diluted income (loss) per share, since their inclusion would be anti-dilutive under the treasury stock method.

Our statement of operations includes a presentation of income (loss) per share for ordinary shares subject to redemption in a manner similar to the two-class method of income (loss) per share. Net income (loss) per ordinary share, basic and diluted for Class A ordinary shares are calculated by dividing the interest income (loss) earned on investments held in the Trust Account, net of applicable taxes and interest to fund working capital requirements, subject to an annual limit of $165,000, available to be withdrawn from the Trust Account, resulting in income of approximately $19,000 for the period from October 2, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, by the weighted average number of Class A ordinary shares outstanding for the period. Net loss per ordinary share, basic and diluted for Class B ordinary shares is calculated by dividing the net income (loss), less income (loss) attributable to Class A ordinary shares by the weighted average number of Class B ordinary shares outstanding for the period.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Our management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards if currently adopted would have a material effect on the accompanying financial statements.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2020, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K.

JOBS Act

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”) contains provisions that, among other things, relax certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. We qualify as an “emerging growth company” and under the JOBS ActAct. Accordingly, we are allowedprovided the option to comply withadopt new or revised accounting pronouncements based onguidance either (1) within the effective date forsame periods as those otherwise applicable to non-emerging growth companies or (2) within the same time periods as private (not publicly traded) companies.

We are electinghave elected to delay the adoption ofadopt new or revised accounting standards, andguidance within the same time period as a result, weprivate companies, unless management determines that it is preferable to take advantage of early adoption provisions offered within the applicable guidance. Our utilization of these transition periods may not comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. As a result, themake it difficult to compare our financial statements may not be comparable to those of non-emerging growth companies and other emerging growth companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

Additionally, we are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on the other reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if, as an “emerging growth company,” we choose to rely on such exemptions we may not be required to, among other things, (i) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404, (ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, (iii) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the PCAOB regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis) and (iv) disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the CEO’s compensation to median employee compensation. These exemptions will apply for a period of five years following the completion of our Initial Public Offering or until we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” whichever is earlier.

This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company that is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company that hashave opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because ofperiods afforded under the JOBS Act.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Market risk is the potential differencesloss arising from adverse changes in accounting standards used.

Item 7.A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk.

market rates and prices, such as interest rates. We are a smaller reporting company as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Actprimarily exposed to market risk through our fixed maturities investments. We invest our excess cash primarily in money market accounts, corporate and are not requiredforeign securities, residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities, and other governmental related securities. Our current investment strategy seeks first to preserve principal, second to provide liquidity for our operating and capital needs, and third to maximize yield without putting principal at risk. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Our investments are exposed to market risk due to the information otherwise required under this item.

fluctuation of prevailing interest rates that may reduce the yield on our investments or their fair value. Management does not expect our results of operations or cash flows to be materially affected to any degree by a sudden change in market interest rates.

79




Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

REINVENT TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS Z

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.

INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Page
Page
No.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

(PCAOB ID: 34)
F-2
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 42)

Consolidated Financial Statements:

F-3

F-4

Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the period from October 2, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 (Restated)

F-5

StatementConsolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the period from October  2, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 (Restated)

F-6

F-7



Schedules are omitted for the reason that they are not required, are not applicable, or that equivalent information has been included in the financial statements or notes thereto or elsewhere herein.
80



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


To the ShareholdersStockholders and the Board of Directors of

Reinvent Technology Partners Z

Hippo Holdings Inc.


Opinion on the Financial Statements


We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Reinvent Technology Partners ZHippo Holdings Inc. (the “Company”"Company"), as of December 31, 2020,2023, the related statementsconsolidated statement of operations changes in shareholders’and comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows, for the period from October 2, 2020 (inception) throughyear ended December 31, 2020,2023, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”"financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020,2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from October 2, 2020 (inception) throughyear ended December 31, 2020,2023, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Restatement of Financial Statements

As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued a public statement entitled Staff Statement on Accounting and ReportingConsiderations for Warrants Issued by SpecialPurpose Acquisition Companies (“SPACs”) (the “Public Statement”) on April 12, 2021, which discusses the accounting for certain warrants as liabilities. The Company previously accounted for its warrants as equity instruments. Management evaluated its warrants against the Public Statement, and determined that the warrants should be accounted for as liabilities. Accordingly, the 2020 financial statements have been restated to correct the accounting and related disclosure for the warrants.


Basis for Opinion


These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’sCompany's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’sCompany's financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”)(PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.


We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.


Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.


/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC

Deloitte & Touche LLP


Costa Mesa, California
March 6, 2024

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2023.






81



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Hippo Holdings Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Hippo Holdings Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2022, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2022 and 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2022, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.


/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

New York, New York

May 10, 2021

2019


San Francisco, California

March 2, 2023,

except for Note 22, as to which the date is

March 6, 2024

82

REINVENT TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS Z

BALANCE SHEET

DECEMBER 31, 2020

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(As Restated)

Assets:

  

Current assets

  

Cash

  $622,985 

Prepaid expenses

   1,074,689 
  

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

   1,697,674 

Cash and investments held in Trust Account

   230,018,693 
  

 

 

 

Total Assets

  $231,716,367 
  

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:

  

Current liabilities:

  

Accrued expenses

  $139,684 

Due to related party

   11,560 
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

   151,244 

Deferred legal fees

   200,000 

Deferred underwriting commissions

   8,050,000 

Derivative warrant liabilities

   13,467,630 
  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

   21,868,874 
  

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies

  

Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 20,484,749 shares subject to possible redemption at $10.00 per share

   204,847,490 

Shareholders’ Equity:

  

Preference shares, $0.0001 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding

   —   

Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized; 2,515,251 shares issued and outstanding (excluding 20,484,749 shares subject to possible redemption)

   252 

Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 5,750,000 shares issued and outstanding

   575 

Additional paid-in capital

   6,471,389 

Accumulated deficit

   (1,472,213
  

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

   5,000,003 
  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

  $231,716,367 
  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral partIn millions, except share and per share data)

December 31,
20232022
Assets
Investments:
Fixed maturities available-for-sale, at fair value (amortized cost: $164.6 million and $127.3 million, respectively)$161.7 $121.1 
Short-term investments187.1 324.8 
Total investments348.8 445.9 
Cash and cash equivalents142.1 194.5 
Restricted cash53.0 50.0 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $0.5 million and $0.3 million, respectively145.2 107.2 
Reinsurance recoverable on paid and unpaid losses and LAE281.3 286.3 
Prepaid reinsurance premiums335.6 309.9 
Ceding commissions receivable73.8 45.8 
Capitalized internal use software48.4 38.8 
Intangible assets27.3 26.9 
Other assets69.2 63.6 
Total assets$1,524.7 $1,568.9 
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Liabilities:
Loss and loss adjustment expense reserve$322.5 $293.8 
Unearned premiums419.2 341.3 
Reinsurance premiums payable260.1 207.1 
Provision for commission24.7 5.0 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities113.5 128.2 
Total liabilities1,140.0 975.4 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)
Stockholders’ equity
Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share; 80,000,000 and 80,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively; 24,148,308 and 23,201,434 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively— — 
Additional paid-in capital1,615.2 1,558.0 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(2.9)(7.0)
Accumulated deficit(1,234.4)(961.1)
Total Hippo stockholders' equity377.9 589.9 
Noncontrolling interest6.8 3.6 
Total stockholders’ equity384.7 593.5 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$1,524.7 $1,568.9 
See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

83

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Consolidated Statements of these financial statements.

Operations and Comprehensive Loss

REINVENT TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS Z

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM OCTOBER 2,

2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH

DECEMBER 31, 2020

(As Restated)

General and administrative expenses

  $250,366 
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   (250,366

Other income (expense)

   —   

Unrealized gain on investments held in Trust Account

   18,693 

Financing costs — derivative warrant liabilities

   (374,490

Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities

   (866,050
  

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

   (1,221,847
  

 

 

 

Net loss

  $(1,472,213
  

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding of Class A ordinary shares

   23,000,000 
  

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per ordinary share

  $—   
  

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding of Class B ordinary shares

   5,750,000 
  

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per ordinary share

  $(0.26
  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral partIn millions, except share and per share data)



Year Ended December 31,
20232022
Revenue:
Net earned premium$107.5 $42.5 
Commission income, net63.4 54.3 
Service and fee income15.7 13.9 
Net investment income23.1 9.0 
Total revenue209.7 119.7 
Expenses:
Losses and loss adjustment expenses181.7 101.4 
Insurance related expenses79.1 59.9 
Technology and development47.0 57.5 
Sales and marketing80.1 101.8 
General and administrative79.6 71.5 
Impairment and restructuring charges5.5 55.3 
Other income, net(0.8)(2.5)
Total expenses472.2 444.9 
Loss before income taxes(262.5)(325.2)
Income taxes expense0.5 1.3 
Net loss$(263.0)$(326.5)
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests, net of tax10.1 6.9 
Net loss attributable to Hippo$(273.1)$(333.4)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Change in net unrealized gain (loss) on investments, net of tax4.1 (6.3)
Comprehensive loss attributable to Hippo$(269.0)$(339.7)
Per share data:
Net loss attributable to Hippo – basic and diluted$(273.1)$(333.4)
Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to Hippo - basic and diluted23,578,922 22,747,101 
Net loss per share attributable to Hippo - basic and diluted$(11.58)$(14.66)
See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

84

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Consolidated Statements Stockholders’ Equity
(In millions, except share data)

Common StockAdditional Paid-in CapitalAccumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)Accumulated Deficit Total Hippo Stockholders' EquityNon controlling InterestsTotal Stockholders’ Equity
SharesAmount
Balance at January 1, 202222,601,245 — $1,488.3 $(0.7)$(628.0)$859.6 $2.1 $861.7 
Net Loss— — — — (333.4)(333.4)6.9 (326.5)
Other comprehensive loss— — — (6.3)— (6.3)— (6.3)
Issuance of common stock from stock plans and contingently issuable shares558,314 — 4.9 — — 4.9 — 4.9 
Issuance of common stock for earnout from acquisition45,474 — — — — — — — 
Repurchases of common stock(3,599)— — — — — — — 
Shares withheld related to net share settlement— — (3.9)— — (3.9)— (3.9)
Stock-based compensation expense— — 68.7 — — 68.7 — 68.7 
Other— — — — 0.3 0.3 (5.4)(5.1)
Balance at December 31, 202223,201,434 $— $1,558.0 $(7.0)$(961.1)$589.9 $3.6 $593.5 
Net Loss— — — — (273.1)(273.1)10.1 (263.0)
Other comprehensive income— — — 4.1 — 4.1 — 4.1 
Issuance of common stock from stock plans and contingently issuable shares1,047,668 — 3.3 — — 3.3 — 3.3 
Repurchases of common stock(100,794)— (1.8)— — (1.8)— (1.8)
Shares withheld related to net share settlement— — (4.7)— — (4.7)— (4.7)
Stock-based compensation expense— — 63.1 — — 63.1 — 63.1 
Acquisitions of noncontrolling interests— — (2.7)— — (2.7)(0.5)(3.2)
Other— — — — (0.2)(0.2)(6.4)(6.6)
Balance at December 31, 202324,148,308 $— $1,615.2 $(2.9)$(1,234.4)$377.9 $6.8 $384.7 






See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

85

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Consolidated Statements of these financial statements.

Cash Flows

REINVENT TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS Z

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE PERIOD FROM OCTOBER 2, 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2020

(As Restated)

   Ordinary Shares   Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 
   Class A  Class B 
   Shares  Amount  Shares   Amount 

Balance — October 2, 2020 (inception)

   —    $—     —     $—     $—    $—    $—   

Issuance of Class B ordinary shares to Sponsor

   —     —     5,750,000    575    24,425   —     25,000 

Sale of units in initial public offering less fair value of public warrants

   23,000,000   2,300   —      —      223,608,210   —     223,610,510 

Offering costs

   —     —     —      —      (12,703,714  —     (12,703,714

Excess cash received over fair value of private placement warrants

   —     —     —      —      387,910   —     387,910 

Shares subject to possible redemption

   (20,484,749  (2,048  —      —      (204,845,442  —     (204,847,490

Net loss

   —     —     —      —      —     (1,472,213  (1,472,213
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance — December 31, 2020

   2,515,251  $252   5,750,000   $575   $6,471,389  $(1,472,213 $5,000,003 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

In millions)

REINVENT TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS Z

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM OCTOBER 2,

2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH

DECEMBER 31, 2020

(As Restated)

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

  

Net loss

  $(1,472,213

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

  

General and administrative expenses paid by Sponsor in exchange for issuance of Class B ordinary shares

   25,000 

Unrealized gain on investments held in Trust Account

   (18,693

Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities

   866,050 

Financing costs — derivative warrant liabilities

   374,490 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

  

Prepaid expenses

   (1,074,689

Accrued expenses

   54,684 

Due to related party

   11,560 
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

   (1,233,811
  

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

  

Cash deposited in Trust Account

   (230,000,000
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   (230,000,000
  

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

  

Repayment of note payable to related party

   (60,093

Proceeds received from initial public offering, gross

   230,000,000 

Proceeds received from private placement

   6,600,000 

Offering costs paid

   (4,683,111
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

   231,856,796 
  

 

 

 

Net increase in cash

   622,985 

Cash — beginning of the period

   —   
  

 

 

 

Cash — end of the period

  $622,985 
  

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash activities:

  

Offering costs included in accrued expenses

  $85,000 

Offering costs paid through note payable — related party

  $60,093 

Deferred legal fees

  $200,000 

Deferred underwriting commissions in connection with the initial public offering

  $8,050,000 

Initial value of common stock subject to possible redemption

  $205,911,610 

Change in value of common stock subject to possible redemption

  $(1,064,120

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

Year Ended December 31,
20232022
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss$(263.0)$(326.5)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization19.8 15.2 
Stock–based compensation expense57.5 61.9 
Other changes in fair value(1.5)(4.0)
Change in fair value of contingent consideration liability6.0 4.1 
Impairment charges2.9 53.5 
Other non-cash items(7.4)(3.0)
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable, net(38.0)(50.9)
Reinsurance recoverable on paid and unpaid losses and LAE5.0 (19.4)
Ceding commissions receivable(28.0)(4.2)
Prepaid reinsurance premiums(25.7)(78.3)
Other assets6.2 8.9 
Provision for commission19.7 (7.3)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities(5.5)19.6 
Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves28.7 33.0 
Unearned premiums77.9 88.2 
Reinsurance premiums payable53.0 47.7 
Net cash used in operating activities(92.4)(161.5)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Capitalized internal use software costs(17.1)(14.8)
Purchases of property and equipment(29.6)(4.9)
Purchases of fixed maturities(55.3)(88.8)
Maturities of fixed maturities15.6 10.2 
Sales of fixed maturities3.2 6.5 
Purchases of short-term investments(354.3)(704.2)
Maturities of short-term investments471.6 391.4 
Sales of short-term investments26.7 0.7 
Other(3.2)(2.0)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities57.6 (405.9)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards(4.7)(3.9)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock2.8 4.1 
Share repurchases under program(1.8)— 
Payments of contingent consideration(1.3)(1.7)
Acquisitions of noncontrolling interests(3.2)— 
Distributions to noncontrolling interests and other(6.4)(5.3)
Net cash used in financing activities(14.6)(6.8)
Net decrease in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash(49.4)(574.2)
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at the beginning of the period244.5 818.7 
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at the end of the period$195.1 $244.5 

REINVENT TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS Z

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1—

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

86

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Description of Organization, Business Operations and BasisSummary of Presentation

Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business
Hippo Holdings Inc., referred to herein as “Hippo” or the “Company” was originally incorporated under the name Reinvent Technology Partners Z formerly known as Reinvent Technology Partners B (the “Company”(“RTPZ”), is a blank check company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company, on October 2, 2020. The Company was incorporated2020 for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange,capital stock-exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or similar business combinationcombination. On August 2, 2021, RTPZ domesticated as a Delaware corporation and changed its name to “Hippo Holdings Inc.” (the “Domestication”) and consummated the merger (the “First Merger”) of RTPZ Merger Sub Inc. (“Merger Sub”), a Delaware corporation and subsidiary of RTPZ, with one or more businesses thatand into Hippo Enterprises Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Old Hippo”), with Old Hippo surviving the Merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company has not yet identified (“Businessimmediately following the First Merger, Old Hippo (as the surviving corporation of the First Merger) was merged with and into the Company, with the Company surviving (the “Second Merger” and, together with the First Merger, the “Mergers” or the “Business Combination”).

All activity for the period from October 2, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 relates to the Company’s formation and the initial public offering (the “Initial Public Offering”), which is described below, and, subsequent to the Initial Public Offering, the search for a target company for a Business Combination. The Company has selected December 31 as its fiscal year end. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of its initial Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash and cash equivalents from the net proceeds derived from the Initial Public Offering and Private Placement (defined below).

The Company’s sponsor is Reinvent Sponsor Z LLC, a Cayman Islands limited liability company (“Sponsor”). The registration statement for the Company’s Initial Public OfferingBusiness Combination was declared effective on November 18, 2020. On November 23, 2020, the Company consummated its Initial Public Offering of 23,000,000 units (the “Units” and, with respectcompleted pursuant to the Class A ordinary shares included in the Units, the “Public Shares”), including 3,000,000 additional Units to cover over-allotments (the “Over-Allotment Units”), at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $230.0 million, and incurring offering costs of approximately $13.1 million, inclusive of approximately $8.1 million in deferred underwriting commissions (Note 7).

Substantially concurrently with the closingterms of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the private placement (the “Private Placement”)Agreement and Plan of 4,400,000 warrants (each, a “Private Placement Warrant”Merger, dated as of March 3, 2021, by and collectively, the “Private Placement Warrants”), at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant to the Sponsor, generating gross proceeds of $6.6 million (Note 5).

Upon the closing of the Initial Public Offeringamong RTPZ, Merger Sub and the Private Placement, $230.0 million ($10.00 per Unit) of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and certain of the proceeds of the Private Placement were placed in a trust account (“Trust Account”) with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee and invested in United States government treasury bills with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds investing solely in U.S. Treasuries and meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account as described below.

Old Hippo. The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of its Initial Public Offering and the sale of Private Placement Warrants, although substantiallyheadquarters are located in Palo Alto, California.

The Company’s subsidiary, Hippo Analytics Inc., is a licensed insurance agency that provides various insurance services, including some or all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummatingfollowing services for affiliated and non-affiliated insurance carriers: soliciting, marketing, servicing, underwriting, or providing claims processing services for a Business Combination.variety of personal and commercial insurance products. The Company’s initial Business Combination must be with oneinsurance company subsidiaries, Spinnaker Insurance Company (“Spinnaker”), an Illinois domiciled insurance company, Spinnaker Specialty Insurance Company ("SSIC”), a Texas domiciled authorized surplus lines insurance company, and Mainsail Insurance Company (“MIC”), a Texas domiciled insurance company, underwrite personal and commercial insurance products on a direct basis through licensed insurance agents and surplus lines brokers. The Company also owns RH Solutions Insurance (Cayman) Ltd. (“RHS”), a Cayman domiciled captive insurance company, which assumes insurance risk of policies from affiliated and non-affiliated insurance carriers, a majority of which is for business written through Hippo Analytics Inc. Through Spinnaker or more operating businesses or assets with a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the net assets held in the Trust Account (net of amounts disbursed to management for working capital purposes, if permitted, and excluding the amount of any deferred underwriting discount held in Trust) at the timeRHS, the Company signs a definitive agreement in connection with the initial Business Combination. However, the Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.

The Company will provide its holders of Public Shares (the “Public Shareholders”) with the opportunity to redeem all oralso retains a portion of their Public Shares upon the completionproportional direct insurance risk for programs underwritten by third parties. Hippo Analytics Inc. offers its insurance products through licensed insurance agents, and direct-to-consumer channels. The insurance products offered through Hippo Analytics Inc. primarily include homeowners’ insurance policies that protect customers from the risks of a Business Combination either (i)fire, wind, and theft. Hippo Analytics Inc. is licensed as an insurance agency in connection with a general meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek shareholder approval of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company. The Public Shareholders will be entitled to redeem their Public Shares for a pro rata portion of the amount then in the Trust Account. The per-share amount to be distributed to Public Shareholders who redeem their Public Shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions the Company will pay to the underwriters (as discussed in Note 7). These Public Shares will be recorded at a redemption value and classified as

REINVENT TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS Z

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

temporary equity upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering, in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” In such case, the Company will proceed with a Business Combination if the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation of a Business Combination and a majority of the shares voted are voted in favor of the Business Combination. If a shareholder vote is not required by law50 states and the Company does not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other reasons, the Company will, pursuant to the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articlesDistrict of association (the “Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association”), conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing a Business Combination. If, however, a shareholder approval of the transactions is required by law, or the Company decides to obtain shareholder approval for business or other reasons, the Company will offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. Additionally, each Public Shareholder may elect to redeem their Public Shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction. If the Company seeks shareholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the holders of the Founder Shares (as defined in Note 6) prior to the Initial Public Offering (the “Initial Shareholders”) agreed to vote their Founder Shares and any Public Shares purchased by them during or after the Initial Public Offering in favor of a Business Combination. In addition, the Initial Shareholders agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares and Public Shares in connection with the completion of a Business Combination.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association provides that a Public Shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the Class A ordinary shares sold in the Initial Public Offering, without the prior consent of the Company.

Columbia. The Company’s Sponsor, executive officersother non-insurance subsidiaries offer service contracts, home health check-ups, and directors agreed not to propose an amendment to the Amendedhome care advice.

Basis of Presentation and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association that would affect the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to provide for the redemption of its Public Shares in connection with a Business Combination or to redeem 100% of its Public Shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination, unless the Company provides the Public Shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Class A ordinary shares in conjunction with any such amendment.

If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, or 27 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering if the Company has executed a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement for an initial Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering (as such period may be extended, the “Combination Period”), the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (2) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than 10 business days thereafter, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to fund its working capital requirements, subject to an annual limit of $165,000, and/or to pay its taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish Public Shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any); and (3) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the remaining shareholders and the board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

Consolidation

The Initial Shareholders agreed to waive their liquidation rights with respect to the Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. However, if the Initial Shareholders should acquire Public Shares in or after the Initial Public Offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to such Public Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. The underwriters agreed to waive their rights to their deferred underwriting commission (see Note 7) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Company’s Public Shares. In the

REINVENT TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS Z

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the residual assets remaining available for distribution (including Trust Account assets) will be only $10.00 per share initially held in the Trust Account. In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or other similar agreement or business combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per Public Share and (ii) the actual amount per Public Share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, less taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to the monies held in the Trust Account (whether or not such waiver is enforceable) nor will it apply to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have vendors, service providers (except the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

Note 2—Restatement of Financial Statements

In April 2021, the Company concluded that, because of a misapplication of the accounting guidance related to its Public and Private Placement warrants the Company issued in November 2020, the Company’s previously issued consolidated financial statements for the Affected Periods should no longer be relied upon. As such, the Company is restating its consolidated financial statements for the Affected Periods included in this Annual Report.

On April 12, 2021, the staffand accompanying notes of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC Staff”) issued a public statement entitled “Staff Statement on Accounting and Reporting Considerations for Warrants issued by Special Purpose Acquisition Companies (“SPACs”) (the “SEC Staff Statement”). In the SEC Staff Statement, the SEC Staff expressed its view that certain terms and conditions common to SPAC warrants may require the warrants to be classified as liabilities on the SPAC’s balance sheet as opposed to equity. Since issuance on November 23, 2020 the Company’s warrants were accounted for as equity within the Company’s previously reported balance sheets, and after discussion and evaluation, including with the Company’s independent auditors, management concluded that the warrants should be presented as liabilities with subsequent fair value remeasurement.

Historically, the Warrants were reflected as a component of equity as opposed to liabilities on the balance sheets and the statements of operations did not include the subsequent non-cash changes in estimated fair value of the Warrants, based on our application of FASB ASC Topic 815-40,Derivatives and Hedging, Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (“ASC 815-40”). The views expressed in the SEC Staff Statement were not consistent with the Company’s historical interpretation of the specific provisions within its warrant agreement and the Company’s application of ASC 815-40 to the warrant agreement. The Company reassessed its accounting for Warrants issued on November 23, 2020, in light of the SEC Staff’s published views. Based on this reassessment, management determined that the Warrants should be classified as liabilities measured at fair value upon issuance, with subsequent changes in fair value reported in the Company Statement of Operations each reporting period.

Therefore, the Company, in consultation with its Audit Committee, concluded that its previously issued financial statements for the periods beginning with the period from October 2, 2020 through December 31, 2020 (collectively, the “Affected Periods”) should be restated because of a misapplication in the guidance around accounting for certain of our outstanding warrants to purchase ordinary shares (the “Warrants”) and should no longer be relied upon. The Warrants were issued in connection with the Company’s Initial Public Offering of 23,000,000 Units and the sale of Private Placement warrants completed on November 23, 2020. Each Unit consists of one of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value, and one-half of one redeemable warrant. Each whole Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one of Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share. The Warrants will expire worthless five years from the date of completion of our initial business combination. The material terms of the warrants are more fully described in Note 8—Derivative Warrant Liabilities. See revised Footnote 10 – Fair Value Measurements.

Impact of the Restatement

The impact of the restatement on the balance sheets, statements of operations and statements of cash flows for the Affected Periods is presented below. The restatement had no impact on net cash flows from operating, investing or financing activities.

REINVENT TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS Z

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The tables below present the effect of the financial statement adjustments related to the restatement discussed above of the Company’s previously reported financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020:

   As of December 31, 2020 
   As Previously
Reported
  Restatement
Adjustment
  As Restated 

Balance Sheet

    

Total assets

  $231,716,367  $—    $231,716,367 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

    

Total current liabilities

  $151,244  $—    $151,244 

Deferred legal fees

   200,000   —     200,000 

Deferred underwriting commissions

   8,050,000    8,050,000 

Derivative warrant liabilities

   —     13,467,630   13,467,630 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   8,401,244   13,467,630   21,868,874 

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value; shares subject to possible redemption

   218,315,120   (13,467,630  204,847,490 

Shareholders’ equity

    

Preferred stock - $0.0001 par value

   —     —     —   

Class A common stock - $0.0001 par value

   117   135   252 

Class B common stock - $0.0001 par value

   575   —     575 

Additional paid-in-capital

   5,230,984   1,240,405   6,471,389 

Accumulated deficit

   (231,673  (1,240,540  (1,472,213
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

   5,000,003   —     5,000,003 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $231,716,367  $—    $231,716,367 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

   Period From October 2, 2020 (Inception)
Through December 31, 2020
 
  

 

 

 
   As Previously
Reported
  Restatement
Adjustment
  As Restated 

Statement of Operations

 

Loss from operations

  $(250,366 $—    $(250,366

Other (expense) income:

 

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

   —     (866,050  (866,050

Financing costs

   —     (374,490  (374,490

Unrealized gain on investments held in Trust Account

   18,693   —     18,693 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other (expense) income

   18,693   (1,240,540  (1,221,847
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss

  $(231,673 $(1,240,540 $(1,472,213
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted weighted-average Class A common stock outstanding

   23,000,000    23,000,000 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted net loss per Class A common shares

  $0.00   $—   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted weighted-average Class B common stock outstanding

   5,750,000    5,750,000 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted net loss per Class B common shares

  $(0.06  $(0.26
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

   Period From October 2, 2020 (Inception) Through
December 31, 2020
 
  

 

 

 
   As Previously
Reported
  Restatement
Adjustment
  As Restated 

Statement of Cash Flows

 

Net loss

  $(231,673 $(1,240,540 $(1,472,213

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities

   6,307   1,240,540   1,246,847 

Net cash used in operating activities

   (1,233,811  —     (1,233,811

Net cash used in investing activities

   (230,000,000  —     (230,000,000

Net cash provided by financing activities

   231,856,796   —     231,856,796 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net change in cash

  $622,985  $—    $622,985 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

In addition, the impact to the balance sheet dated November 23, 2020, filed on Form 8-K on November 28, 2020 related to the impact of accounting for the public and private warrants as liabilities at fair value resulted in a $12.6 million increase to the derivative warrant liabilities line item at November 23, 2020 and offsetting decrease to the Class A common stock subject to possible redemption mezzanine equity line item. The table below presents the effect of the financial statement adjustments related to the restatement discussed above of the Company’s previously reported balance sheet dated November 23, 2020.

   As of November 23, 2020 
   As Previously
Reported
  Restatement
Adjustment
  As Restated 

Unaudited Condensed Balance Sheet

    

Total assets

  $233,001,707  $—    $233,001,707 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

    

Total current liabilities

  $1,438,508  $—    $1,438,508 

Deferred underwriting commissions

   8,050,000   —     8,050,000 

Derivative warrant liabilities

   —     12,601,580   12,601,580 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   9,488,508   12,601,580   22,090,088 

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value; shares subject to possible redemption

   218,513,190   (12,601,580  205,911,610 

Shareholders’ equity

    

Preferred stock- $0.0001 par value

   —     —     —   

Class A common stock - $0.0001 par value

   115   126   241 

Class B common stock - $0.0001 par value

   575   —     575 

Additional paid-in-capital

   5,032,916   374,364   5,407,280 

Accumulated deficit

   (33,597  (374,490  (408,087
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

   5,000,009   —     5,000,009 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $233,001,707  $—    $233,001,707 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Note 3—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The Company’s financial statements have been prepared in conformityaccordance with generally accepted accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and include all adjustments necessaryits wholly owned subsidiaries where it has controlling financial interests, and any variable interest entities for which the fair presentationCompany is deemed to be the primary beneficiary. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Reverse Stock Split
On September 29, 2022, the Company filed a Certificate of Amendment to its Certificate of Incorporation to effect a one-for-25 reverse stock split of the Company’s financial positioncommon stock and a corresponding adjustment to its authorized capital stock (the “Reverse Stock Split”), effective as of 11:59 p.m. Eastern Daylight Time on September 29, 2022 (the “Effective Time”). All share and per share information has been retroactively adjusted to give effect to the Reverse Stock Split for all periods presented, unless otherwise indicated.
As a result of the period presented.

REINVENT TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS Z

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As describedReverse Stock Split, every 25 shares of the Company’s issued and outstanding common stock were automatically converted into one share of issued and outstanding common stock. No fractional shares were issued as a result of the Reverse Stock Split. Stockholders who otherwise would have been entitled to receive fractional shares of common stock were entitled to receive cash in Note 2—Restatement of Previously Issuedan amount equal to the product obtained by

87

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

multiplying (a) the closing price per share of the common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange as of the first trading day following the Effective Time, by (b) the fraction of one share owned by the stockholder.
Proportionate adjustments were made to the number of shares issuable upon the exercise or vesting of all stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units or other stock-based awards or rights (the “Stock-Based Awards”) and warrants outstanding at the Effective Time, as well as certain performance goals applicable to certain of Stock-Based Awards, which resulted in a proportional decrease in the number of shares of the Company’s common stock reserved for issuance upon exercise or vesting of such Stock-Based Awards and warrants, and, in the case of stock options, purchase rights outstanding under the Company’s 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and warrants, a proportional increase in the exercise price of such stock options, purchase rights and warrants. In addition, the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Company’s 2021 Incentive Award Plan and 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan were proportionately reduced.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the period from October 2, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 (the “Affected Periods”), are restated in this Annual Report on Form 10-K/A (Amendment No. 1) (this “Annual Report”) to correct the misapplication of accounting guidance related to the Company’s warrants in the Company’s previously issued audited and unaudited condensed financial statements for such periods. The restated financial statements are indicated as “Restated” in the audited and unaudited condensed financial statements and accompanying notes, as applicable. See Note 2—Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements for further discussion

Emerging Growth Company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard.

This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company that is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company that has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had approximately $623,000 in its operating bank accounts, and working capital of approximately $1.5 million.

REINVENT TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS Z

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Company’s liquidity needs to date have been satisfied through a contribution of $25,000 from the Sponsor to cover certain expenses in exchange for the issuance of the Founder Shares (see Note 6), the loan of approximately $60,000 from the Sponsor pursuant to the Note (see Note 6), and the proceeds from the consummation of the Initial Public Offering and Private Placement not held in the Trust Account. The Company fully repaid the Note as of November 23, 2020. In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, provide the Company Working Capital Loans (see Note 6). As of December 31, 2020, there were no amounts outstanding under any Working Capital Loan.

Based on the foregoing, management believes that the Company will have sufficient working capital and borrowing capacity from the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors to meet its needs through the earlier of the consummation of a Business Combination and one year from this filing. Over this time period, the Company will be using these funds for paying existing accounts payable, identifying and evaluating prospective initial Business Combination candidates, performing due diligence on prospective target businesses, paying for travel expenditures, selecting the target business to merge with or acquire, and structuring, negotiating and consummating the Business Combination.

Risk and Uncertainties

On January 30, 2020, the World Health Organization (“WHO”) announced a global health emergency because of a new strain of coronavirus (the “COVID-19 outbreak”). In March 2020, the WHO classified the COVID-19 outbreak as a pandemic, based on the rapid increase in exposure globally. The full impact of the COVID-19 outbreak continues to evolve. The impact of the COVID-19 outbreak on the Company’s results of operations, financial position and cash flows will depend on future developments, including the duration and spread of the outbreak and related advisories and restrictions. These developments and the impact of the COVID-19 outbreak on the financial markets and the overall economy are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted. If the financial markets and/or the overall economy are impacted for an extended period, the Company’s results of operations, financial position and cash flows may be materially adversely affected. Additionally, the Company’s ability to complete an initial Business Combination may be materially adversely affected due to significant governmental measures that have been, and may in the future be, implemented to contain the COVID-19 outbreak or treat its impact, including travel restrictions, the shutdown of businesses and quarantines, among others, which may limit the Company’s ability to have meetings with potential investors or affect the ability of a potential target company’s personnel, vendors and service providers to negotiate and consummate an initial Business Combination in a timely manner. The Company’s ability to consummate an initial Business Combination may also be dependent on the ability to raise additional equity and debt financing, which may be impacted by the COVID-19 outbreak and the resulting market downturn.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Makingperiods. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include, but are not limited to, loss and loss adjustment expense (“LAE”) reserves, provision for commission slide and cancellations, reinsurance recoverable on paid and unpaid losses and LAE, the fair values of investments,stock-based awards, warrant liabilities, contingent consideration liabilities, acquired intangible assets and goodwill, deferred tax assets, and uncertain tax positions. The Company evaluates these estimates on an ongoing basis. These estimates are informed by experience and other assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ significantly from these estimates.

Business Combinations
The Company accounts for acquisitions of entities or asset groups that qualify as businesses using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. Purchase consideration is allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair values as of the acquisition date, which are measured in accordance with the principles outlined in ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement. The determination of fair value requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possiblemake estimates about discount rates, future expected cash flows, market conditions and other future events that the estimateare highly subjective in nature. The excess of the effecttotal purchase consideration over the fair value of a condition, situation or setthe identified net assets acquired is recognized as goodwill. The results of circumstances that existed atthe acquired businesses are included in the results of operations beginning from the date of acquisition. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.
During the financial statements,measurement period, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could changemay be up to one year from the acquisition date, the Company may record adjustments to the allocation of purchase consideration and to the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed to the extent that additional information becomes available. After this period, any subsequent adjustments are recorded in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.

Cash, and Cash Equivalents,

and Restricted Cash

Cash consists of cash on deposit. The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity ofhighly liquid securities readily convertible to cash, that mature within three months or less when purchasedfrom the original date of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Investments Held in Trust Account

The Company’s portfoliorestricted cash relates to cash restricted to support issued letter of investments is comprised solely of U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act, with a maturity of 185 days or less, or investments in money market funds that invest in U.S. government securities, or a combination thereof.credits and collateral to insurers. The Company’s investments

restricted cash also includes fiduciary assets.

REINVENT TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS Z

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Fiduciary Assets and Liabilities

In its capacity as an insurance agent and broker, the Company collects premiums from insureds and, after deducting its commission, remits the premiums to the respective insurers. The Company also processes claims on behalf of insurers and collects claims from insurers on behalf of insureds. Premiums collected from insureds but not yet remitted to insurance companies and claims collected from insurance companies but not yet remitted to insureds are fiduciary assets. Fiduciary assets are recorded within restricted cash in the Company’s consolidated balance
88

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

sheets. Unremitted insurance premiums and claims held in a fiduciary capacity and the Trust Account are classifiedobligation to remit these funds is recorded as trading securities. Trading securities are presented onfiduciary liabilities within accrued expenses and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheetssheets.
Investments
The Company has categorized its investment portfolio as available-for-sale and has reported the portfolio at fair value, at the end of each reporting period. Gainsadjusted for allowance for expected credit losses, with unrealized gains and losses, resulting fromnet of tax, reported as an amount in other comprehensive loss. Fair values are based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes, if available. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities. Amortization of premium and accretion of discount are computed using the changescientific method (constant yield to worst). Realized gains and losses are determined using specific identification method and included in the determination of income. Net investment income includes interest and dividend income, amortization and accretion of investment premiums and discounts, respectively, realized gains and losses on sales of securities, and changes in the allowance for expected credit losses in the fair value of securities, if any.
The Company reviews all securities with unrealized losses on a quarterly basis to assess whether the decline in the securities fair value necessitates the recognition of an allowance for credit losses. Factors considered in the review include the extent to which the fair value has been less than amortized cost, and current market interest rates and whether the unrealized loss is credit-driven or a result of changes in market interest rates. The Company also considers factors specific to the issuer including the general financial condition of the issuer, the issuers industry and future business prospects, any past failure of issuer to make scheduled interest or principal payments, and the payment structure of the investment and the issuers ability to make contractual payments on the investment.
The Company also considers whether it intends to sell the security or if it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost. When assessing whether it intends to sell a fixed-maturity security or if it is likely to be required to sell a fixed-maturity security before recovery of its amortized cost, the Company evaluates facts and circumstances including, but not limited to, decisions to reposition the investment portfolio, potential sales of investments to meet cash flow needs, and potential sales of investments to capitalize on favorable pricing.
For fixed-maturity securities where a decline in fair value of these securities is included in unrealized loss on investments held in Trust Account inbelow the accompanying statement of operations. The estimated fair values of investments held in the Trust Account are determined using available market information.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subjectamortized cost basis and the Company intends to concentrationssell the security, or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of credit risk consistits amortized cost, a credit-loss charge is recognized in net income based on the fair value of cash accounts in a financial institution, which,the security at times, may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Coveragetime of $250,000, and investments held in Trust Account. At December 31, 2020,assessment. For fixed-maturity securities that the Company has not experienced losses on these accountsthe intent and management believesability to hold, the Company compares the estimated present value of the cash flows expected to be collected to the amortized cost of the security. The extent to which the estimated present value of the cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost of the security represents the credit-related portion of the impairment, which is recognized in net income through an allowance for credit losses. Any remaining decline in fair value represents the noncredit portion of the impairment, which is recognized in other comprehensive income.

The Company did not exposedidentify any available-for-sale securities as of December 31, 2023 which presented a risk of loss due to significant risks on such accounts.

credit deterioration of the security.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair

The Company applies fair value is definedaccounting for all financial assets and liabilities and non-financial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the consolidated financial statements on a recurring basis. The Company defines fair value as the price that would be received for sale offrom selling an asset or paid forto transfer of a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. U.S. GAAP establishes a three-tierWhen determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities, which are required to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which the Company would transact and the market-based risk measurements or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, such as risks inherent in valuation techniques, transfer restrictions, and credit risk. Fair value is estimated by applying the following hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuringto measure fair value.

Thevalue into three levels and bases the

89

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

categorization within the hierarchy givesupon the highest prioritylowest level of input that is available and significant to unadjusted quotedthe fair value measurement:         
Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) andthat are publicly accessible at the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). These tiers include:

measurement date.

Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets;

Level 2 defined as— Observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable such as quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets oridentical assets and liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3 — Inputs that are generally unobservable and typically reflect management’s estimate of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.
The Company’s financial instruments include cash equivalents, restricted cash, fixed maturities, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable, assumed and ceded reinsurance contracts, preferred stock warrants and public and private warrants. Cash equivalents and restricted cash are principally stated at amortized cost, which approximates their fair value. Short-term investments and preferred stock warrants are reported at fair value. The recorded carrying amount of accounts receivable, assumed and ceded reinsurance contracts, and accounts payable approximates their fair value due to their short-term nature.
Concentration of Credit Risks
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk are primarily comprised of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, fixed maturities available-for-sale, and reinsurance recoverables. Cash deposits may, at times, exceed amounts insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Securities Investor Protection Corporation. However, its exposure to credit risk in marketsthe event of default by the financial institutions is limited to the extent of amounts recorded on the consolidated balance sheet. The Company performs evaluations of the relative credit standing of these financial institutions to limit the amount of credit exposure. The Company has not experienced any losses on its deposits of cash and cash equivalents to date. The Company limits its exposure to credit losses by investing in money market funds, U.S. government securities, or securities with average credit quality of AA- or better. Premium receivables are a mix of receivables due from policyholders, agents, and program administrators. The Company has no significant off-balance-sheet concentration of credit risks such as foreign exchange contracts, option contracts, or other foreign hedging arrangements.
The Company enters into quota share and excess of loss contracts which may be susceptible to catastrophe exposure. The ceding of insurance does not legally discharge the Company from its primary liability for the full amount of the policy coverage, and therefore the Company will be required to pay the loss and bear collection risk if the reinsurer fails to meet its obligations under the reinsurance agreement. To minimize exposure to significant losses from reinsurance insolvencies, the Company evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers, monitors concentrations of credit risk and, in certain circumstances, holds substantial collateral (in the form of funds withheld and letters of credit) as security under the reinsurance agreements.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable consists of premium receivables and commission receivables and is reported net of an allowance for premium amounts or estimated uncollectible commission. Generally premiums and commissions are collected prior to providing coverage, minimizing the Company’s exposure to credit risk. Premiums and commissions receivable are short-term in nature and due within a year. The Company has established an allowance for uncollectible premiums and commissions related to credit risk, which it reviews on a quarterly basis. In its review, the Company considers length of collection periods, the creditworthiness of the insured, economic environment, specific regulatory developments and other relevant factors. Amounts deemed to be uncollectible are written off against the allowance.
Write-offs of receivables have not been material to the Company during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.

90

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Reinsurance
Reinsurance recoverable, including amounts related to incurred but not reported claims (“IBNR”), represent paid losses and LAE and reserves for unpaid losses and LAE ceded to reinsurers that are subject to reimbursement under reinsurance treaties. To minimize exposure to losses related to a reinsurer’s inability to pay, the financial condition of such reinsurer is evaluated initially upon placement of the reinsurance and periodically thereafter. In addition to considering the financial condition of a reinsurer, the collectability of the reinsurance recoverable is evaluated based upon a number of other factors. Such factors include the amounts outstanding, length of collection periods, disputes, any collateral or letters of credit held and other relevant factors. Historically, the Company has not experienced any credit losses from reinsurance recoverables as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 respectively. The Company evaluates its reinsurance recoverables on a quarterly basis for risk of loss due to credit deterioration, including evaluating historical collection trends, reinsurer credit ratings, and other economic factors that may affect collectability of its reinsurance receivables due to credit deterioration To the extent that an allowance for uncollectible reinsurance recoverable is established, amounts deemed to be uncollectible would be written off against the allowance for estimated uncollectible reinsurance recoverable. The Company currently has no material allowance for uncollectible reinsurance recoverable.
Ceded premium written is recorded in accordance with the applicable terms of the reinsurance contracts and ceded premium earned is charged against revenue over the period of the reinsurance contracts. Ceded losses incurred reduce net loss and LAE incurred over the applicable periods of the reinsurance contracts with third-party reinsurers.
Loss participation features in the reinsurance agreements are estimated at each reporting period and recorded as an adjustment to loss and LAE.
Commission slide features in the reinsurance agreements are estimated at each reporting period and recorded as an adjustment to commission income, net.
For ceded reinsurance, risk transfer requirements must be met for reinsurance accounting to apply. If risk transfer requirements are not met, the contract is accounted for as a deposit, resulting in the recognition of cash flows under the contract through a deposit asset or liability and not as revenue or expense. To meet risk transfer requirements, a reinsurance contract must include both insurance risk, consisting of both underwriting and timing risk, and a reasonable possibility of a significant loss for the assuming entity. Similar risk transfer criteria are used to determine whether directly written insurance contracts should be accounted for as insurance or as a deposit.
Prepaid reinsurance premiums represents the unearned portion of premiums ceded to reinsurers.
Amounts recoverable from reinsurers are estimated in a manner consistent with the liability associated with the reinsured business and consistent with the terms of the underlying contract.
Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs, net of Ceding Commissions
Incremental direct costs of acquiring insurance contracts and certain costs related directly to the acquisition process are deferred within other assets on the consolidated balance sheets and amortized over the term of the policies or reinsurance treaties to which they relate. Those costs include commissions, premium taxes, and board and bureau fees. Ceding commissions relating to reinsurance agreements are recorded as a reimbursement for both deferrable and non-deferrable acquisition costs. The portion of the ceding commission that is equal to the pro-rata share of acquisition costs based on quota share percentage is recorded as an offset to the direct deferred acquisition costs. Any portion of the ceding commission that exceeds the deferrable acquisition costs of the business ceded is recorded as a deferred liability and amortized over the same period in which the related premiums are earned. The amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs is included in insurance related expenses on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.
The Company amortized deferred policy acquisition costs of $32.3 million and $17.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Premium Deficiency
91

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

A premium deficiency is recognized if the sum of expected losses and LAE, unamortized acquisition costs, and policy maintenance costs exceeds the remaining unearned premiums. A premium deficiency would first be recognized by charging any unamortized acquisition costs to expense to the extent required to eliminate the deficiency. If the premium deficiency was greater than unamortized acquisition costs, a liability would be accrued for the excess deficiency. The Company considers anticipated investment income when determining if a premium deficiency exists. The Company did not recognize a premium deficiency at December 31, 2023 and 2022.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment is stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and is reflected within other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. Depreciation of property and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of thirty-nine years for buildings, five years for furniture, fixtures, and equipment, and three years for computer equipment. Leasehold improvements are also depreciated using the straight-line method and are amortized over the shorter of the remaining term of the lease or the useful life of the improvement. Depreciation expense totaled $2.3 million and $0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Expenditures for improvements are capitalized, and expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Upon sale or retirement, the cost and related accumulated depreciation is removed from the related accounts, and the resulting gain or loss, if any, is reflected in other (income) expense in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.
Leases
Leases arise from contractual obligations that convey the right to control the use of an identified property, plant or equipment for a stated time period in exchange for consideration. The Company determines if an arrangement is, or contains a lease at contract inception. Lease classification is determined at the lease commencement date, on which the leased assets are available for the Company’s use. The Company recognizes a right-of-use asset (“ROU”) and a corresponding lease liability at commencement date for operating leases. ROU assets are presented under other assets, and lease liabilities are presented under accrued expenses and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company did not have any material finance leases in the periods presented.
ROU assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset during the lease term and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make payments during the lease term. ROU assets are recognized at the lease commencement date for the lease liability amount, adjusted for initial direct costs incurred and lease incentives received. Lease liabilities are recognized at commencement based on the present value of the future lease payments over the lease term. Lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when the Company believes it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise such options. Since the implicit discount rate for operating leases is not readily determinable, the Company uses an estimate of its incremental borrowing rate (“IBR”) on the lease commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. IBR is determined based on information available at lease commencement including interest rates, credit ratings, credit spreads, and lease term. Operating lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
The Company accounts for lease and non-lease components as a single lease component. Accordingly, the Company includes fixed non-lease components with lease payments for the purpose of calculating lease right-of-use assets and liabilities. Non-lease components that are not active; and

Level 3, definedfixed are expensed as unobservable inputs in which littleincurred as variable lease payments. The Company does not record leases on the balance sheet that have a term of 12 months or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entityless at the lease commencement date.

Capitalized Internal Use Software
The Company capitalizes the costs to develop its own assumptions, suchinternal use software when preliminary development efforts are successfully completed, management has authorized and committed project funding, it is probable that the project will be completed, and the software will be used as valuations derived from valuation techniquesintended. Such costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of five years. Costs incurred prior to meeting these criteria, in addition to costs incurred for training and maintenance, are expensed as incurred. The amortization expense is recognized within insurance related expenses in the Company's statement of operations and comprehensive loss.
92

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Goodwill and Intangible Assets
The Company accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting, which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.

In some circumstances,requires that assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recorded at their fair values as of the inputs used to measureacquisition date on the consolidated balance sheets. Any excess of purchase price over the fair value mightof net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. The determination of estimated fair value requires the Company to make significant estimates and assumptions. Transaction costs associated with business combinations are expensed as they are incurred.

Included in the purchase price of an acquisition may be categorized within different levelsan estimation of the fair value hierarchy. In those instances, theof liabilities associated with contingent consideration. The fair value measurementof contingent consideration is categorizedbased upon the present value of the expected future payments to be made to the sellers of an acquired business in its entiretyaccordance with the provisions contained in the respective purchase agreements. Subsequent changes in the fair value hierarchyof contingent consideration are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.
When the Company determines net assets acquired does not meet the definition of a business combination under the acquisition method of accounting, the transaction is accounted for as an acquisition of assets and, therefore, no goodwill is recorded.
Amortization and Impairment
Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The amortization expense is included in technology and development expenses for developed technology and sales and marketing expenses for customer relationships, agency relationships, carrier relationships, and other.
Indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if necessary. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment by comparing the estimated fair value of the asset to the asset’s carrying value. If the carrying value of the asset exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment loss is recognized, and the asset is written down to its estimated fair value. There were no material impairment losses recognized on indefinite-lived intangible assets during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. Refer to Note 5 for impairment charges related to goodwill recorded during the year ended December 31, 2022.
The Company evaluates the recoverability of long-lived assets, excluding goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of such asset may not be recoverable. Should there be an indication of impairment, the Company tests for recoverability by comparing the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset to the carrying amount of the asset or asset group. If the asset or asset group is determined to be impaired, any excess of the carrying value of the asset or asset group over its estimated fair value is recognized as an impairment loss. There were no material impairment losses recognized on long-lived assets during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.
Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Reserve
The reserve for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses include estimates for unpaid claims, claims adjustment expenses on reported losses and estimates of losses incurred but not reported (IBNR), net of salvage and subrogation recoveries. The liability is based on the lowest level inputCompany’s best estimate of the amounts yet to be paid for all loss and loss adjustment expenses that will be paid on claims that occurred during the period and prior, whether those claims are currently known or unknown.
Loss and loss adjustment reserves are the amount of ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense less the paid amounts as of the balance sheet date.
Ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense is the sum of the following items:
1.Loss and loss adjustment expense paid through a given evaluation date
2.Case reserves for loss and loss adjustment expense for losses that have been reported but not yet paid as of a given evaluation date    
93

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

3.IBNR for loss and loss adjustment expense include an estimate for future loss payments on incurred claims not yet reported and for expected development on reported claims
Case reserves are established within the claims adjustment process based on all known circumstances of a claim at the time. In addition, IBNR reserves are established by the Company based on reported loss and loss adjustment expenses and estimates of ultimate loss and loss adjustment expenses based on generally accepted actuarial reserving techniques that consider quantitative loss experience data and qualitative factors as appropriate.
The most significant assumptions used in the determination of the recorded reserve for loss and loss adjustment expenses are historical aggregate claim reporting and payment patterns, which is assumed to be indicative of future loss development and trends. Additionally, claim counts are used for analyses relating to natural disasters, such as hurricanes, earthquakes, and wildfires as losses from these events are inherently more difficult to estimate due to the potential exposure of the catastrophic events. Other assumptions considered include information developed from internal and independent external sources such as premium, rate and cost trends, litigation and regulatory trends, legislative activity, climate change, social and economic patterns.
Inherent in the estimates of ultimate loss and loss adjustment expenses are expected trends in claims severity and frequency among other factors that could vary significantly as claims are settled. The Company’s loss and loss adjustment expense reserves are continually reviewed, and adjustments, if any, are reflected in current operations in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss in the period in which they become known. The establishment of new loss and loss adjustment expense reserves or the adjustment of previously recorded loss and loss adjustment expense reserves could result in significant positive or negative changes to the Company’s financial condition for any particular period. While the Company believes that it has made a reasonable estimate of loss and loss adjustment expense reserves, the ultimate loss experience may not be as reliably predicted as may be the case with other insurance expenses, and it is possible that actual loss and loss adjustment expenses will be higher or lower than the loss and loss adjustment reserve amount recorded by the Company.
Provision for Commission
Provision for commission includes return commission payable to insurers, or commission slide, based on the actual performance of insurance policies placed by the Company against a contractual range of performance targets. The Company’s reserve estimation is based on current and historical performance of the portfolio of insurance policies placed with the insurance carriers.
Provision for commission also includes cancellation reserves which represent the Company’s estimate of return commission payable to insureds based on policy cancellations after the effective date. The Company’s estimation for the reserve uses historical policy cancellation.
The return commission payable to insurers and cancellation reserves are based on assumptions and estimates, and while management believes the amount recorded is the Company’s best estimate, the ultimate liability may differ from the amount recorded. The methods for making such estimates and for establishing the resulting liability are continually reviewed, and any adjustments are reflected in the period in which they become known.
Revenue Recognition
Net Earned Premium
Net earned premium represents the earned portion of the Company’s gross written premium for insurance policies written or assumed by the Company and less the earned portion of ceded written premium (any portion of the Company’s gross written premium that is significantceded to third-party reinsurers under the Company’s reinsurance agreements). The Company earns written premiums on a pro-rata basis over the term of the policies.
Commission Income, net
Commission income, net includes:
1.Managing General Agent (“MGA”) Commission: The Company operates as an MGA for multiple insurers. The Company designs and underwrites insurance products on behalf of the insurers culminating in the sale of insurance policies. The Company earns recurring commission and policy fees associated with the
94

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

policies they sell. The Company has underwriting authority and responsibility for administering claims, (see Claim Processing Fees below) and works with affiliated and unaffiliated carrier platforms who pay the Company a commission in exchange for the opportunity to take that risk on their balance sheets. The Company’s performance obligation associated with these contracts is the placement of the policy, which is met on the effective date. Upon issuance of a new policy, the Company charges policy fees and inspection fees (see Service and Fee Income below), retains its share of commission, and remits the balance to the respective insurers. Subsequent commission adjustments arising from policy changes such as endorsements are recognized in the period when the adjustments occur. Cash received in advance of policy effective dates is recorded on the consolidated balance sheets, representing the Company’s portion of commission and premium due to insurers and reinsurers, and hold this cash in trust for the benefit of the insurers and reinsurers as fiduciary liabilities.
The MGA commission is subject to adjustments, higher or lower (commonly referred to as “commission slide”), depending on the underwriting performance of the policies placed by us. The Company is required to return a portion of its MGA commission due to commission slide on the policies placed as an MGA if the underwriting performance varies due to higher Hippo programs’ loss ratio from provisional performance of the Hippo programs’ loss ratio. The Company also returns a portion of its MGA commission if the policies are cancelled before the term of the policy. Accordingly, the Company reserves for commission slide using estimated Hippo programs’ loss ratio performance, or a cancellation reserve as a reduction of revenue for each period presented in its statements of operations and comprehensive loss.
2.Agency Commission: The Company also operates licensed insurance agencies that are engaged solely in the sale of policies, including non-Hippo policies. For these policies, the Company earns a recurring agency commission from the carriers whose policies the Company sells, which is recorded in the commission income, net line in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Similar to the MGA businesses, the performance obligation from the agency contracts is placement of the insurance policies. For both MGA and insurance agency activities, the Company recognizes commission received from insurers for the sale of insurance contracts as revenue at a point in time on the policy effective dates.
3.Ceding Commission: The Company receives commission based on the premium it cedes to third-party reinsurers for the reimbursement for the Company’s acquisition and underwriting services. Excess ceding commission over the cost of acquisition is included in the commission income, net line on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. For the policies that the Company writes on its own carrier as MGA, the Company recognizes this commission as ceding commission on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The Company earns commission on ceded reinsurance premium in a manner consistent with the recognition of the earned premium on the underlying insurance policies, on a pro-rata basis over the terms of the policies reinsured. The Company records the portion of ceding commission income which represents reimbursement of successful direct acquisition costs related to the underlying policies as an offset to the applicable direct acquisition costs.
4.Carrier Fronting Fees: Through the Company’s Insurance-as-a-Service business the Company earns fronting fees from the MGA programs it supports. The Company earns fronting fees in a manner consistent with the recognition of the earned premium on the underlying insurance policies, on a pro-rata basis over the terms of the policies. This revenue is included in the commission income, net line on its statements of operations and comprehensive loss.
5.Claim Processing Fees: As an MGA the Company receives a fee that is calculated as a percent of the premium, from the insurers in exchange for providing claims adjudication services. The claims adjudication services are provided over the term of the policy and recognized ratably over the same period. This revenue is included in the commission income, net line on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.
Service and Fee Income
Service and fee income mainly represent policy fees and other revenue. The Company directly bills policyholders for policy fees and collects and retains fees per the terms of the contracts between the Company and
95

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

its insurers. Similar to the commission revenue, the Company estimates a cancellation reserve for policy fees using historical information. The performance obligation associated with these fees is satisfied at a point in time upon completion of the underwriting process, which is the policy effective date. Accordingly, the Company recognizes all fees as revenue on the policy effective date.
Net Investment Income
Net investment income represents interest earned from fixed maturity securities, short-term investments and other investments, and the gains or losses from the sale of investments. The Company’s cash and invested assets primarily consist of fixed-maturity securities, and may also include cash and cash equivalents, equity securities, and short-term investments. The principal factors that influence net investment income are the size of the Company’s investment portfolio and the yield on that portfolio. As measured by amortized cost (which excludes changes in fair value, such as changes in interest rates), the size of the Company’s investment portfolio is mainly a function of the Company’s invested equity capital along with premium the Company receives from its customers less payments on customer claims.
Net investment income also includes an insignificant amount of net realized gains (losses) on investments, which are a function of the difference between the amount received by us on the sale of a security and the security’s amortized cost, as well as any allowances for credit losses recognized in earnings, if any.
Disaggregated Revenue
The following table disaggregates the Company’s revenues by major source (in millions):
Year Ended December 31,
20232022
Net earned premium$107.5 $42.5 
Agency commissions, net23.8 16.7 
Ceding commissions, net38.9 37.6 
Policy fees12.0 11.1 
MGA commissions, net0.1 — 
Claims processing fees0.6 — 
Other revenue3.7 2.8 
Net investment income23.1 9.0 
Total revenue, net$209.7 $119.7 
Materially all revenues for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 are from business conducted in the United States.
Insurance-Related Expenses
Insurance related expenses primarily consist of amortization of direct acquisition commission costs and premium taxes incurred on the successful acquisition of business written on a direct basis and credit card processing fees not charged to our customers. Insurance related expenses also include employee compensation (including stock-based compensation and benefits) of our underwriting teams, amortization of capitalized internal use software, as well as allocated occupancy costs and related overhead based on headcount. Insurance related expenses are offset by a portion of ceding commission income, which represents reimbursement of successful acquisition costs related to the underlying policies. Additionally, insurance related expenses include the costs of providing bound policies and delivering claims services to our customers. These costs include underwriting technology service costs including software, data services used for performing underwriting, and third-party call center costs in addition to personnel-related costs.
Technology and Development
96

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Technology and development expenses primarily consist of employee compensation (including stock-based compensation and benefits) for the Company’s technology staff, which includes technology development, infrastructure support, actuarial, and third-party services. Technology and development also includes allocated facility costs and related overhead based on headcount.
Sales and Marketing
Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of sales commissions, advertising costs, and marketing expenditures, as well as employee compensation (including stock-based compensation and benefits) for employees engaged in sales, marketing, data analytics, and customer acquisition. The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Sales and marketing also include allocated facility costs and related overhead based on headcount. Advertising costs were $10.2 million and $26.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
General and Administrative
General and administrative expenses primarily consist of employee compensation (including stock-based compensation and benefits) for the Company’s finance, human resources, legal, and general management functions as well as facilities, insurance, and professional services.
Impairment and Restructuring Charges
Impairment and restructuring charges consist of non-cash impairment charges relating to goodwill. The Company reviews goodwill for impairment annually on October 1 and more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that an impairment may exist. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the fair value measurement.

Asof the reporting unit’s goodwill is calculated and an impairment loss equal to the excess is recorded. It also consists of severance and other personnel costs associated with exit and disposal activities as well as reductions in workforce.

Other (Income) Expense
Other (income) expense primarily consists of certain fair value adjustments and other non-operating income expenses.
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense based on the estimated fair value of equity-based payment awards on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model or Monte Carlo valuation model for market-based awards. The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expenses for the value of its awards granted based on the straight-line method over the requisite service period of each of the awards in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The Company has elected to record forfeitures as they occur.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax liabilities and assets are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between consolidated financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities and net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rate is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
The Company accounts for application of the U.S. Global Intangible Low Taxed Income rules by recognizing the tax in the period in which it is incurred.
The Company determines whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination. If it is not more likely than not that a position will be sustained, no amount of benefit attributable to the position is recognized. The tax benefit to be recognized of any tax position that meets the more likely than not
97

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

recognition threshold is calculated as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon resolution of the contingency.
Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders of Hippo Holdings Inc.
Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders of Hippo Holdings Inc. is presented in conformity with the two-class method required for common stock and participating securities. Under the two-class method, net loss is attributed to common stockholders and participating securities based on their participation rights. The Company considers all series of its convertible preferred stock and unvested common stock, which includes early exercised stock options and restricted stock awards, to be participating securities as holders of such securities have non-forfeitable dividend rights in the event of the Company’s declaration of a dividend for shares of common stock.
Under the two-class method, the net loss attributable to common stockholders of Hippo Holdings Inc. is not allocated to the convertible preferred stock and unvested common stock as these securities do not have a contractual obligation to share in the Company’s losses.
Distributed and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities are subtracted from net loss in determining net loss attributable to common stockholders. Under the two-class method, basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.
For periods in which the Company reports net losses, diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same as basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders because potentially dilutive common shares are not assumed to have been issued if their effect is anti-dilutive.
Emerging Growth Company
The Company currently qualifies as an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (“JOBS Act”). Accordingly, the Company is provided the option to adopt new or revised accounting guidance either (1) within the same periods as those otherwise applicable to non-emerging growth companies or (2) within the same time periods as private companies.
The Company has elected to adopt new or revised accounting guidance within the same time period as private companies, unless management determines that it is preferable to take advantage of early adoption provisions offered within the applicable guidance. The Company’s utilization of these transition periods may make it difficult to compare the Company’s financial statements to those of non-emerging growth companies and other emerging growth companies that have opted out of the transition periods afforded under the JOBS Act.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-07, Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures. The ASU includes requirements that an entity disclose the title of the chief operating decision maker (CODM) and on an interim and annual basis, significant segment expenses and the composition of other segment items for each segment's reported profit. The standard also permits disclosure of additional measures of segment profit. This ASU is effective for public companies with annual periods beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within annual period beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the ASU on its disclosures..
    In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-09, Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, which requires disaggregated information about a reporting entity’s effective tax rate reconciliation as well as information on income taxes paid. The standard is intended to benefit investors by providing more detailed income tax disclosures that would be useful in making capital allocation decisions. This ASU is effective for public companies with annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the ASU on its disclosures.

98

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Investments
The amortized cost and fair value of fixed maturities securities and short-term investments are as follows (in millions):
December 31, 2023
Amortized CostUnrealized GainsUnrealized LossesFair Value
Fixed maturities available-for-sale:
U.S. government and agencies$18.6 $— $(0.2)$18.4 
States and other territories9.3 — (0.4)8.9 
Corporate securities91.3 1.1 (1.3)91.1 
Foreign securities0.9 — — 0.9 
Residential mortgage-backed securities20.7 0.1 (1.3)19.5 
Commercial mortgage-backed securities7.7 — (0.6)7.1 
Asset backed securities16.1 — (0.3)15.8 
Total fixed maturities available-for-sale$164.6 $1.2 $(4.1)$161.7 
Short-term investments:
U.S. government and agencies137.7 — — 137.7 
Commercial paper34.5 — — 34.5 
Corporate securities14.9 — — 14.9 
Total short-term investments187.1 — — 187.1 
Total$351.7 $1.2 $(4.1)$348.8 
December 31, 2022
Amortized CostUnrealized GainsUnrealized LossesFair Value
Fixed maturities available-for-sale:
U.S. government and agencies$21.6 $— $(0.5)$21.1 
States and other territories8.9 — (0.6)8.3 
Corporate securities54.8 0.1 (2.4)52.5 
Foreign securities0.9 — (0.1)0.8 
Residential mortgage-backed securities20.4 0.1 (1.6)18.9 
Commercial mortgage-backed securities6.5 — (0.7)5.8 
Asset backed securities14.2 — (0.5)13.7 
Total fixed maturities available-for-sale$127.3 $0.2 $(6.4)$121.1 
Short-term investments:
U.S. government and agencies$129.1 $— $(0.2)$128.9 
Commercial paper147.1 — (0.6)146.5 
Corporate securities49.4 — — 49.4 
Total short-term investments325.6 — (0.8)324.8 
Total$452.9 $0.2 $(7.2)$445.9 
The following tables present the gross unrealized losses and related fair values for the Company’s investments in available-for-sale debt securities, grouped by duration of time in a continuous unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2020,2023 and December 31, 2022 (in millions):

99

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2023
Less than 12 months12 months or moreTotal
Fair ValueGross Unrealized LossesFair ValueGross Unrealized LossesFair ValueGross Unrealized Losses
Fixed maturities available-for-sale: 
U.S. government and agencies$4.3 $— $10.5 $(0.2)$14.8 $(0.2)
States and other territories1.5 — 7.4 (0.4)8.9 (0.4)
Corporate securities5.7 — 37.4 (1.3)43.1 (1.3)
Foreign securities— — 0.9 — 0.9 — 
Residential mortgage-backed securities— — 11.6 (1.3)11.6 (1.3)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities0.4 — 5.8 (0.6)6.2 (0.6)
Asset backed securities1.6 — 8.2 (0.3)9.8 (0.3)
Short-term investments:
U.S. government and agencies137.7 — — — 137.7 — 
Commercial paper34.5 — — — 34.5 — 
Corporate securities14.9 — — — 14.9 — 
Total$200.6 $— $81.8 $(4.1)$282.4 $(4.1)

December 31, 2022
Less than 12 months12 months or moreTotal
Fair ValueGross Unrealized LossesFair ValueGross Unrealized LossesFair ValueGross Unrealized Losses
Fixed maturities available-for-sale:
U.S. government and agencies$17.9 $(0.4)$1.1 $(0.1)$19.0 $(0.5)
States and other territories3.6 (0.1)4.6 (0.5)8.2 (0.6)
Corporate securities30.5 (1.5)11.1 (0.9)41.6 (2.4)
Foreign securities— — 0.8 (0.1)0.8 (0.1)
Residential mortgage-backed securities6.3 (0.3)7.6 (1.3)13.9 (1.6)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities1.9 — 3.9 (0.7)5.8 (0.7)
Asset backed securities5.5 (0.2)3.7 (0.3)9.2 (0.5)
Short-term investments:
U.S. government and agencies129.1 (0.2)— — 129.1 (0.2)
Commercial paper147.1 (0.6)— — 147.1 (0.6)
Total$341.9 $(3.3)$32.8 $(3.9)$374.7 $(7.2)
The Company has determined that unrealized losses as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 resulted from the carrying values of cash, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate their fair values due to the short-term natureinterest rate environment, rather than a deterioration of the instruments. creditworthiness of the issuers.
100

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Therefore, an allowance for credit losses was not necessary as it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell the investments before the recovery of the amortized cost basis or until maturity.
The amortized cost and fair value of fixed maturities securities by contractual maturity are as follows (in millions):
December 31, 2023
Amortized CostFair Value
Due to mature:
One year or less$29.9 $29.6 
After one year through five years76.3 75.2 
After five years13.9 14.5 
Residential mortgage-backed securities20.7 19.5 
Commercial mortgage-backed securities7.7 7.1 
Asset backed securities16.1 15.8 
Total fixed maturities available-for-sale$164.6 $161.7 
Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
Net realized gains on fixed maturity securities were insignificant for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
The Company’s portfolio of investments held in the Trust Accountnet investment income is comprised of investmentsthe following (in millions):
Year Ended December 31,
20232022
Interest on cash and cash equivalents$7.3 $2.4 
Fixed maturities income5.9 2.9 
Short-term investment income10.4 3.9 
Total investment income23.6 9.2 
Investment expenses(0.5)(0.2)
Net investment income$23.1 $9.0 
Pursuant to certain regulatory requirements, the Company is required to hold assets on deposit with various state insurance departments for the benefit of policyholders. These special deposits are included in U.S. Treasurycash and cash equivalents or fixed maturities available-for-sale on the consolidated balance sheets. The carrying value of securities on deposit with an original maturity of 185 days or less or investments in money market funds that invest in U.S. government securities, or a combination thereof. state regulatory authorities total $12.9 million and $12.6 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
101

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


3. Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Restricted Cash
The following table sets forth the cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash (in millions):
December 31
20232022
Cash and cash equivalents:
Cash$54.3 $65.7 
Money market funds77.8 87.1 
Commercial paper10.0 26.8 
U.S. government and agencies— 14.9 
Total cash and cash equivalents142.1 194.5 
Restricted cash:
Fiduciary assets32.5 30.6 
Letters of credit and cash on deposit20.5 19.4 
Total restricted cash53.0 50.0 
Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash$195.1 $244.5 

102

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

4. Fair Value Measurement
The following table summarizes the Company’s fair value hierarchy for trading securities is determined using quoted market prices in active markets.

Derivative warrant liabilities

The Company does not use derivative instruments to hedge exposures to cash flow, market, or foreign currency risks. The Company evaluates all of its financial instruments, including issued stock purchase warrants,assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in millions):

December 31, 2023
Level 1Level 2Level 3Total
Financial assets:
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash$195.1 $— $— $195.1 
Fixed maturities available-for-sale:
U.S. government and agencies18.4 — — 18.4 
States and other territories— 8.9 — 8.9 
Corporate securities— 91.1 — 91.1 
Foreign securities— 0.9 — 0.9 
Residential mortgage-backed securities— 19.5 — 19.5 
Commercial mortgage-backed securities— 7.1 — 7.1 
Asset backed securities— 15.8 — 15.8 
Total fixed maturities available-for-sale18.4 143.3 — 161.7 
Short-term investments
U.S. government and agencies137.7 — — 137.7 
Commercial paper— 34.5 — 34.5 
Corporate securities— 14.9 — 14.9 
Total short-term investments137.7 49.4 — 187.1 
Total financial assets$351.2 $192.7 $— $543.9 
Financial liabilities:
Contingent consideration liability$— $— $13.6 $13.6 
Public warrants0.1 — — 0.1 
Private placement warrants— 0.1 — 0.1 
Total financial liabilities$0.1 $0.1 $13.6 $13.8 
103

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to determine if such instruments are derivatives or contain features that qualify as embedded derivatives, pursuantConsolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2022
Level 1Level 2Level 3Total
Financial assets:
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash$244.5 $— $— $244.5 
Fixed maturities available-for-sale:
U.S. government and agencies21.1 — — 21.1 
States and other territories— 8.3 — 8.3 
Corporate securities— 52.5 — 52.5 
Foreign securities— 0.8 — 0.8 
Residential mortgage-backed securities— 18.9 — 18.9 
Commercial mortgage-backed securities— 5.8 — 5.8 
Asset backed securities— 13.7 — 13.7 
Total fixed maturities available-for-sale21.1 100.0 — 121.1 
Short-term investments
U.S. government and agencies128.9 — — 128.9 
Commercial paper— 146.5 — 146.5 
Corporate securities— 49.4 — 49.4 
Total short-term investments128.9 195.9 — 324.8 
Total financial assets$394.5 $295.9 $— $690.4 
Financial liabilities:
Contingent consideration liability$— $— $11.9 $11.9 
Public warrants0.2 — — 0.2 
Private placement warrants— 0.1 — 0.1 
Total financial liabilities$0.2 $0.1 $11.9 $12.2 
The Company’s policy is to ASC 480recognize transfers into and ASC 815-15. The classificationtransfers out of derivative instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities or as equity, is re-assessedfair value hierarchy levels at the end of each reporting period.

The Company accounts for its 9,000,000 common stock warrants issued There were no transfers between levels in connection with its Initial Public Offering and exercise of over-allotment option (4,600,000 warrants) and Private Placement (4,400,000 warrants) as derivative warrant liabilities in accordance with ASC 815-40. Accordingly, the Company recognizes the warrant instruments as liabilities at fair value hierarchy during the years ended December 31, 2023 and adjustsDecember 31, 2022.

Contingent Consideration
The contingent consideration, relating to the instrumentsCompany’s 2019 acquisition of North American Advantage Insurance Services, LLC is re-valued to fair value at the end of each reporting period.period using the present value of future payments based on an estimate of revenue and customer renewals of the acquiree. North American Advantage Insurance Services, LLC’s ultimate parent company was Lennar Corporation, a related party of the Company. There is no limit to the maximum potential contingent consideration as the consideration is based on acquired customer retention. The liabilities are subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date until exercised, and any change in fair value is recognizedtable below presents the changes in the Company’s statement of operations. contingent consideration liability valued using Level 3 inputs (in millions):
20232022
Balance as of January 1,$11.9 $11.6 
Payments of contingent consideration(4.3)(3.8)
Changes in fair value6.0 4.1 
Balance as of December 31,$13.6 $11.9 

104

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Warrant Liability
The fair value ofpublic and private warrants issued by the Company in connection with the Public Offering, over-Allotment exercise and Private Placement has been estimated using Monte-Carlo simulations at each measurement date.

Offering Costs Associated with the Initial Public Offering

Offering costs consisted of legal, accounting, underwriting and other costs incurred that were directly related to the Initial Public Offering. Offering costs are allocated to the separable financial instruments issued in the Initial Public Offering based on a relative fair value basis, compared to total proceeds received. Offering costs associated with warrant liabilities are expensed as incurred, presented as non-operating expenses in the statement of operations. Offering costs associated with the Class A ordinary shares were charged to shareholders’ equity upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering.

Class A Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemption

The Company accounts for its Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in ASC Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Class A ordinary shares subject to mandatory redemption (if any) are classified as liability instruments and are measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable Class A ordinary shares (including Class A ordinary shares that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, Class A ordinary shares are classified as shareholders’ equity. The Company’s Class A ordinary shares feature certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to the occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, at December 31, 2020, 20,484,749 Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption are presented as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ equity section of the Company’s balance sheet.

REINVENT TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS Z

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Income Taxes

FASB ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statements recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. There were no unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2020. The Company’s management determined that the Cayman Islands is the Company’s only major tax jurisdiction. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. No amounts were accrued for the payment of interest and penalties as of December 31, 2020. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position. The Company is subject to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities since inception.

There is currently no taxation imposed on income by the Government of the Cayman Islands. In accordance with Cayman income tax regulations, income taxes are not levied on the Company. Consequently, income taxes are not reflected in the Company’s financial statements. The Company’s management does not expect that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will materially change over the next twelve months.

Net Income (Loss) Per Ordinary Share

Net income (loss) per ordinary share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the periods. The Company has not considered the effect of the warrants sold in the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement to purchase an aggregate of 9,000,000, of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares in the calculation of diluted net income (loss) per share, since their inclusion would be anti-dilutive under the treasury stock method.

The Company’s statement of operations includes a presentation of net income (loss) per share for ordinary shares subject to redemption in a manner similar to the two-class method of net income (loss) per share. Net income (loss) per ordinary share, basic and diluted for Class A ordinary shares is calculated by dividing the interest income (loss) earned on investments held in the Trust Account, net of applicable taxes and interest to fund working capital requirements, subject to an annual limit of $165,000, available to be withdrawn from the Trust Account, resulting in income of approximately $19,000 for the period from October 2, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, by the weighted average number of Class A ordinary shares outstanding for the period. Net income (loss) per ordinary share, basic and diluted for Class B ordinary shares is calculated by dividing the net income (loss), less net income (loss) attributable to Class A ordinary shares by the weighted average number of Class B ordinary shares outstanding for the period.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncement if currently adopted would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

Note 4—Initial Public Offering

On November 23, 2020, the Company consummated its Initial Public Offering of 23,000,000 Units, including 3,000,000 Over-Allotment Units, at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $230.0 million, and incurring offering costs of approximately $13.1 million, inclusive of approximately $8.1 million in deferred underwriting commissions.

Each Unit consists of one Class A ordinary share and one-fifth of one redeemable warrant (“Public Warrant”). Each whole Public Warrant will entitle the holder to purchase one Class A ordinary share at an exercise price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (see Note 8).

REINVENT TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS Z

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 5—Private Placement

Substantially concurrently with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the Private Placement of 4,400,000 Private Placement Warrants, at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant to the Sponsor, generating gross proceeds of $6.6 million.

Each Private Placement Warrant is exercisable for one whole Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share. A portion of the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants to the Sponsor was added to the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless. The Private Placement Warrants will be non-redeemable for cash and exercisable on a cashless basis, except as described in Note 8, so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees.

The Sponsor and the Company’s officers and directors agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Private Placement Warrants until 30 days after the completion of the initial Business Combination.

Note 6—Related Party Transactions

Founder Shares

On October 7, 2020, the Sponsor paid an aggregate of $25,000 to cover for certain expenses on behalf of the Company in exchange for issuance of 5,750,000 ordinary shares (the “Founder Shares”). The Sponsor agreed to forfeit up to an aggregate of 750,000 Founder Shares to the extent that the option to purchase additional units was not exercised in full by the underwriters, so that the Founder Shares would represent 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares after the Initial Public Offering. The underwriters fully exercised their over-allotment option on November 19, 2020; thus, those Founder Shares were no longer subject to forfeiture.

The Initial Shareholders agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Founder Shares until the earlier to occur of (1) one year after the completion of the initial Business Combination; and (2) subsequent to the initial Business Combination (x) if the last reported sale price of Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share sub-divisions, share dividends, rights issuances, consolidations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and other similar transactions) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the initial Business Combination or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of the Public Shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.

Related Party Loans

On October 7, 2020, the Sponsor agreed to loan the Company up to $300,000 to be used for the payment of costs related to the Initial Public Offering pursuant to a promissory note (the “Note”). The Note was non-interest bearing, unsecured and due upon the earlier of December 31, 2021 and the closing of the Initial Public Offering. The Company borrowed approximately $60,000 under the Note, and fully repaid this on November 20, 2020.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor, members of the Company’s founding team or any of their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). If the Company completes a Business Combination, the Company would repay the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to the Company. Otherwise, the Working Capital Loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside the Trust Account. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. The Working Capital Loans would either be repaid upon consummation of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $2,000,000 of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into warrants of the post Business Combination entity at a price of $1.50 per warrant. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such Working Capital Loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. To date, the Company had no borrowings under the Working Capital Loans.

REINVENT TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS Z

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Support Services Agreement

The Company entered into the Support Services Agreement that provides that, commencing on the date that the Company’s securities were first listed on the NYSE through the earlier of consummation of the initial Business Combination and the liquidation, the Company will pay Support Services Fees to Reinvent Capital that total $625,000 per year for support and administrative services, as well as reimburse Reinvent Capital for any out-of-pocket expenses it incurs in connection with providing services or for office space under the Support Services Agreement. As of December 31, 2020, the Company paid $156,250 to Reinvent Capital as part of the Support Services Agreement and recognized approximately $52,000 in the statement of operations for the period from October 2, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, the balance of approximately $104,000 in included in Prepaid Expenses on the balance sheet at December 31, 2020.

In addition, the Sponsor, officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on the Company’s behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable Business Combinations. The Company’s audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to the Sponsor, officers or directors, or the Company’s or their affiliates. Any such payments prior to an initial Business Combination will be made from funds held outside the Trust Account, including funds released from the Trust Account to pay for working capital, subject to an annual limit of $165,000. For the period from October 2, 2020 through December 31, 2020, the Company incurred approximately $12,000 in reimbursable expenses paid by Reinvent Capital under the Support Services Agreement, which was recognized in the statement of operations and included in Due to Related Party on the balance sheet at December 31, 2020.

Note 7—Commitments and Contingencies

Registration Rights

The holders of the Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and any warrants that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans (and any Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants or warrants issued upon conversion of the Working Capital Loans and upon conversion of the Founder Shares) are entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement. The holders of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that the Company registers such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the completion of the initial Business Combination. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting Agreement

The Company granted the underwriters a 45-day option from the date of the final prospectus to purchase up to 3,000,000 Over-Allotment Units at the Initial Public Offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters fully exercised their over-allotment option on November 19, 2020.

The underwriters were entitled to an underwriting discount of $0.20 per unit, or $4.6 million in the aggregate, paid upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering. In addition, $0.35 per unit, or $8.05 million in the aggregate will be payable to the underwriters for deferred underwriting commissions. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

Note8—Derivative Warrant Liabilities

As of December 31, 2020, the Company has 4,600,000 and 4,400,000 Public Warrants and Private Placement Warrants, respectively, outstanding.

Public Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares. No fractional Public Warrants will be issued upon separation of the Units and only whole Public Warrants will trade. The Public Warrants will become exercisable on the later of (a) 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination and (b) 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering; provided in each case that the Company has an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available and such shares are registered, qualified or exempt from registration under the securities, or blue sky, laws of the state of residence of the holder (or the Company permits holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis under the circumstances specified in the warrant agreement). The Company has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days after the closing of the initial Business Combination, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement covering the issuance of the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants, and the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the same to become effective within 60 business days after the closing of the initial Business Combination and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement and a current prospectus relating to those Class A ordinary shares until the warrants expire or are redeemed; provided that if the Class A ordinary shares are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company may, at its option, requires holders of Public Warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event the Company so elects, it will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement.

REINVENT TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS Z

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The warrants have an exercise price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustments, and will expire five years after the completion of a Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. In addition, if (x) the Company issues additional ordinary shares or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of the initial Business Combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per ordinary share (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by the board of directors and, in the case of any such issuance to the Sponsor or its affiliates, without taking into account any Founder Shares held by the Sponsor or such affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”), (y) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of the initial Business Combination on the date of the completion of the initial Business Combination (net of redemptions), and (z) the volume weighted average trading price of Class A ordinary shares during the 20 trading day period starting on the trading day prior to the day on which the Company consummates its initial business Combination (such price, the “Market Value”) is below $9.20 per share, the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, the $18.00 per share redemption trigger price described below under “Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A ordinary share equals or exceeds $18.00” and “Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A ordinary share equals or exceeds $10.00” will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 180% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, and the $10.00 per share redemption trigger price described below under “Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A ordinary share equals or exceeds $10.00” will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price.

The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the Public Warrants underlying the Units sold in the Initial Public Offering, except that the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, the Private Placement Warrants will be non-redeemable, except as described below, so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or such purchasers’ permitted transferees. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by someone other than the Initial Shareholders or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.

Redemptionof warrantswhenthepriceperClassA ordinaryshareequalsorexceeds$18.00:

Once the warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding warrants (except as described herein with respect to the Private

Placement Warrants):

in whole and not in part;

at a price of $0.01 per warrant;

upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder; and

if, and only if, the last reported sale price of Class A ordinary shares for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders (the “Reference Value”) equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted).

The Company will not redeem the warrants as described above unless a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants is then effective and a current prospectus relating to those Class A ordinary shares is available throughout the 30-day redemption period. If and when the warrants become redeemable by the Company, it may exercise its redemption right even if the Company is unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

Redemptionof warrantswhenthepriceperClassA ordinaryshareequalsorexceeds$10.00:

Once the warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding warrants (except as described herein with respect to the Private Placement Warrants):

in whole and not in part;

at $0.10 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption provided that holders will be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis prior to redemption and receive that number of shares determined by reference to an agreed table based on the redemption date and the “fair market value” of Class A ordinary shares;

if, and only if, the Reference Value equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted); and

if the Reference Value is less than $18.00 per share (as adjusted), the Private Placement Warrants must also concurrently be called for redemption on the same terms as the outstanding Public Warrants, as described above.

The “fair market value” of Class A ordinary shares shall mean the volume-weighted average price of Class A ordinary shares for the 10 trading days following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants. In no event will the warrants be exercisable in connection with this redemption feature for more than 0.361 Class A ordinary shares per warrant (subject to adjustment).

In no event will the Company be required to net cash settle any warrant. If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of warrants will not receive any of such funds with respect to their warrants, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with the respect to such warrants. Accordingly, the warrants may expire worthless.

Note 9—Shareholders’ Equity

Class A Ordinary Shares — The Company is authorized to issue 500,000,000 Class A ordinary shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share. At November 23, 2020, there were 23,000,000 Class A ordinary shares issued or outstanding, including 20,484,749 Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption.

REINVENT TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS Z

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Class B Ordinary Shares — The Company is authorized to issue 50,000,000 Class B ordinary shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share. On November 23, 2020, 5,750,000 Class B ordinary shares were issued and outstanding. Of the 5,750,000 Class B ordinary shares, an aggregate of up to 750,000 Class B ordinary shares that were subject to forfeiture, to the Company by the Sponsor for no consideration to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option was not exercised in full or in part, so that the Initial Shareholders would collectively own 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares after the Initial Public Offering. The underwriters fully exercised their over-allotment option on November 19, 2020; thus, those Founder Shares were no longer subject to forfeiture.

Class A ordinary shareholders and Class B ordinary shareholders of record are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters to be voted on by shareholders and vote together as a single class, except as required by law; provided, that, prior to the initial Business Combination, holders of Class B ordinary shares will have the right to appoint all of the Company’s directors and remove members of the board of directors for any reason, and holders of Class A ordinary shares will not be entitled to vote on the appointment of directors during such time.

The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of the initial Business Combination, or earlier at the option of the holder, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for share sub-divisions, share dividends, rights issuances, consolidations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like, and subject to further adjustment. In the case that additional Class A ordinary shares, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts issued in the Initial Public Offering and related to the closing of the initial Business Combination, the ratio at which the Class B ordinary shares will convert into Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding Class B ordinary shares agree to waive such anti-dilution adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B ordinary shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of all ordinary shares issued and outstanding upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering plus all Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with the initial Business Combination, excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial Business Combination. In no event will the Class B ordinary shares convert into Class A ordinary shares at a rate of less than one to one.

Preference Shares — The Company is authorized to issue 5,000,000 preference shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share. At November 23, 2020, there were no preference shares issued or outstanding.

REINVENT TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS Z

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 10—Fair Value Measurements

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2020 and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques that the Company utilized to determine such fair value.

Description

  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
(Level 1)
   Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant Other
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets:

      

Investments held in Trust Account

  $230,017,782  $—     $—   

Liabilities:

      

Derivative warrant liabilities – Public Warrants

  $—     $—     $6,762,630 

Derivative warrant liabilities - Private Warrants

  $—     $—     $6,705,000 

The remainder of the balance in Investments held in Trust Account is comprised of cash equivalents. Level 1 instruments include investments in cash, money market funds and U.S. Treasury securities. The Company uses inputs such as actual trade data, benchmark yields, quoted market prices from dealers or brokers, and other similar sources to determine the fair value of its investments.

Transfers to/from Levels 1, 2, and 3 are recognized at the end of each reporting period within accrued expenses and other liabilities in the reporting period. There were no transfers between levels for the period from October 2, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020.

consolidated balance sheet.

The changes inPublic Warrant Liability is classified as a Level 3 liability measured at1 fair value for the period ended December 31, 2020 was solelymeasurement due to the changeuse of an observable market quote in an active market. The Private Placement Warrants are classified as Level 2 fair value measurement Level 2 fair value measurement.
The following table presents the changes in the fair value of the stock warrant liability reflected(Public Warrants and Private Placement Warrants) (in millions):
20232022
Balance as of January 1,$0.3 $4.3 
Changes in fair value(0.1)(4.0)
December 31,$0.2 $0.3 
5. Goodwill
The following table represents the changes in goodwill (in millions):
Balance at January 1, 2022$53.5 
Impairment charges(53.5)
Balance at December 31, 2022$— 
Impairment charges— 
Balance at December 31, 2023$— 
The Company historically reviewed goodwill for impairment annually on October 1 and more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicated that an impairment may exist (“a triggering event”). During the third quarter of 2022, management identified quantitative and qualitative factors that indicated a triggering event, mainly due to the sustained decrease in stock price and continued deterioration of general macroeconomic conditions. The Company performed a valuation at the reporting unit level using an income-based approach. These forecasts and assumptions are highly subjective. Given the results of the Company’s quantitative assessment, the Company determined that all the reporting units’ goodwill was impaired and the Company recorded impairment charges of $53.5 million, which are included in impairment and restructuring charges in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. There is no goodwill as of December 31, 2023.

105

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

6. Intangible Assets
December 31,
20232022
Weighted- Average Useful Life Remaining (in years)Gross Carrying AmountAccumulated AmortizationNet Carrying AmountGross Carrying AmountAccumulated AmortizationNet Carrying Amount
(in millions)(in millions)
Agency and carrier relationships4.9$13.5 $(5.1)$8.4 $13.5 $(3.4)$10.1 
State licenses and domain nameIndefinite10.5 — 10.5 10.5 — 10.5 
Customer relationships4.918.5 (10.9)7.6 13.7 (8.5)5.2 
Other5.61.7 (0.9)0.8 1.7 (0.6)1.1 
Total intangible assets, net$44.2 $(16.9)$27.3 $39.4 $(12.5)$26.9 
Amortization expense related to intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 was $4.4 million and $5.3 million, respectively. The amortization expense is included in technology and development expenses for developed technology, sales and marketing expenses for customer relationships, agency relationships, carrier relationships and other.
As of December 31, 2023, the projected annual amortization expense for the Company’s intangible assets for the next five years is as follows (in millions):
Years Ending December 31,
20244.8 
20253.2 
20262.5 
20272.5 
20282.3 
Thereafter1.5 
Total$16.8 
7. Capitalized Internal Use Software
December 31,
20232022
(in millions)
Capitalized internal use software$79.1 $56.4 
Less: accumulated amortization(30.7)(17.6)
Total capitalized internal use software$48.4 $38.8 
Amortization expense related to capitalized internal use software for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 was $13.1 million and $9.0 million, respectively.

106

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

8. Other Assets
December 31,
20232022
(in millions)
Property and equipment$34.9 $5.4 
Prepaid expenses11.3 17.4 
Claims receivable5.6 9.0 
Lease right-of-use assets10.6 27.6 
Other6.8 4.2 
Total other assets$69.2 $63.6 
On April 18, 2023, the Company closed on the statementpurchase of operations. Both observablean office building, which included certain real property, improvements, and unobservable inputs werepersonal property, located at 701 E. 5th Street, Austin, Texas 78701. The Company capitalized $30.5 million to building and land related to the purchase. The building is used to determine the fair valueas office space for employees of positions that the Company has classified withinand affiliated companies. Prior to the Level 3 category. Unrealized gainspurchase, the Company was leasing a portion of the building and had recorded a lease right-of use asset and lease liability. After the purchase, the Company reclassified the right-of-use asset and adjusted the carrying value by the difference between the purchase price and the lease liability immediately before the purchase. The Company will depreciate the building, excluding the land, over its estimated useful life of 39 years.
9. Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities
December 31,
20232022
(in millions)
Claim payments outstanding$26.3 $27.7 
Lease liability14.8 28.9 
Advances from customers9.8 10.2 
Deferred revenue3.8 11.0 
Employee related accruals7.3 6.2 
Premium refund liability12.2 8.2 
Fiduciary liability6.0 6.6 
Contingent consideration liability13.6 11.9 
Other19.7 17.5 
Total accrued expenses and other liabilities$113.5 $128.2 

107

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

10. Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Reserves
The reconciliation of the beginning and ending reserve balances for losses associatedand loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance is summarized as follows for the years ended December 31, (in millions):
20232022
Reserve for losses and LAE gross of reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses and LAE as of beginning of the period$293.8 $260.8 
Reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses and LAE(228.8)(216.8)
Reserve for losses and LAE, net of reinsurance recoverables as of beginning of the period65.0 44.0 
Add: Incurred losses and LAE, net of reinsurance, related to:
Current year183.7 113.2 
Prior years(2.0)(11.8)
Total incurred181.7 101.4 
Deduct: Loss and LAE payments, net of reinsurance, related to:
Current year127.5 56.7 
Prior year18.1 23.7 
Total paid145.6 80.4 
Reserve for losses and LAE, net of reinsurance recoverables at end of period101.1 65.0 
Add: Reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses and LAE at end of period221.4 228.8 
Reserve for losses and LAE gross of reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses and LAE as of end of the period$322.5 $293.8 
Loss development occurs when actual losses incurred vary from the Company’s previously developed estimates, which are established through the Company’s loss and LAE reserve estimate processes.
Net incurred losses and LAE experienced favorable development of $2.0 million and $11.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The prior period development in 2023 of $2.0 million was driven primarily by favorable net loss development relating to the 2022 accident year, resulting in a net release of $2.1 million from catastrophe reserves. These changes are primarily a result of ongoing analysis of claims emergence patterns and loss trends. The prior period development in 2022 of $11.8 million was driven primarily by favorable net loss development relating to the 2021 accident year, resulting in a net release of $5.8 million from attritional reserves and $6.0 million from catastrophe reserves. These changes are primarily a result of ongoing analysis of claims emergence patterns and loss trends.
The following tables present information about incurred and paid loss development as of December 31, 2023, net of reinsurance, as well as cumulative claim frequency and the total of IBNR reserves. For the purpose of defining claims frequency, the number of reported claims is by loss occurrence and does not include claims that do not result in indemnification of loss. The Company presents incurred and paid claims development consistent with its GAAP reportable segments (Refer to Note 22, Segments). The information about incurred and paid claims development for the years ended prior to December 31, 2023 is presented as unaudited supplementary information.
108

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

In addition, the following tables show incurred loss and LAE by accident year in aggregate (in millions, except for number of claims):
Insurance-as-a-Service Incurred Loss and LAE, Net of Reinsurance
December 31, 2023
2019*2020*2021*2022*2023IBNRCumulative Number of Reported Claims
Accident Year
20194.84.84.74.8 4.9 — 7,963
20207.67.49.3 8.9 0.1 16,667
20216.93.8 3.5 0.2 16,481
202213.7 12.4 0.8 21,422
202315.4 5.3 22,380
Total incurred Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses, net

$45.1 $6.4 84,913 
* Presented as unaudited required supplementary information
Insurance-as-a-Service Cumulative Paid Loss and LAE, Net of Reinsurance
2019*2020*2021*2022*2023
Accident Year
20193.24.44.64.74.7 
20204.68.08.48.6 
20210.42.83.1 
20225.010.7 
20237.9 
Total paid losses and LAE, net

$35.0 
Total unpaid loss and LAE reserves, net
10.1 
Unpaid loss and LAE reserves for years prior to 2019, net$0.3 
Ceded unpaid loss and LAE$135.4 
Gross unpaid loss and LAE$145.8 
* Presented as unaudited required supplementary information
Insurance-as-a-Service Average Annual Percentage Payout of Incurred Loss By Age, Net of Reinsurance (Unaudited Supplementary Information)

109

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The following table presents the average annual percentage payout of incurred losses by age, net of reinsurance as of December 31, 2023:
Years12345
Property and Casualty50%40%3%3%4%

Hippo Home Insurance Program Incurred Loss and LAE, Net of Reinsurance
December 31,December 31, 2023
2019*2020*2021*2022*2023IBNRCumulative Number of Reported Claims
Accident Year
2019— — — — — — 6,973
202020.920.720.6 20.7 0.2 13,555
202169.959.7 58.0 2.6 24,459
202280.6 81.5 30.3 24,109
2023153.2 32.9 21,079
Total incurred Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses, net

$313.4 $66.0 90,175 
* Presented as unaudited required supplementary information

Hippo Home Insurance Program Cumulative Paid Loss and LAE, Net of Reinsurance
2019*2020*2021*2022*2023
Accident Year
2019— — — — — 
202012.518.820.120.2 
202134.953.054.3 
202233.343.5 
2023104.7 
Total paid losses and LAE, net

$222.7 
Total unpaid loss and LAE reserves, net
90.7 
Ceded unpaid loss and LAE$83.7 
Gross unpaid loss and LAE$174.4 
* Presented as unaudited required supplementary information

Hippo Home Insurance Program Average Annual Percentage Payout of Incurred Loss By Age, Net of Reinsurance (Unaudited Supplementary Information)

110

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The following table presents the average annual percentage payout of incurred losses by age, net of reinsurance as of December 31, 2023:
Years12345
Property and Casualty55%23%18%2%2%

The reconciliation of the net incurred and paid loss information in the loss reserve rollforward table and development tables with respect to the current accident year is as follows (in millions):
2023 Current Accident Year2022 Current Accident Year
IncurredPaidIncurredPaid
Development table
Insurance-as-a-Service15.4 7.9 13.7 5.0 
Hippo Home Insurance Program153.2 104.7 80.6 33.3 
Unallocated loss adjustment expense
Insurance-as-a-Service0.9 0.9 — — 
Hippo Home Insurance Program14.1 14.1 18.9 18.9 
Other0.1 (0.1)— (0.5)
Rollforward table$183.7 $127.5 $113.2 $56.7 

Reconciliation of Reinsurance Recoverables
As of
December 31, 2023
Net outstanding liabilities from development tables
Insurance-as-a-Service$10.4 
Hippo Home Insurance Program90.7 
Reserve for losses and LAE, net of reinsurance recoverables at end of period101.1 
Recoverables
Insurance-as-a-Service135.4 
Hippo Home Insurance Program83.7 
Unallocated loss adjustment expense2.3 
Reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses and LAE at end of period221.4 
Reserve for losses and LAE gross of reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses and LAE as of end of the period$322.5 

11. Reinsurance
The Company purchases reinsurance to help manage exposure to property and casualty insurance risks, including attritional and catastrophic risks. The Company’s insurance company subsidiaries have entered into
111

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

proportional and non-proportional reinsurance treaties, under which a significant portion of the liabilities withinhave been ceded to third-party reinsurers. The Company also assumes risk from non-affiliated insurance carriers.
Proportional Reinsurance Treaties — Hippo Home Insurance Program
For the Level 3 category include changesCompany’s primary homeowners reinsurance treaty commencing in fair value2023, the Company secured proportional reinsurance from a diverse panel of third-party reinsurers. All reinsurers are either rated “A-” Excellent or better by AM Best, or the reinsurance is appropriately collateralized. In 2023, the Company retains approximately 40% of the premium through its insurance company subsidiaries or its captive reinsurance company, RHS, before purchasing catastrophe protection. Additionally, the reinsurance contracts are subject to contingent commission adjustments and loss participation features, which align the Company’s interests with those of its reinsurers. Loss participation features may increase the amount of losses retained by the Company’s insurance company subsidiaries in excess of its pro rata participation.
For business produced through the Company’s builder channel, the Company purchased proportional reinsurance from three third-party reinsurers. All reinsurers are rated “A-” Excellent or better by AM Best, or the reinsurance is appropriately collateralized. In 2023, the Company is retaining approximately 58% of the premium produced through the Company’s insurance company subsidiaries or RHS, before purchasing catastrophe protection. The reinsurance contracts are subject to contingent commission adjustments and limited loss participation features, which align the Company’s interests with those of the reinsurers.
For the Company’s primary homeowners reinsurance treaty commencing in 2022, the Company secured quota share reinsurance from a diverse panel of third-party reinsurers. All reinsurers are either rated “A-” Excellentor better by AM Best, or the reinsurance is collateralized. In 2022, the Company retained approximately 10% of the premium through the Company’s insurance company subsidiaries, including the Company’s captive reinsurance company, RHS. Additionally, the reinsurance contracts are subject to variable commission adjustments and loss participation features, including loss ratio caps and loss corridors, which align the Company’s interests with those of its reinsurers. The Company saw increased use of loss participation features in the 2022 reinsurance agreements, which increased the amount of losses retained by its insurance company subsidiaries in excess of the Company’s pro rata participation in both the 2022 and 2023 fiscal years.
For the Company’s primary homeowners reinsurance treaty that were attributablecommenced in 2021, the Company secured proportional reinsurance from a diverse panel of third-party reinsurers with AM Best ratings of “A-” Excellent or better. A total of approximately 12% of the premium was retained either by Spinnaker or RHS, which aligns the Company’s interests with third-party reinsurers. Two of the reinsurers, representing approximately one-third of the programs, provided three-year agreements.
The Company also seeks to both observable (e.g.further reduce its risk retention through purchases of non-proportional reinsurance described below.
Non-Proportional Reinsurance — Hippo Home Insurance Program
The Company also purchases non-proportional excess of loss catastrophe coverage (“XOL”) reinsurance which includes traditional reinsurance protection, catastrophe bonds, and industry loss warranty products. Through the Company’s insurance company subsidiaries, the Company is exposed to the risk of natural catastrophe events that could occur on the risks arising from policies underwritten by the Company or other managing general agents (“MGAs”). The Company is also exposed to this risk through its captive reinsurer, which takes on a share of the risk underwritten by the Company’s MGA business.
In May 2023, the Company secured new catastrophe protection through a per occurrence XOL reinsurance agreement with Mountain Re Ltd. (“Mountain Re”), changes in market interest rates) and unobservable (e.g., changes in unobservable long- dated volatilities) inputs.

an independent Bermuda company, licensed as a Special Purpose Insurer.The warrants arereinsurance agreement meets the requirements to be accounted for as liabilitiesreinsurance in accordance with ASC 815-40the guidance for reinsurance contracts. In connection with the reinsurance agreement, Mountain Re issued notes (generally referred to as “catastrophe bonds”) to investors, consistent with the amount of coverage provided under the reinsurance agreement. The reinsurance agreement provides the Company with coverage through June 2026, and pursuant to the agreement, Mountain Re provides XOL reinsurance coverage to the Company for losses from a variety of perils, including named storms, fire following an earthquake, severe thunderstorms, and

112

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

winter storms on business produced through the Hippo MGA. Under the terms of the reinsurance agreement, the Company is obligated to pay annual reinsurance premiums to Mountain Re for the reinsurance coverage. Amounts payable under the reinsurance agreement with respect to any covered event cannot exceed the Company’s actual losses from such event.
In June 2023, the Company’s captive reinsurance company, RHS, entered into an Industry Loss Warranty (ILW) with a third party under which loss payments are triggered by reference to the level of losses incurred by the insurance industry as whole for pre-defined events, rather than by losses incurred by the Company. RHS entered into the ILW in order to hedge the risk of the Company experiencing a catastrophic hurricane loss on business assumed.
The Company’s XOL program provides protection to the Company from catastrophes that could impact a large number of insurance policies. The Company buys XOL so that the probability of losses from a single occurrence exceeding the protection purchased is no more than 0.4%, or equivalent to a 1 in 250 year return period when considered with the corporate catastrophe XOL described below under “Other Reinsurance”. This reinsurance protects the Company from all but the most severe catastrophic events.
Other Reinsurance
Spinnaker also purchases reinsurance for programs written by MGAs other than Hippo through its Insurance-as-a-Service business. The reinsurance treaties are a mix of proportional and XOL in which approximately 75% to 100% of the risk is ceded. The reinsurance contracts are subject to variable commission adjustments and loss participation features, including loss caps, and may increase the amount of losses retained by the Company in excess of the Company’s pro-rata participation. Such provisions are recognized in the period based on the experience to date under the agreement.
Spinnaker purchases a corporate catastrophe XOL program that attaches above the reinsurance programs protecting the business written by Hippo as well as the other MGAs. This treaty has a floating retention and attaches at the exhaustion point of the underlying programs’ specific reinsurance. The catastrophe bonds described above inures to the benefit of this contract. This program provides protection to the Company from catastrophes that could impact a large number of insurance policies underwritten by the Company or other MGAs. The Company buys XOL so that the probability of losses from a single occurrence exceeding the protection purchased is no more than 0.4%, or equivalent to a 1 in 250 year return period. This reinsurance protects the Company from all but the most severe catastrophic events.
Spinnaker also purchases reinsurance from the State Board of Administration in Florida via the Florida Hurricane Catastrophe Fund (the “FHCF”) and the Reinsurance to Assist Policyholders (the “RAP”) program for residential hurricane losses in Florida. This coverage is provided and required by the State of Florida and protects business written by Hippo as well as other MGAs. The Company currently purchases reimbursement protection at the maximum level (90%) of mandatory coverage offered by the FHCF.
With all reinsurance programs, the Company’s wholly owned insurance carriers are not relieved of their primary obligations to policyholders in the event of a default or the insolvency of its reinsurers. As a result, a credit exposure exists to the extent that any reinsurer fails to meet its obligations assumed in the reinsurance agreements. To mitigate this exposure to reinsurance insolvencies, the Company evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers and, in certain circumstances, holds substantial collateral (in the form of funds withheld, qualified trusts, and letters of credit) as security under the reinsurance agreements. No allowance has been recorded in the years ended
113

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2023 and 2022 for amounts anticipated to be uncollectible or for the anticipated failure of a reinsurer to meet its obligations under the contracts.
The following table reflects amounts affecting the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for ceded reinsurance (in millions):
For the Year Ended December 31,
20232022
Written PremiumsEarned PremiumsLoss and LAE IncurredWritten PremiumsEarned PremiumsLoss and LAE Incurred
Direct$834.6 $760.5 $531.8 $628.3 $541.1 $409.6 
Assumed12.7 8.8 11.7 1.6 0.4 0.1 
Gross847.3 769.3 543.5 629.9 541.5 409.7 
Ceded(687.7)(661.8)(361.8)(580.3)(499.0)(308.3)
Net$159.6 $107.5 $181.7 $49.6 $42.5 $101.4 

As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, a provision for sliding scale commissions of $23.8 million and $3.5 million, respectively, is included in provision for commission on the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, a receivable for sliding scale commissions of $5.8 million and $4.5 million, respectively, is included in ceding commissions receivable on the consolidated balance sheets.
As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, a provision for loss participation features of $112.8 million and $51.3 million, respectively, was recorded as a contra-asset in reinsurance recoverable on the consolidated balance sheets.
Amounts recoverable from reinsurers are recognized in a manner consistent with the claims liabilities associated with the reinsurance placement and presented within derivative warrants liability on the balance sheet. sheet as reinsurance recoverable on paid and unpaid losses and LAE. Such balance is presented in the table below (in millions).
December 31,
20232022
Reinsurance recoverable on paid loss$59.9 $57.5 
Ceded unpaid loss and LAE221.4228.8
Total reinsurance recoverable$281.3 $286.3 
The Company evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers and, in certain circumstances, holds collateral in the form of funds withheld and letters of credit. This collateral serves as security under the terms of its reinsurance contracts to reduce credit exposure to reinsurance recoverable and prepaid reinsurance premium
114

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

balances. The Company has the following unsecured reinsurance recoverable and prepaid reinsurance premium balances from reinsurers (in millions):
December 31,
AM Best RatingReinsurer20232022
A+Munich Reinsurance America, Inc.$60.0 $34.3 
A+Hannover Rück SE56.9 49.9 
A+Everest Reinsurance Company41.6 55.3 
A+Digital Advantage Insurance Company24.1 19.4 
A+Swiss Reinsurance America Corporation18.3 14.0 
A+Partner Reinsurance Company of the U.S.14.9 15.0 
A+Sirius America Insurance Company12.5 7.8 
$228.3 $195.7 
Other reinsurers143.1 160.3 
$371.4 $356.0 
12. Geographical Breakdown of Gross Written Premium
Gross written premium by state is as follows (in millions):

Year Ended December 31,
20232022
Amount% of GWPAmount% of GWP
State
Texas$151.6 17.9 %$155.6 24.7 %
California156.7 18.5 %116.3 18.5 %
Florida111.5 13.2 %55.4 8.8 %
Georgia37.7 4.4 %29.3 4.7 %
Illinois25.9 3.1 %22.7 3.6 %
Colorado23.4 2.8 %19.3 3.1 %
Missouri15.8 1.9 %15.0 2.4 %
Arizona18.3 2.2 %14.3 2.3 %
Ohio15.2 1.8 %13.8 2.2 %
New Jersey17.2 2.0 %14.0 2.2 %
Other274.0 32.3 %174.2 27.7 %
Total$847.3 100 %$629.9 100 %
13. Public Warrants and Private Placement Warrants
In November 2020, in connection with the RTPZ IPO, RTPZ issued 4.6 million warrants (the “Public Warrants”) to purchase its Class A ordinary shares at $287.50 per share. Concurrently, RTPZ also issued 4.4 million warrants (the “Private Placement Warrants” and, together with the Public Warrants, the “Public and Private Placement Warrants”) to its Sponsor to purchase its Class A ordinary shares at $287.50 per share. In connection with the Business Combination, the Public and Private Placement warrants converted, on a one-for-one basis, into warrants to purchase Company common stock. All of the Public and Private Placement Warrants were outstanding as of December 31, 2023.
The Company classified the Public and Private Placement Warrants as other liabilities on its consolidated balance sheets as these instruments are measuredprecluded from being indexed to the Company’s own stock. In certain events outside of the Company’s control, the Public Warrant and Private Placement Warrant holders are entitled to receive
115

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

cash, while in certain scenarios, the holders of the common stock are not entitled to receive cash or may receive less than 100% of any proceeds in cash, which precludes these instruments from being classified within equity. The Public and Private Placement Warrants were initially recorded at fair value at inception and on a recurring basis, with changes inare subsequently adjusted to fair value presented within change in fair value of derivative warrants liability in the statement of operations.

The Company utilizes a binomial Monte-Carlo simulation to estimate the fair value of the warrants at each subsequent reporting period, with changes in fair value recognized in the statement of operations. The Company recognized $12,601,581 for the derivative warrant liabilities upon their issuance on November 18, 2020. For the period from October 2, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, the Company recognized a charge to the statement of operations resulting from an increasedate. Changes in the fair value of these instruments are recognized within other (income) expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss. See Note 4, Fair Value Measurement for additional information on valuation.

14. Commitments and Contingencies
Purchase Commitments
As of December 31, 2023, the Company has total minimum purchase commitments, which must be made during the next three years, of $1.7 million.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, the Company may become involved in litigation or other legal proceedings. The Company is routinely named in litigation involving claims from policyholders. Legal proceedings relating to claims are reserved in the normal course of business. The Company does not believe it is a party to any pending litigation or other legal proceedings that is likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations. Regardless of outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on the Company because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.
The Company records a liability for litigation if an unfavorable outcome is probable and the amount of loss or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. If an unfavorable outcome is probable and a reasonable estimate of the loss is a range, the Company accrues the best estimate within the range. If no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other amount, the Company accrues the minimum amount within the range. If an unfavorable outcome is probable but the amount of the loss cannot be reasonably estimated, the Company discloses the nature of the litigation and indicate that an estimate of the loss or range of loss cannot be made. If an unfavorable outcome is reasonably possible and the estimated loss is material, the Company discloses the nature and estimate of the possible loss of the litigation. The Company does not disclose information with respect to litigation where an unfavorable outcome is considered to be remote or where the estimated loss would not be material. Based on current expectations, such matters, both individually and in the aggregate, are not expected to have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, results of operations, business, or financial condition
On November 19, 2021, Hippo and Assaf Wand, the Company’s co-founder, were named in a civil action in San Francisco Superior Court brought by Eyal Navon. Mr. Navon alleged six causes of action against Mr. Wand for breach of fiduciary duty, breach of contract, promissory estoppel, fraud, negligent misrepresentation, and constructive fraud surrounding a loan and call option entered into between Innovius Capital Canopus I, L.P. (“Innovius”) and Mr. Navon, as well as alleged promises made by Mr. Wand to Mr. Navon while Mr. Navon was an employee of Hippo. Innovius was an investor in the Company prior to its transaction with Mr. Navon. Mr. Navon alleges a fraud claim against Hippo and also alleges a claim for declaratory judgment, requesting that the Court declare that Mr. Navon properly revoked the call option he entered into with Innovius.
On May 2, 2022, Mr. Navon amended his complaint, naming Hippo in his breach of contract, promissory estoppel, negligent misrepresentation, and constructive fraud causes of action (in addition to re-pleading the declaratory relief and fraud causes of action). On February 28, 2023, Mr. Navon filed a Third Amended Complaint alleging 18 claims for relief. In addition to the original allegations, the Third Amended Complaint alleges fraud, insider-trading, and aiding-and-abetting claims based on the theory that Hippo and Mr. Wand provided Innovius and its principal, Justin Moore, with material nonpublic information about Hippo’s business, as well as, conversion claims against Hippo related to the transfer of his shares to Innovius after Innovius exercised the call option.
On February 2, 2024, Mr. Navon filed a Fourth Amended Complaint alleging 19 claims for relief. In addition to the previous allegations, the Fourth Amended Complaint alleges securities fraud by affirmative false statements and aiding-and-abetting claims against Hippo, Mr. Wand, Innovius, and Mr. Moore on the theory that Mr. Wand purposely misled Mr. Navon into selling his Hippo shares, and that all defendants were aware of Mr. Wand’s plan to mislead Mr. Navon in an effort to convince him to sell his Hippo shares. On February 16, 2024,
116

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Innovius filed eight cross claims against Hippo and Mr. Wand, claiming breach of contract, promissory fraud and aiding and abetting fraud, and Hippo filed three cross claims against Mr. Navon including fraud, fraudulent inducement, negligent misrepresentation, and breach of contract.
All claims asserted are based on alleged conduct that occurred prior to Hippo becoming a publicly traded company. Hippo engaged counsel to defend both Hippo and Mr. Wand, and Hippo and Mr. Wand have denied all claims. As a result of the new allegations in the Third Amended Complaint, Hippo moved to have the court designate the case as complex. The court granted this motion, took the previously scheduled trial date off the calendar, and trial is now expected to take place in September 2024.
The parties are engaged in fact discovery, and Hippo intends to move for summary judgment against the claims alleged in the Fourth Amended Complaint. Any potential losses associated with Mr. Navon’s claims cannot be estimated at this time.
15. Leases
Operating Leases
The Company leases office space under non-cancelable operating leases with various expiration dates through 2027, some of which include options to extend the leases for up to 5 years. The Company does not assume renewals in the determination of the lease term unless the renewals are deemed to be reasonably certain. For the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company recognized $2.9 million of ROU asset impairments associated with the Company’s abandonment of leased space used in our business operations. The Company recognized operating lease expenses of $6.1 million and $5.2 million for the year’s ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 respectively.
The weighted average remaining lease term and the weighted average discount rate for operating leases as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 were:
December 31,
20232022
Weighted average remaining lease term2.885.05
Weighted average discount rate4.3%4.9%
Maturities of operating lease liabilities by fiscal year as of approximately $866,000 presentedDecember 31, 2023 are (in millions):
117

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Year Ending December 31,
20245.7 
20255.2 
20263.9 
20271.0 
Thereafter— 
Total undiscounted lease payments$15.8 
Less: Imputed interest(1.0)
Present value of lease payments$14.8 
Supplemental cash flow information about the Company’s operating leases (in millions):
For the Year Ended December 31,
20232022
Cash paid for operating lease liabilities$5.7 $4.4 
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating liabilities— 15.0 

16. Stockholders’ Equity
Common Stock
The Company’s common stock and warrants trade on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the ticker symbols “HIPO” and “HIPO.WS,” respectively. Pursuant to Certificate of Incorporation, the Company is authorized to issue 80 million shares of common stock, with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote. The holders of the common stock are also entitled to receive dividends whenever funds are legally available and when declared by the board of directors. No dividends have been declared or paid since inception.
Stock-Based Compensation Plans
2019 Stock Option and Grant Plan
Adopted in 2019, the 2019 Stock Option and Grant Plan (“the 2019 Stock Plan”) provides for the direct award or sale of shares, the grant of options to purchase shares, and the grant of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) to employees, consultants, and outside directors of the Company. Stock options under the plan may be either incentive stock options (“ISOs”) or non-qualified stock options (“NSOs”), with an exercise price of not less than 100% of fair market value on the grant date, with a term less than or equal to ten years. The vesting period of each option and RSU shall be as changedetermined by a committee of the Company’s board of directors but is generally over four years. Upon the closing of the Business Combination, the remaining unallocated share reserve under the 2019 Plan was cancelled and no new awards will be granted under such plan. Awards outstanding under the 2019 Plan were assumed by the Company upon the Closing and continue to be governed by the terms of the 2019 Plan.
2021 Incentive Award Plan
Adopted in 2021, the 2021 Incentive Award Plan (the “2021 Plan”), which authorized for issuance 3.1 million shares of common stock. The 2021 Plan provides for the issuance of a variety of stock-based compensation awards, including stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance bonus awards, performance stock unit awards, dividend equivalents, or other stock or cash-based awards. The vesting period of each option and award shall be as determined by a committee of the Company’s board of directors but is generally over two to four years. This reserve increases on January 1 of each
118

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

year through 2031, by an amount equal to the smaller of: (i) 5% of the number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, or (ii) an amount determined by the board of directors.
Stock Options
The following table summarizes option activity under the plans:
Options OutstandingWeighted-Average RemainingAggregate Intrinsic Value
(In Millions)
Number of SharesWeighted Average Exercise PriceContract Term
(In Years)
Outstanding as of January 1, 20221,901,163$33.05 8.3$84.8 
Granted625,57845.07 — 
Exercised(145,525)13.80 3.7 
Cancelled/Expired(394,328)41.61 2.2 
Outstanding as of December 31, 20221,986,978$36.54 7.8$1.3 
Granted— 
Exercised(103,047)11.89 0.5 
Cancelled/Expired(294,402)24.07 0.2 
Outstanding as of December 31, 20231,589,529$16.13 6.8$0.2 
Vested and exercisable as of December 31, 20231,386,891$16.16 6.7$0.2 
The weighted-average grant date fair value of derivative warrant liabilities onoptions granted during the accompanying statementyear ended December 31, 2022 was $15.24 per share.
Total unrecognized compensation cost of operations.

$4.0 million as of December 31, 2023 is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.1 years.

Valuation Assumptions of Stock Options
The estimated fair value of granted stock options was estimated as of the derivative warrant liabilities is determineddate of grant using Level 3 inputs. Inherent in a Monte Carlo simulationthe Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model, based on the following inputs:
December 31,
2022
Expected term (in years)5.0 - 6.7
Expected volatility29.6% - 30.9%
Risk-free interest rate2.7% - 3.0%
Expected dividend yield— %
Expected Term – The expected term represents the period that the Company’s stock-based awards are assumptions relatedexpected to expected stock-price volatility, expected life, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield.be outstanding. The Company estimateshas opted to use the volatilitysimplified method for estimating the expected term of its common stock warrants based onoptions. Accordingly, the expected term equals the arithmetic average of the vesting term and the original contractual term of the option (generally 10 years).
Expected Volatility – Due to the Company’s limited operating history and a lack of company specific historical and implied volatility fromdata, the Company has based its estimate of expected volatility on the historical volatility of selecta group of peer company’s traded common stock warrantscompanies that matchesare publicly traded. The historical volatility data was computed using the expected remaining lifedaily closing prices for the selected companies’ shares during the equivalent period of the warrants.calculated expected term of the stock-based awards.
Risk-Free Interest Rate The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury zero-coupon yield curve in effect at the time of grant for zero coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to the grant’s expected term.
119

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Expected Dividend Yield – The Company has never paid dividends and does not currently expect to pay dividends.
Fair value of common stock – The Company determined the value of its common stock based on the grant date forobservable daily closing price of its common stock (ticker symbol “HIPO”).
Early Exercises of Stock Options
In 2020 and 2021, certain employees early exercised stock options with cash. On December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had $0.7 million and $1.4 million, respectively, recorded in accrued expenses and other liabilities related to early exercises of the stock options, and the related number of unvested shares subject to repurchase was 26 thousand and 0.1 million, respectively.
Stock Option Repricing
On March 1, 2023, the Board approved a maturity similarone-time repricing of certain stock option awards. The repricing will impact out-of-the-money stock options held by all employees who remain employed through March 6, 2023 (the “Repricing Date”), including our executive officers. Each stock option was repriced to have a per share exercise price equal to the expected remaining lifeclosing price of the warrants.Company’s common stock on the Repricing Date, except that the per share exercise price of each stock option held by any of our executive officers that was repriced is subject to a premium. The expected lifepremium will be in effect from the Repricing Date through the first anniversary of the warrants is assumedRepricing Date (the “Premium End Date”). In the event the applicable executive officer (i) exercises his/her stock options prior to the Premium End Date or (ii) does not provide services to the Company as an employee or a consultant through the Premium End Date, the per share exercise price applicable to his/her stock options will be equivalenttwo times the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the Repricing Date. There were no changes to theirthe number of shares, the vesting schedule or the expiration date of the repriced stock options. As a result of the repricing, the Company will record incremental share-based compensation charges of $3.6 million, of which $1.4 million was recognized on the Repricing Date, and $2.2 million will be recognized over the remaining contractual term. term of the repriced options.
Restricted Stock Units and Performance Restricted Stock Units
The dividend rateCompany grants service based RSUs and performance based RSUs (“PRSUs”) as part of the Company’s equity compensation plans.
The Company measures RSU and PRSU expense for awards granted based on the estimated fair value of those awards at grant date. To estimate the fair value of PRSUs containing a market condition, the Company used the Monte Carlo valuation model. The fair value of all other awards is based on the historical rate, whichclosing price of the Company’s common stock as reported on the NYSE on the date of grant. The RSUs generally vest over a period of two to four years. The PRSUs vest based on the level of achievement of the performance goals and continued employment with the Company anticipatesover a one to four year performance period.
Stock-based compensation expense for RSUs are recognized based on the straight-line basis over the employee requisite service period. Stock-based compensation expense for PRSUs are recognized on a graded accelerated basis over the employee requisite service period. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur.
During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company granted 1.1 million PRSUs. Half of the PRSUs granted are subject to the achievement of market-based performance goals and the remaining at zero.

PRSUs subject to vesting pursuant to internal financial measures. The actual number of units that ultimately vest will range from 0% to 100% of the granted amount, based on the level of achievement of the performance goals and continued employment with the Company.

REINVENT TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS Z

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table provides quantitative information regarding Level 3 fair value measurements inputs as their measurement dates:

   As of
November 18,
2020
  As of
December 31,
2020
 
   

Stock price

  $9.72  $9.98

Volatility

   23.20  23.50

Expected life of the options to convert

   5.6   5.5 

Risk-free rate

   0.47  0.43

Dividend yield

   —     —   

Note 11—Subsequent Events

Management has evaluated subsequent events to determine if events or transactions occurring through May 10, 2021,presents the date the financial statements were issued, require potential adjustment to or disclosureassumptions utilized in the financial statements and has concluded that, other than as described below, all such events that would require recognition or disclosure have been recognized or disclosed.

Proposed Hippo Business Combination

On February 23, 2021, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with Hippo Enterprises Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Hippo”), and RTPZ Merger Sub Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“Merger Sub”). The Merger Agreement provides that, among other things and upon the terms and subject to the conditions thereof, the following transactions will occur (together with the other agreements and transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, the “Hippo Business Combination”): (i) at the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (the “Closing”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Merger Agreement and in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended (the “DGCL”), (a) Merger Sub will merge with and into Hippo, the separate

REINVENT TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS Z

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

corporate existence of Merger Sub will cease and Hippo will be the surviving corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (the “First Merger”) and (b) immediately following the First Merger, Hippo (as the surviving corporation of the First Merger) will merge with and into the Company, the separate corporate existence of Hippo will cease and the Company will be the surviving corporation (the “Second Merger” and, together with the First Merger, the “Mergers”); (ii) as a result of the Merger, among other things, all outstanding shares of capital stock of Hippo will be canceled in exchangeMonte Carlo valuation model for market-based awards for the rightperiod indicated:

120

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to receive, inConsolidated Financial Statements

December 31,
2022
Expected term (in years)4.1
Expected volatility95.0 %
Risk-free interest rate2.9 %
Expected dividend yield— %
The following table summarizes the aggregate, a numberRSU and PRSU activity years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022:
Number of SharesWeighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value per Share
Unvested and outstanding as of December 31, 20211,165,571$99.85 
Granted2,829,77430.49 
Vested(444,105)87.10 
Canceled and forfeited(669,256)67.89 
Unvested and outstanding as of December 31, 20222,881,984$41.15 
Granted1,579,87116.89 
Vested(1,139,308)39.41 
Canceled and forfeited(787,864)36.26 
Unvested and outstanding as of December 31, 20232,534,683 $28.28 

Total unrecognized compensation cost of shares of RTPZ Common Stock (as defined below) equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) $5,522,000,000 (representing the enterprise value of $5,000,000,000 plus Hippo’s cashunvested RSUs and PRSUs is $45.9 million as of December 31, 2020 ($522,000,000)2023, and it is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.7 years.
2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
The Company adopted the 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2021 ESPP”), which authorized 0.5 million shares of common stock for issuance. The 2021 ESPP became effective on October 25, 2021. The 2021 ESPP is designed to allow eligible employees of the Company to purchase shares of common stock with their accumulated payroll deductions at a price equal to 85% of the lesser of the fair market value on the first business day of the offering period or on the designated purchase date of the offering period up to $25,000 during the calendar year. The ESPP offers a six-month look-back feature as well as an automatic reset feature that provides for an offering period to be reset to a new lower-priced offering if the offering price of the new offering period is less than that of the current offering period. During the year ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, 142,297 and 46,000 shares were issued under the plan, respectively. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the 2021 ESPP will be annually increased on January 1 of each calendar year beginning in 2021 and ending in 2031, by (y) $10.00;an amount equal to the lesser of (i) one percent of the shares outstanding (on a converted basis) on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (iii)(ii) such number of shares as may be determined by the board of directors.
121

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Stock-Based Compensation
Total stock-based compensation expense, classified in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss was as follows (in millions):
Year Ended
December 31,
20232022
Losses and loss adjustment expenses$1.2 $2.6 
Insurance related expenses4.9 5.4 
Technology and development12.5 19.2 
Sales and marketing13.1 13.7 
General and administrative25.8 21.0 
Total stock-based compensation expense$57.5 $61.9 
Stock Repurchases
In March 2023, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $50.0 million of its common stock, with no expiration date. Repurchases under the program may be made in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise, with the amount and timing of repurchases to be determined at the Company’s discretion depending on market conditions and corporate needs. Open market repurchases will be structured to occur in accordance with applicable federal securities laws, including within the pricing and volume requirements of Rule 10b-18 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Company may also, from time to time, enter into Rule 10b5-1 plans to facilitate repurchases of its common stock under this authorization. This program does not obligate the Company to acquire any particular amount of its common stock, and may be modified, suspended or terminated at any time at the Company’s discretion. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company repurchased 0.1 million shares of its common stock for $1.8 million under this program. Shares repurchased by the Company are accounted for when the transaction is settled. As of December 31, 2023, there were no unsettled share repurchases. Direct costs incurred to acquire the shares are included in the total cost of the shares.
122

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

17. Income Taxes
Income tax expense
The Company and its U.S. subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return. Tax liabilities and benefits realized by the consolidated group are allocated on a separate return basis. The Company’s international subsidiaries file various income tax returns in their respective jurisdictions.
Income (loss) before tax consists of the following (in millions):
Year Ended December 31,
20232022
United States$(274.0)$(333.5)
Foreign1.4 1.4 
Loss before income taxes attributable to Hippo$(272.6)$(332.1)
Income before tax attributable to noncontrolling interests10.1 6.9 
Loss before income taxes$(262.5)$(325.2)
The components of the total provision for income taxes are as follows (in millions):
Year Ended December 31,
20232022
Loss before income taxes attributable to Hippo$(272.6)$(332.1)
Income tax benefit from statutory rate(57.2)(69.8)
Effect of:
Meals, entertainment & parking0.2 0.2 
Deferred compensation7.4 6.6 
State taxes(9.1)(9.0)
Goodwill impairment— 8.0 
Increase in valuation allowance64.2 66.8 
Foreign taxes0.1 1.2 
Other(5.1)(2.7)
Income taxes expense$0.5 $1.3 










123

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows (in millions):
Year Ended December 31,
20232022
Income tax applicable to:
Current
Federal$— $— 
State0.4 0.1 
Foreign0.8 1.2 
Total current provision$1.2 $1.3 
Deferred
Federal$— $— 
State— — 
Foreign(0.7)— 
Total deferred provision$(0.7)$— 
Total provision for income taxes$0.5 $1.3 
Deferred tax
Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in millions):
As of December 31,
20232022
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforward$171.6 $127.7 
Intangible assets10.2 8.5 
Research and development credit10.5 6.7 
Deferred compensation9.7 6.2 
Unearned premium reserve4.1 1.6 
Loss reserve discount1.1 0.8 
Unrealized losses2.0 1.7 
Lease liability3.5 5.6 
Deferred revenue5.9 4.3 
Capitalized software13.7 5.8 
Other accruals3.2 0.7 
Total deferred tax assets$235.5 $169.6 
Valuation allowance(226.0)(161.5)
Total deferred income tax assets$9.5 $8.1 
Deferred tax liabilities
Property and equipment$0.9 $0.5 
Provision for commission slide and cancellation— 0.2 
Deferred acquisition costs5.0 1.7 
Right-of-use asset2.4 5.4 
Other0.4 0.3 
Total deferred tax liabilities$8.7 $8.1 
Deferred income tax assets, net$0.8 $— 
124

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Valuation Allowance
Recognition of deferred tax assets is appropriate when realization of these assets is more likely than not. Based upon the effective timeweight of all available evidence, with primary focus on the Company’s history of recent losses, the Company has concluded that it is not more likely than not that the recorded federal and state deferred tax assets will be realized. As a result, the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against its federal and state deferred tax assets recorded as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.
Unrecognized Tax Benefits
The Company recognizes the tax benefit of tax positions taken in the consolidated financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on examination by the relevant taxing authority based on the tax technical merits of the Domestication (as defined below),position. The tax benefit of a position that meets this standard is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is expected to be more likely than not to be realized on settlement. A liability is established for the difference between the tax benefit of positions taken in a tax return and the tax benefit of tax positions recognized in the consolidated financial statements.
Below is a reconciliation of unrecognized tax benefits (in millions):
Year Ended December 31,
20232022
Beginning unrecognized tax benefits$2.9 $1.1 
Increases related to tax positions from prior years0.8 0.7 
Increases related to tax positions taken in the current year1.41.1
Ending unrecognized tax benefits$5.1 $2.9 
The balances at December 31, 2023 and 2022 were fully offset by a valuation allowance. No interest or penalties were incurred during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.
As of December 31, 2023, there were no material positions for which the Company believes it is reasonably possible that the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits will immediatelysignificantly increase or decrease within the next twelve months.
Net Operating Losses
As of December 31, 2023, the Company has U.S. federal and state net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of $719.8 million and $326.7 million, respectively. The Company has $166.2 million of Dual Consolidated Losses in RHS, a 953(d) company. The provisions of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 eliminated the 20-year carryforward period and made it indefinite for federal NOLs generated in tax years after December 31, 2017. For such amounts generated prior to 2018, the 20-year carryforward periods continue to apply.
In general, a corporation’s ability to utilize its NOL carryforwards may be renamed “Hippo Holdings Inc.subject to a substantial limitation due to ownership changes that may have occurred or that could occur in the future, as required by section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”), as amended, as well as similar state provisions. These ownership changes may limit the amount of NOL and research & development (“R&D”) credit carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income and tax, respectively. In general, an “ownership change,

as defined by section 382 of the Code, results from transaction or series of transactions over a three-year period resulting in an ownership change of more than 50 percent of the capital (as defined) of a company by certain stockholders or public groups. The Company has performed a section 382 analysis and experienced two historical ownership changes in 2016 and 2018, and the Company’s tax attributes subject to such limitations under section 382 have been considered. Components of the NOL carryforwards are as follows (in millions):


125

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Indefinite
20-year CarryforwardCarryforward
Expires in 2035 - 2043PeriodTotal
U.S. Federal$175.3 0$544.5 $719.8 
U.S. State326.7— 326.7
Balance as of December 31, 2023$502.0 $544.5 $1,046.5 
Tax credit carryforwards
As of December 31, 2023, the Company has U.S. federal R&D credit carryforwards of $10.0 million, which have a 20-year carryforward and expire 2038-2043, as well as state R&D credit carryforwards of $6.6 million, which have an indefinite carryforward period.
Taxing Authority Audits
The Company’s income tax returns are subject to federal and state tax examinations. There are no pending tax examinations as of December 31, 2023. For U.S. federal purposes, the Company is open to examination for the 2020 – 2022 tax years and for state purposes, the Company is open for from 2019 – 2022 tax years. No interest or penalties were incurred during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.
18. Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders was computed as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
20232022
Numerator:
Net loss attributable to Hippo – basic and diluted (in millions)$(273.1)$(333.4)
Denominator:
Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to Hippo — basic and diluted23,578,92222,747,101
Net loss per share attributable to Hippo — basic and diluted$(11.58)$(14.66)
Potential dilutive securities that were not included in the diluted loss per share calculations because they would be anti-dilutive were as follows:
December 31,
20232022
Outstanding options1,589,5291,986,978
Warrants to purchase common shares360,000360,000
Common stock subject to repurchase26,05876,364
RSU and PRSUs2,534,6832,881,984
Total4,510,2705,305,326

19. Acquisitions
Asset Acquisitions

126

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2023, the Company acquired two insurance agencies for a purchase consideration totaling $5.9 million and consisting of $4.3 million in cash, of which $0.7 million is deferred until the first and second anniversary of the transaction date, and $1.6 million related to the fair value of the previously held interest. Both acquisitions were determined to be asset acquisitions for accounting purposes. Of the total purchase consideration, $4.8 million has been recorded to acquired intangible assets and primarily relate to customer relationships and have a useful life of seven years. The remaining net assets acquired consisted of $1.1 million of net working capital.
Prior to the Closing,acquisition, the Company accounted for its ownership interest under the equity method of accounting. The acquisition of the controlling financial interest was accounted for as a step acquisition. The Company’s previously held interest was remeasured to fair value and resulted in a gain of $1.3 million. The gain was reflected in other (income) expense, net line of the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.
Acquisition of noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries
In the fourth quarter of 2023, the Company purchased all of the noncontrolling interest in two insurance agencies for $3.2 million in cash. In connection therewith, the Company recognized a $2.7 million adjustment to equity for the difference between the $3.2 million of cash consideration allocated to the noncontrolling interest and its $0.5 million carrying value. The Company had previously consolidated these agencies as they were VIEs and the Company was the primary beneficiary.
20. Statutory Financial Information
The Company’s insurance subsidiaries are subject to insurance laws and regulations in the approvaljurisdictions in which they operate. U.S. state insurance laws and regulations prescribe accounting practices for determining statutory net income and capital and surplus for insurance companies. In addition, state regulators may permit statutory accounting practices (SAP) that differ from prescribed practices. The principal differences between SAP and GAAP as they relate to the financial statements of the Company’s shareholders,insurance subsidiaries are (a) policy acquisition costs are expensed as incurred under SAP, whereas they are deferred and amortized under GAAP, (b) certain assets are not admitted for purposes of determining surplus under SAP, (c) investments in fixed income securities are carried at amortized cost under SAP whereas such securities are carried at fair value under GAAP, and (d) the criteria for recognizing net DTAs and the methodologies used to determine such amounts are different under SAP and GAAP.
Risk-Based Capital (“RBC”) requirements promulgated by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners require property/casualty insurers to maintain minimum capitalization levels determined based on formulas incorporating various business risks of the insurance subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company’s insurance subsidiaries capital and surplus exceeds its authorized control level.
The statutory net income and statutory capital and surplus of the Company’s insurance subsidiaries in accordance with regulatory accounting practices were as follows (in millions):
Statutory Net Income (Loss)Statutory Capital and Surplus
2023202220232022
U.S. insurance subsidiaries$21.2 $1.0 $191.0 $164.9 
International insurance subsidiary(53.9)(35.8)24.1 26.9 
Total$(32.7)$(34.8)$215.1 $191.8 

21. Dividend Restrictions
Spinnaker Insurance Company
127

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The maximum amount of dividends that can be paid by all property and casualty insurance companies within the DGCL, Cayman Islands Companies Act (as revised) (the “CICA”)group without prior approval of their respective insurance commissioner in a 12 month period, measured retrospectively from the date of payment, is $26.3 million and the$21.3 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.
RH Solutions Insurance (Cayman) Ltd.
The Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the Company will effect a deregistration under the CICA and a domestication under Section 388 of the DGCL (by means of filing a certificate of domestication with the Secretary of State of Delaware), pursuant to which the Company’s jurisdiction of incorporation will be changed frominsurance subsidiary in the Cayman Islands, RHS, is regulated by the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority (“CIMA”). CIMA must be given advanced notice of any dividend payments. At December 31, 2023 and 2022, approximately $18.4 million and $24.4 million, respectively, of excess capital were available for the payment of dividends contingent on receiving the prior approval of CIMA. Dividend distributions to RH Solutions’ stakeholders are recognized in the State of Delaware (the “Domestication”).

period in which the dividends are declared by the Directors. In connectionaccordance with the Domestication, (i) eachterms of the then issuedInsurance (Capital and outstandingSolvency) (Class B, C, and D Insurers) Regulations, 2012, as a Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share,B(iii) insurer under the Law, RHS is required to maintain the Prescribed Capital Requirement (“PCR”) of $5.7 million, which is based on net earned premium during the fiscal year.




128

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

22. Segments
Starting with the first quarter of 2023, the Company realigned its internal reporting to reflect how the Company now manages and monitors its operating results. As a result of these changes, the Company now has three reportable segments: Services, Insurance-as-a-Service, and Hippo Home Insurance Program.
The Company’s Services segment earns fees and/or commission income without assuming underwriting risk or need for reinsurance. The Company also partners with home builders, as well as independent agencies, to source insureds seeking a product for which the Company provides the best carrier for the insured whether it be of Hippo or a third-party carrier, including other insurance products like auto, rental, etc.
Insurance-as-a-Service is managed through the Company’s subsidiary Spinnaker and is a platform to support third party MGAs. The Company rents its capital, 50 state licenses and the strong financial rating of Spinnaker (rated “A-” Excellent by A.M. Best) to earn fee-based revenues with the assumption of limited underwriting risk using quota-share reinsurance. The Company also earns a portion of the premiums paid to it for the risk the Company will convert automatically, on a one-for-one basis, into a share of common stock, par value $0.0001,retains as well as generates investment income. The diversification of the Company’s balance sheet allows it to carry less capital than the Company’s MGA clients would be required to on their own.
The Hippo Home Insurance Program is the Company’s Hippo-branded homeowners insurance business. The Company’s main source of revenue is the premiums paid to it by the Company’s homeowner customers. In addition, the Company’s revenues include commissions for premiums the Company (after its Domestication) (the “RTPZ Common Stock”), (ii) eachcedes to third parties, policy and services fees and investment income. The Company’s strategy is to retain the portion of the then issued and outstanding Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share,underwriting risk where the Company believes its loss prevention strategies are the most effective.
The Company’s Chief Executive Officer, who serves as the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), evaluates the financial performance of the Company, will convert automatically, on a one-for-one basis, into a shareCompany’s segments based upon segment adjusted operating income or (loss) as the profitability measure. Items outside of RTPZ Common Stock, (iii) each then issuedadjusted operating income or (loss) are not reported by segment, since they are excluded from the single measure of segment profitability reviewed by the CODM. The Company’s CODM does not use segment assets to allocate resources or to assess performance of the segments and, outstanding warranttherefore, segment assets have not been reported separately.
The tables below present segment information reconciled to acquiretotal net loss attributable to Hippo, for the periods indicated (in millions). Financial information for the period ended December 31, 2022 has been revised to conform with the current year presentation.

129

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Year Ended December 31, 2023
ServicesInsurance-as-a-ServiceHippo Home Insurance Program
Intersegment Eliminations(1)
Total
Revenue:
Net earned premium$— $42.9 $64.6 $— $107.5 
Commission income, net43.719.87.3(7.4)63.4
Service and fee income0.50.314.915.7
Net investment income0.17.715.323.1
Total Revenue44.370.7102.1(7.4)209.7
Adjusted Operating Expenses:
Loss and loss adjustment expense— 15.6 165.0 — 180.6 
Insurance related expense— 22.8 37.9 (2.9)57.8 
Sales and marketing42.5 — 16.9 (3.5)55.9 
Technology and development16.6 0.5 17.2 — 34.3 
General and administrative11.9 5.8 30.0 — 47.7 
Other expenses0.7 — 0.1 — 0.8 
Total adjusted operating expenses71.7 44.7 267.1 (6.4)377.1 
Less: Net investment income(0.1)(7.7)(15.3)— (23.1)
Less: Noncontrolling interest(10.1)— — — (10.1)
Adjusted operating income (loss)(37.6)18.3 (180.3)(1.0)(200.6)
Net investment income23.1
Depreciation and amortization(19.8)
Stock-based compensation(57.5)
Fair value adjustments1.5
Contingent consideration charge(6.0)
Other one-off transactions(7.8)
Income tax expense(0.5)
Restructuring charges(2.6)
Impairment charges(2.9)
Net loss attributable to Hippo$(273.1)
Income tax expense0.5 
Noncontrolling interest10.1 
Loss before income taxes$(262.5)
(1)Intersegment eliminations include commissions paid from Hippo Home Insurance Program for policies sold by the Company’s Class A Ordinary Shares will convert automatically into a warrantServices segment (revenue, cost, and other adjustments in respective business units eliminated as part of consolidation).


130

HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
Notes to acquire an equal number of shares of RTPZ Common Stock (“Domesticated RTPZ Warrant”), and (iv) each then issued and outstanding unit of the Company (the “Cayman RTPZ Units”) will convert automatically into a share of RTPZ Common Stock, on a one-for-one basis, and one-fourth of one Domesticated RTPZ Warrant.

On March 3, 2021, concurrently with the execution of the Merger Agreement, the Company entered into subscription agreements with certain investors (collectively, the “PIPE Investors”), pursuant to, and on the terms and subject to the conditions of which, the PIPE Investors have collectively subscribedConsolidated Financial Statements



Year Ended December 31, 2022
ServicesInsurance-as-a-ServiceHippo Home Insurance Program
Intersegment Eliminations(1)
Total
Revenue:
Net earned premium$— $22.5 $20.0 $— $42.5 
Commission income, net36.011.425.0(18.1)54.3
Service and fee income0.913.013.9
Net investment income3.15.99.0
Total Revenue36.937.063.9(18.1)119.7
Adjusted Operating Expenses:
Loss and loss adjustment expense— 13.4 85.4 — 98.8 
Insurance related expense— 10.5 53.1 (18.1)45.5 
Sales and marketing61.8 0.2 18.1 — 80.1 
Technology and development6.8 — 29.7 — 36.5 
General and administrative9.7 4.4 34.5 — 48.6 
Other expenses0.7 — — — 0.7 
Total adjusted operating expenses79.0 28.5 220.8 (18.1)310.2 
Less: Net investment income— (3.1)(5.9)— (9.0)
Less: Noncontrolling interest(6.9)— — — (6.9)
Adjusted operating income (loss)(49.0)5.4 (162.8)— (206.4)
Net investment income9.0
Depreciation and amortization(15.2)
Stock-based compensation(61.9)
Fair value adjustments4.0
Contingent consideration charge(4.1)
Other one-off transactions(2.2)
Income tax expense(1.3)
Restructuring charges(1.8)
Impairment charges(53.5)
Net loss attributable to Hippo$(333.4)
Income tax expense1.3 
Noncontrolling interest6.9 
Loss before income taxes$(325.2)
(1)Intersegment eliminations include commissions paid from Hippo Home Insurance Program for 55 million shares of RTPZ Common Stock for an aggregate purchase price equal to $550 million (the “PIPE Investment”).

The consummation of the proposed Hippo Business Combination is subject to certain conditions as further described in the Merger Agreement.

Sponsor Support Agreement

On March 3, 2021, the Sponsor entered into the Sponsor Agreement (the “Sponsor Agreement”) with the Company and Hippo, pursuant to which the parties thereto agreed to, among other things, (i) certain vesting terms with respect to the RTPZ Common Stock beneficially ownedpolicies sold by the SponsorCompany’s Services segment (revenue, cost, and other adjustments in respective business units eliminated as part of the Domestication, (ii) a lock-up of securities held by the Sponsor, (iii) the mandatory exercise of the Domesticated RTPZ Warrants held by the Sponsor if (a) RTPZ elects to redeem the Domesticated RTPZ Warrants held by RTPZ’s public shareholders and (b) the last reported sales price of the RTPZ Common Stock for any 20 Trading Days (as defined in the Sponsor Agreement) within a period of 30 consecutive Trading Days exceeds $25.00 per share and (iv) certain rights of Sponsor with respect to board representation of the combined company at the Closing, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Sponsor Agreement.

consolidation).


131


Item

ITEM 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

Item 9.A.

Controls and Procedures.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Disclosure

Our management, with the participation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures are(as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based on that evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and other procedures that are designed to ensureas of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K were effective in providing reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in our reports filedthat we file or submittedsubmit under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’sSecurities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms. Disclosure controlsforms, and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that such information required to be disclosed in company reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officerchief executive officer and Chief Financial Officer (who serveschief financial officer, as our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer),appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

As required by Rules 13a-15disclosures.

Our management, including our chief executive officer and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2020. Based upon his evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concludedchief financial officer, does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal controls will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) underRule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) were not effective, due solely to. Our management assessed the material weakness ineffectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting described belowas of December 31, 2023 . In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in “ChangesInternal Control—Integrated Framework (2013 framework). Based on our assessment under the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013 framework), our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2023. This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include an attestation report of our independent registered accounting firm due to an exemption established by the JOBS Act for “emerging growth companies.”
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting”. In light of this material weakness, we performed additional analysis as deemed necessary to ensure that our financial statements were prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Accordingly, management believes that the financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K present fairly in all material respects our financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the period presented.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period from October 2, 2020 (inception) throughthree months ended December 31, 2020, covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K2023 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting, as the circumstances that ledreporting.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
Rule 10b5-1 Trading Arrangements
From time to the restatement oftime, our financial statements describedofficers (as defined in this Annual Report on Form 10-K had not yet been identified. Due solely to the events that led to our restatement of our financial statements, management has identified a material weakness in internal controls related to the accounting for warrants issued in connection with our initial public offering, as described in Note 2 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements entitled “Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements.”

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of our registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rulesRule 16a-1(f) of the SEC for newly public companies.

Exchange Act) and directors may enter into Rule 10b5-1 or non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangements (as each such term is defined in Item 408 of Regulation S-K).

During the period from October 2, 2020 (inception) throughthree months ended December 31, 2020, there had been no change2023, none of the Company’s directors or officers adopted, terminated or modified a Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement or non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement (as such terms are defined in our internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting, as the circumstances that led to the restatementItem 408 of our financial statements described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K had not yet been identified. Due solely to the events that led to our restatement of our financial statements, management has identified a material weakness in internal controls related to the accounting for warrants issued in connection with our initial public offering, as described in Note 2 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements entitled “Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements.”

Item 9.B.

Other Information.

None.

Regulation S-K).

ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
Not applicable.
132


PART III.

III

Item

ITEM 10. Directors, Executive Officer and Corporate Governance.

Our current directors and executive officer are as follows:

Name

Age

Title

Reid Hoffman

53Co-Lead Director

Mark Pincus

55Co-Lead Director

Michael Thompson

44Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Director

David Cohen

42Secretary

Lee Linden

38Director

Linda Rottenberg

52Director

Julie Hanna

55Director

Byron Auguste

53Director

Reid Hoffman has served asDIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Co-Lead Director since November 2020. He also is a co-founding memberProxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Reinvent Capital. Mr. Hoffman is a highly accomplished entrepreneur and investor. He co-founded LinkedIn, served as its founding Chief Executive Officer, and served as its Executive Chairman untilStockholders to be filed with the company’s acquisition by Microsoft for $26.2 billion. Early in his career, he was Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President and served on the founding Board of Directors of PayPal. Mr. Hoffman is a Partner at Greylock (joining Greylock in 2009), a leading Silicon Valley venture capital firm, where he focuses on investing in technology products that can reach hundreds of millions of people. Mr. Hoffman currently serves as Co-Lead Director of RTP and will serve as board observer of RTPY following its initial public offering. He also serves on Microsoft’s Board and as a director or observer for a number of private companies including Apollo Fusion, Aurora, Blockstream, Coda, Convoy, Entrepreneur First, Nauto, Neeva, and Xapo. Additionally, Mr. Hoffman also serves on ten not-for-profit boards, including OpenAI, Kiva, Endeavor, CZI Biohub, Berggruen Institute, Research Bridge Partners, Lever for Change, New America, Do Something, and Opportunity @ Work. Mr. Hoffman also serves on the Visiting CommitteeSEC within 120 days of the MIT Media Lab. Over the years, Mr. Hoffman has made early investments in over 100 technology companies, including companies such as Facebook, Ironport, and Zynga. He is the co-author of Blitzscaling: The Lightning-Fast Path to Building Massively Valuable Companies and two New York Times best-selling books: The Start-up of You and The Alliance. He also hosts the podcast Masters of Scale. Mr. Hoffman earned a master’s degree in philosophy from Oxford University, where he was a Marshall Scholar, and a bachelor’s degree with distinction in symbolic systems from Stanford University. Mr. Hoffman has an honorary doctorate from Babson College and an honorary fellowship from Wolfson College, Oxford University. Mr. Hoffman has received a number of awards, including the Salute to Greatness from the Martin Luther King Center.

Mr. Hoffman has built an intellectual practice around entrepreneurship at scale. Through this, and his decade-long track record as a partner at Greylock, Mr. Hoffman has built a depth of experience and network connectivity across many diverse areas of the technology industry, including marketplaces, social networks, ecommerce, payments, artificial intelligence, autonomous vehicle technology, and transportation and logistics. Mr. Hoffman’s network and expertise also expand geographically into networks of technology entrepreneurship across Asia, Europe, and Latin America.

Mr. Hoffman was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his depth of expertise and network connectivity across diverse areas of the technology industry including: marketplaces, social networks, ecommerce, payments, artificial intelligence, autonomous vehicle technology, and transportation & logistics.

Mark Pincus has been our director since October 2020 and has served as our Co-Lead Director since November 2020. He is also a co-founding member of Reinvent Capital. Mr. Pincus is an accomplished entrepreneur and investor. He founded several internet companies including Zynga, which pioneered social games to help establish gaming as a mass-market activity. Mr. Pincus currently serves as Co-Lead Director of RTP and will serve as a director of RTPY following its initial public offering (where he currently serves as sole director). He is the

Chairman of Zynga’s Board (since May 2018) and previously served as Zynga’s Executive Chairman (from March 2016 to May 2018) and twice as its Chief Executive Officer (April 2007 to July 2013 and April 2015 to March 2016), including when he returned in 2015 to lead its turnaround and reinvention as a mobile-first games company. Before Zynga, Mr. Pincus founded tribe.net, one of the earliest online social networks whose technology was acquired by Cisco Systems. He also founded Support.com, a provider of help desk service and support automation software, one of the first enterprise software companies to go to market with a subscription-based model. Support.com went public in 2001. Mr. Pincus also founded FreeLoader, Inc., a web-based, push technology news company, which was acquired by Individual, Inc.

Mr. Pincus has made numerous investments in many internet, media, and software companies, including Facebook, Twitter, Airbnb, Snap, Epic Games, Xiaomi, JD.com, and Niantic. He is also an active angel investor in technology startups. Mr. Pincus has prioritized social impact in his personal and professional life. Zynga was one of the first companies to use in-game virtual goods to allow players to contribute directly to disaster relief and other nonprofit efforts. Mr. Pincus was appointed by President Barack Obama to the Board of the Presidio Trust, a federal agency that operates the Presidio as part of the Golden Gate Recreation Area. He also regularly lectures to aspiring entrepreneurs at colleges and universities, including Stanford Graduate School of Business, Harvard Business School, and The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Pincus graduated summa cum laude from University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School of Business and earned an MBA from Harvard Business School.

Mr. Pincus has built an intellectual practice around product management. He was an early pioneer in reimagining product management for consumer internet products, notably the use of rapid testing and experimentation to inform design decisions in all stages of product development. He also developed a product roadmapping process that tracks engineering resources to expected outcomes. Mr. Pincus was among the first to bring these lessons to games, spawning an always-on,product-as-a-service operating model that empowers product teams to react in real time to user behavior by deploying product updates. Mr. Pincus co-created the Stanford Graduate School of Business course on Product Management with Professor Amir Goldberg.

Mr. Pincus was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience in the technology sector, specifically the social media, gaming, and internet industries, and in identifying, fostering and scaling new products, technologies and consumer trends.

Michael Thompson has served as our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer since October 2020 and has served as one of our directors since November 2020. He also is a co-founding member of Reinvent Capital. Mr. Thompson currently serves as Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and a director of RTP and will serve as Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and a director of RTPY following its initial public offering (where he currently serves as Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer). Mr. Thompson was previously co-founder, managing member, and portfolio manager for BHR Capital, which managed as much as $1.9 billion of special situations funds from 2009-2016. Mr. Thompson played an active role in several of BHR Capital’s portfolio companies, developing operating and financing strategies alongside management. While managing BHR Capital, Mr. Thompson was responsible for all portfolio construction, security selection, and risk management activities and oversaw the firm’s investment team. He also led several investments in which BHR Capital took active protagonist roles. Additionally, since the early 2010s, he has made dozens of private investments. He has experience as a board member and regularly advises companies on business and financial matters. Mr. Thompson graduated magna cum laude with a BBA in International Finance from the Honors Program at the University of Georgia, where he received Alumni, Governor’s, and Hope Scholarships. Mr. Thompson was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive investment experience as well as his experience developing operating and financing strategies alongside management.

David Cohen has been our Secretary since October 2020. Mr. Cohen is also the Chief Operating Officer and General Counsel of Reinvent Capital. His areas of expertise include mergers and acquisitions, public and private corporate and securities transactions, special situation investing, asset management, and reinventions. Mr. Cohen joined Reinvent Capital in 2018 as part of the founding team. Mr. Cohen currently serves as Secretary of RTP and RTPY and will continue to serve as Secretary of RTPY following its initial public offering. Since 2017, he has also worked as general counsel of certain of Mr. Pincus’s business entities. From 2015 to 2017, Mr. Cohen served as Associate General Counsel of Zynga and led the legal team responsible for mergers and acquisitions, corporate governance, and securities and finance matters. Prior to this, he spent nine years in private legal practice, most recently as Senior Counsel in Proskauer’s corporate and private equity groups. Mr. Cohen received an A.B. from Middlebury College and a J.D. from the University of Virginia School of Law.

Byron Auguste has served as one of our directors since November 2020. Mr. Auguste is Chief Executive Officer and Co-Founder of Opportunity@Work, a non-profit workforce development organization. Prior to co-founding Opportunity@Work in 2015, Byron served for two years in the White House as Deputy Assistant to the President for Economic Policy and Deputy Director of the National Economic Council. Until 2013, Byron was a senior partner at McKinsey & Company in Washington DC and in Los Angeles, where he was elected Principal in 1999 and Director in 2005. Byron earned a B.A. summa cum laude in economics and political science from Yale University, where he was awarded a Truman Scholarship and the James Gordon Bennet Prize, and a M. Phil. and D.Phil. in economics from Oxford University, as a Marshall Scholar.

Julie Hanna has served as one of our directors since November 2020. Ms. Hanna is Executive Chair of the Board of Kiva, a crowdfunding marketplace for small business and micro-entrepreneurs, since 2009, and is also an active investor and advisor to technology companies. Ms. Hanna is a senior advisor for X (formerly Google X), Alphabet’s Moonshot Factory, and a Venture Partner at Obvious Ventures. She previously served on the board of the Mozilla Corporation, Esalen Institute, and Socialtext. Ms. Hanna has been founder, Chief Executive Officer, and/or founding executive of five business-to-consumer and business-to-business venture-backed companies, including Healtheon, VoIP pioneer onebox.com (acquired by phone.com), and Portola (acquired by Netscape). In 2015, President Obama appointed her Presidential Ambassador for Global Entrepreneurship to help develop the next generation of entrepreneurs in the U.S. and abroad.

Lee Linden has served as one of our directors since November 2020. Mr. Linden is an active angel investor and has been a managing partner of Quiet Capital, an investment firm that seeks to make private company investments, since 2017. Previously Mr. Linden co-founded Karma Science, which was acquired by Facebook in 2012. Mr. Linden then led Facebook’s emerging initiatives in commerce, including Gifts, Facebook Card, and Dynamic Ads. Prior to Karma, Mr. Linden co-founded Tapjoy, a leading mobile advertising firm. His work experience also includes investing as an associate at Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers and product development at Microsoft. Mr. Linden has received numerous awards for his work including 30 under 30 Best Young Tech Entrepreneur by Bloomberg Businessweek 2012, 100 Most Creative People in Business by Fast Company in 2012, and The Silicon Valley 100 by Business Insider in 2013. Mr. Linden obtained an M.B.A. from Stanford’s Graduate School of Business and received a B.A. in Computer Engineering at the University of Michigan.

Linda Rottenberg has served as one of our directors since November 2020. Ms. Rottenberg has served as Co-Founder and Chief Executive Officer of Endeavor Global, Inc., a leader of the global high impact entrepreneurship movement, since 1997. She also oversees Endeavor Catalyst LP Funds, which had over $250 million of assets under management as of September 2020 and co-invests in Endeavor Entrepreneurs to raise outside capital. Ms. Rottenberg serves on the board of Globant SA, a software developer; and Olo, a private digital food-ordering platform. She previously served as board director of Zayo Group, LLC, a leading bandwidth infrastructure company. A graduate of Harvard College and Yale Law School, Ms. Rottenberg has been named among TIME’s “Innovators for the 21st century” and U.S. News and World Report’s “America’s Best Leaders”. In 2018, she received the Heinz Award in Technology, the Economy, and Employment.

Director Independence

The rules of the NYSE require that a majority of our board of directors be independent within one year of our Initial Public Offering. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person that, in the opinion of the company’s board of directors, has no material relationship with the listed company (either directly or as a partner, shareholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with the company). We have four “independent directors” as defined in the NYSE rules and applicable SEC rules. Our board has determined that each of Byron Auguste, Julie Hanna, Lee Linden, and Linda Rottenberg is an independent director under applicable SEC and NYSE rules. Our independent directors will have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

Number, Terms of Office and Election of Officers and Director

Our board of directors consists of seven members. Prior to our initial Business Combination, holders of our founder shares will have the right to appoint all of our directors and remove members of the board of directors for any reason, and holders of our public shares will not have the right to vote on the appointment of directors during such time. These provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may only be amended by a special resolution passed by a majority of at least 90% of our ordinary shares attending and voting in a general meeting. Each of our directors will hold office for a two-year term. Subject to any other special rights applicable to the shareholders, any vacancies on our board of directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present and voting at the meeting of our board of directors or by a majority of the holders of our ordinary shares (or, prior to our initial business combination, holders of our founder shares).

Our officers are appointed by the board of directors and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, rather than for specific terms of office. Our board of directors is authorized to appoint persons to the offices set forth in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association as it deems appropriate. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that our officers may consist of a Chairman, a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Operating Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, Vice Presidents, a Secretary, Assistant Secretaries, a Treasurer and such other offices as may be determined by the board of directors.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has three standing committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Each of our audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee are composed solely of independent directors. Each committee operates under a charter that was approved by our board of directors and has the composition and responsibilities described below. The charter of each committee is available on our website.

Audit Committee

The members of our audit committee are Byron Auguste, Julie Hanna, Lee Linden, and Linda Rottenberg. Lee Linden serves as chairman of the audit committee.

Each member of the audit committee is financially literate and our board of directors has determined that Lee Linden qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules and has accounting or related financial management expertise.

We have adopted an audit committee charter, which details the purpose and principal functions of the audit committee, including:

assisting board oversight of (1) the integrity of our financial statements, (2) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, (3) our independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence, and (4) the performance of our internal audit function and independent registered public accounting firm;

the appointment, compensation, retention, replacement, and oversight of the work of the independent registered public accounting firm and any other independent registered public accounting firm engaged by us;

pre-approving all audit and non-audit services to be provided by the independent registered public accounting firm or any other registered public accounting firm engaged by us, and establishing pre-approval policies and procedures;

reviewing and discussing with the independent registered public accounting firm all relationships the independent registered public accounting firm has with us in order to evaluate its continued independence;

setting clear hiring policies for employees or former employees of the independent registered public accounting firm;

setting clear policies for audit partner rotation in compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

obtaining and reviewing a report, at least annually, from the independent registered public accounting firm describing (1) the independent registered public accounting firm’s internal quality-control procedures and (2) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the audit firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities, within the preceding five years respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the firm and any steps taken to deal with such issues;

meeting to review and discuss our annual audited financial statements and quarterly financial statements with management and the independent registered public accounting firm, including reviewing our specific disclosures under “Item 7.—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”;

reviewing and approving any related party transaction required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC prior to us entering into such transaction; and

reviewing with management, the independent registered public accounting firm, and our legal advisors, as appropriate, any legal, regulatory or compliance matters, including any correspondence with regulators or government agencies and any employee complaints or published reports that raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies and any significant changes in accounting standards or rules promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

Compensation Committee

The members of our Compensation Committee are Byron Auguste, Julie Hanna, Lee Linden, and Linda Rottenberg. Linda Rottenberg serves as chair of the compensation committee.

We have adopted a compensation committee charter, which details the purpose and responsibility of the compensation committee, including:

reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, evaluating our Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our Chief Executive Officer based on such evaluation;

reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to the compensation, and any incentive-compensation and equity-based plans that are subject to board approval of all of our other officers;

reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans;

implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our officers and employees;

producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

The charter also provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, independent legal counsel or other adviser and is directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by NYSE and the SEC.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The members of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are Byron Auguste, Julie Hanna, Lee Linden, and Linda Rottenberg. Julie Hanna serves as chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

We have adopted a nominating and corporate governance committee charter, which details the purpose and responsibilities of the nominating and corporate governance committee, including:

identifying, screening and reviewing individuals qualified to serve as directors, consistent with criteria approved by the board of directors, and recommending to the board of directors candidates for nomination for appointment at the annual general meeting or to fill vacancies on the board of directors;

developing and recommending to the board of directors and overseeing implementation of our corporate governance guidelines;

coordinating and overseeing the annual self-evaluation of the board of directors, its committees, individual directors and management in the governance of the company; and

reviewing on a regular basis our overall corporate governance and recommending improvements as and when necessary.

The charter also provides that the nominating and corporate governance committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of, and terminate, any search firm to be used to identify director candidates, and is directly responsible for approving the search firm’s fees and other retention terms.

We have not formally established any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met or skills that are necessary for directors to possess. In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, the board of directors considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, and the ability to represent the best interests of our shareholders. Prior to our initial Business Combination, holders of our public shares will not have the right to recommend director candidates for nomination to our board of directors.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, requires our officers, directors and persons who beneficially own more than ten percent of our Class A ordinary shares to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the SEC. These reporting persons are also required to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file. Based solely upon a review of such forms, we believe that during thefiscal year ended December 31, 2020 there were no delinquent filers.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a code of ethics and business conduct (our “Code of Ethics”) applicable to our directors, officers and employees. We have filed a copy of our Code of Ethics as an exhibit to this Annual Report. We have also posted a copy of our Code of Ethics and the charters of our audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee on our website z.reinventtechnologypartners.com under “Investor Relations—Corporate Governance.” Our website and the information contained on, or that can be accessed through, the website is not deemed to be incorporated by reference in, and is not considered part of, this Annual Report. You are able to review these documents by accessing our public filings at the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov. In addition, a copy of the Code of Ethics will be provided without charge upon request from us. We intend to disclose any amendments to or waivers of certain provisions of our Code of Ethics in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

2023.

Conflicts of Interest

Under Cayman Islands law, our directors and officers owe the following fiduciary duties:

duty to act in good faith in what the director or officer believes to be in the best interests of the company as a whole;

duty to exercise powers for the purposes for which those powers were conferred and not for a collateral purpose;

duty to not improperly fetter the exercise of future discretion;

duty to exercise powers fairly as between different sections of shareholders;

duty not to put themselves in a position in which there is a conflict between their duty to the company and their personal interests; and

duty to exercise independent judgment.

In addition to the above, directors also owe a duty of care, which is not fiduciary in nature. This duty has been defined as a requirement to act as a reasonably diligent person having both the general knowledge, skill and experience that may reasonably be expected of a person carrying out the same functions as are carried out by that director in relation to the company and the general knowledge, skill and experience which that director has.

As set out above, directors have a duty not to put themselves in a position of conflict and this includes a duty not to engage in self-dealing, or to otherwise benefit as a result of their position. However, in some instances what would otherwise be a breach of this duty can be forgiven and/or authorized in advance by the shareholders; provided that there is full disclosure by the directors. This can be done by way of permission granted in the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or alternatively by shareholder approval at general meetings.

Certain of our directors and officers have fiduciary and contractual duties to the Other Existing Reinvent SPACs, to Reinvent Capital, and to certain companies in which Reinvent Capital has invested. These entities may compete with us for acquisition opportunities. If these entities decide to pursue any such opportunity, we may be precluded from pursuing such opportunities. None of the members of our management team who are also employed by our Sponsor or its affiliates have any obligation to present us with any opportunity for a potential Business Combination of which they become aware, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. Our Sponsor and directors and officers are also not prohibited from sponsoring, investing or otherwise becoming involved with, any other blank check companies, including in connection with their initial Business Combinations, prior to us completing our initial Business Combination and any such involvement may result in conflicts of interest. Our management team, in their capacities as directors, officers or employees of our Sponsor or its affiliates or in their other endeavors (including other special purpose acquisition companies they are or may become involved with), may choose to present potential Business Combinations to the related entities described above, current or future entities affiliated with or managed by our Sponsor, or third parties, before they present such opportunities to us, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law and any other applicable fiduciary duties.

Our directors and officers presently have, and any of them in the future may have, additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities (including other special purpose acquisition companies they are or may become involved with) pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a Business Combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, if any of our directors or officers becomes aware of a Business Combination opportunity that is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she may need to honor these fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such Business Combination opportunity to such entity, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (i) no individual serving as a director or an officer shall have any duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us; and (ii) we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for any director or officer, on the one hand, and us, on the other. Our directors

and officers are also not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs, and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence.

We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our directors or officers will materially affect our ability to identify and pursue Business Combination opportunities or complete our initial Business Combination.

Information regarding performance by our management team and their respective affiliates, including RTP, or Reinvent Capital is presented for informational purposes only. Not all of the companies in which our team has invested have achieved the same level of value creation. Past performance by any member or members of our management team, any of their respective affiliates, including RTP, or Reinvent Capital is not a guarantee either (1) that we will be able to identify a suitable candidate for our initial Business Combination or (2) of success with respect to any Business Combination we may consummate. You should not rely on the historical record of any member or members of our management team, any of their respective affiliates, including RTP or RTP, or Reinvent Capital or any of the foregoing’s related investment’s performance, as indicative of the future performance of an investment in the company or the returns the company will, or is likely to, generate going forward.

Potential investors should also be aware of the following potential conflicts of interest:

None of our directors or officers is required to commit his or her full time to our affairs and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating his or her time among various business activities.

In the course of their other business activities, our directors and officers may become aware of investment and business opportunities that may be appropriate for presentation to us as well as the other entities with which they are affiliated, including RTP and RTPY. Our management may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. For a complete description of our management’s other affiliations, see “—Directors, Director Nominees and Officers.”

Our initial shareholders, directors and officers have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares and public shares held by them in connection with the consummation of our initial Business Combination. Additionally, our initial shareholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares if we fail to consummate our initial Business Combination within 27 months after the closing of the Initial Public Offering or during any Extension Period. However, if our initial shareholders (or any of our directors, officers or affiliates) acquire public shares, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to such public shares if we fail to consummate our initial Business Combination within the prescribed time frame. If we do not complete our initial Business Combination within such applicable time period, the proceeds of the sale of the private placement warrants held in the Trust Account will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares, and the private placement warrants will expire worthless. With certain limited exceptions, the founder shares will not be transferable, assignable or salable by our initial shareholders until the earlier of: (1) one year after the completion of our initial Business Combination; and (2) subsequent to our initial Business Combination (x) if the last reported sale price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share sub-divisions, share dividends, rights issuances, consolidations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and other similar transactions) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial Business Combination or (y) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of our public shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property. With certain limited exceptions, the private placement warrants and the ordinary shares underlying such warrants, will not be transferable, assignable or salable by our Sponsor until 30 days after the completion of our initial Business Combination. Since our Sponsor and directors and officers may directly or indirectly own ordinary shares and warrants following the Initial Public Offering, our directors and officers may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial Business Combination.

Our directors and officers may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular Business Combination. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our initial business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether to proceed with a particular Business Combination.

Our directors and officers may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular Business Combination if the retention or resignation of any such directors and officers was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial Business Combination.

The conflicts described above may not be resolved in our favor.

Accordingly, as a result of multiple business affiliations, our directors and officers have similar legal obligations relating to presenting business opportunities meeting the above-listed criteria to multiple entities. Below is a table summarizing the entities to which our directors, officers and director nominees currently have fiduciary duties or contractual obligations that may present a conflict of interest:

Individual

Entity

Entity’s Business

Affiliation

Reid HoffmanReinvent Capital LLC(1)Management companyCo-Founding Member and Principal
Reinvent Technology PartnersSpecial Purpose Acquisition CompanyCo-Lead Director
Greylock Partners(3)Venture capitalPartner
MicrosoftTechnologyDirector
OpenAIAI research and deploymentBoard member
Mark PincusReinvent Capital LLC(1)Management companyCo-Founding Member and Principal
Reinvent Technology PartnersSpecial Purpose Acquisition CompanyCo-Lead Director
Reinvent Technology Partners YSpecial Purpose Acquisition CompanyCo-Lead Director(2)
Zynga Inc.Social gamingChairman
Michael ThompsonReinvent Capital LLC(1)Management companyCo-Founding Member and Principal
Reinvent Technology PartnersSpecial Purpose Acquisition CompanyChief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and Director
Reinvent Technology Partners YSpecial Purpose Acquisition CompanyChief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and Director(2)
David CohenReinvent Capital LLC(1)Management companyChief Operating Officer and General Counsel
Reinvent Technology PartnersSpecial Purpose Acquisition CompanySecretary
Reinvent Technology Partners YSpecial Purpose Acquisition CompanySecretary(2)
Lee LindenQuiet Capital(4)Investment firmManaging Member
Tacit CapitalPrivate equityManaging Member
Spruce Health Inc.Digital healthcare platformBoard member
IndustriousWorkplace providerBoard member
FlowE-commerceBoard member

Linda RottenbergEndeavor Global, Inc.Non-profitCo-Founder & Chief Executive Officer
Endeavor Catalyst LP Funds(5)Investment fundPresident
Globant SASoftware developmentBoard member
OloDigital food-delivery platformBoard Member
Julie HannaObvious Ventures(6)Venture capitalVenture partner
Byron AugusteN/AN/AN/A

(1)

Includes certain other affiliates and portfolio companies of Reinvent Capital.

(2)

Following RTPY’s initial public offering, Mark Pincus will serve as a director of RTPY, Michael Thompson will serve as Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and a director of RTPY and David Cohen will serve as Secretary of RTPY. Prior to RTPY’s initial public offering, Mark Pincus will serve as sole director of RTPY, Michael Thompson will serve as Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of RTPY and David Cohen will serve as Secretary of RTPY.

(3)

Includes certain other affiliates and portfolio companies of Greylock Partners.

(4)

Includes certain other affiliates and portfolio companies of Quiet Capital.

(5)

Includes certain other affiliates and portfolio companies of Endeavor Catalyst LP Funds.

(6)

Includes certain other affiliates and portfolio companies of Obvious Ventures.

Accordingly, if any of the above directors or officers become aware of a Business Combination opportunity which is suitable for any of the above entities to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such Business Combination opportunity to such entity, and only present it to us if such entity rejects the opportunity, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (i) no individual serving as a director or an officer shall have any duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us; and (ii) we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for any director or officer, on the one hand, and us, on the other. We do not believe, however, that any of the foregoing fiduciary duties or contractual obligations will materially affect our ability to identify and pursue Business Combination opportunities or complete our initial Business Combination.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial Business Combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, directors or officers. In the event we seek to complete our initial Business Combination with such a company, we, or a committee of independent and disinterested directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another valuation or appraisal firm that regularly renders fairness opinions on the type of target business we are seeking to acquire that such an initial Business Combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

In addition, our sponsor or any of its affiliates may make additional investments in the company in connection with the initial Business Combination, although our sponsor and its affiliates have no obligation or current intention to do so. If our sponsor or any of its affiliates elects to make additional investments, such proposed investments could influence our sponsor’s motivation to complete an initial Business Combination.

In the event that we submit our initial Business Combination to our public shareholders for a vote, our initial shareholders, directors and officers have agreed, pursuant to the terms of a letter agreement entered into with us, to vote any founder shares (and their permitted transferees will agree) and public shares held by them in favor of our initial Business Combination.

Item

ITEM 11. Executive Compensation.

None of our directors or officers have received any cash compensation for services rendered to us. Commencing on the date that our securities are first listed on the NYSE through the earlier of consummation of our initial Business Combination and our liquidation, we will pay Support Services Fees to Reinvent Capital that total $625,000 per year pursuant to the Support Services Agreement (see “Item 13—Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Support Services Agreement”). Our sponsor, directors and officers, or any of their respective affiliates, will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable Business Combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were madeEXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by usthis item is incorporated by reference to our sponsor, directors, officers or our or anyProxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of their respective affiliates. In October 2020, our Sponsor transferred 30,000 founder sharesStockholders to each of Byron Auguste, Julie Hanna, Lee Linden, and Linda Rottenberg, our independent directors, at their original per-share purchase price.

Afterbe filed with the completion of our initial Business Combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other compensation from the combined company. All compensation will be fully disclosed to shareholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials furnished to our shareholders in connection with a proposed Business Combination. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time, because the directorsSEC within 120 days of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining executive officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our officers after the completion of our initial Business Combination will be determined by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors.

We are not party to any agreements with our directors and officers that provide for benefits upon termination of employment. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business, and we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the consummation of our initial Business Combination should be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential Business Combination.

fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.

Item

ITEM 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The following table sets forth information available to us at March 3, 2021 with respectrequired by this item is incorporated by reference to our common stock held by:

each person known by usProxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock;

each of our executive officers and directors; and

all our executive officers and directors as a group.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock beneficially owned by them. The following table does not reflect record or beneficial ownershipSEC within 120 days of the Private Placement Warrants as these are not exercisable within 60 days of March 3, 2021.

fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.

   Class A Ordinary Shares  Class B Ordinary Shares(1) 
   Beneficially
Owned
   Approximate
Percentage of Class
Issued and

Outstanding
Ordinary Shares
  Beneficially
Owned
   Approximate
Percentage of Class
Issued and

Outstanding
Ordinary Shares
 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (2)

       

Reinvent Sponsor (our sponsor)(3)

   —      —     5,630,000    19.5

Reid Hoffman(3)

   —      —     5,630,000    19.5

Mark Pincus(3)

   —      —     5,630,000    19.5

Michael Thompson

   —      —     —      —   

David Cohen

   —      —     —      —   

Lee Linden

   —      —     30,000        

Linda Rottenberg

   —      —     30,000        

Julie Hanna

   —      —     30,000        

Byron Auguste

   —      —     30,000        

Slate Path Capital LP(4)

   1,750,000    7.6  —      —   

BlackRock, Inc.(5)

   1,537,026    6.7  —      —   

Alyeska Investment Group, L.P.(6)

   1,300,000    5.7  —      —   

Weiss Asset Management LP(7)

   1,300,000    5.7  —      —   

Third Point LLC(8)

   1,200,000    5.2  —      —   

All directors, officers and director nominees as a group (8 individuals)

   —      —     5,750,000    20.0

*

Less than one percent.

(1)

Class B ordinary shares will convert into Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment, as described in the section entitled “Description of Securities” in our prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b)(4) (File No. 333-249799).

(2)

Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of the following entities or individuals is c/o Reinvent Technology Partners Z, 215 Park Avenue, Floor 11, New York, New York 10003.

(3)

Reinvent Sponsor, our Sponsor, is the record holder of the Class B ordinary shares reported herein. Each of our officers is a member of our Sponsor. Messrs. Hoffman and Pincus may be deemed to beneficially own shares held by our Sponsor by virtue of their shared control over our Sponsor. Other than Messrs. Hoffman and Pincus, no member of our Sponsor exercises voting or dispositive control over any of the shares held by our Sponsor. Each of Messrs. Hoffman and Pincus disclaims beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares held by our Sponsor.

(4)

According to a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 16, 2021, Slate Path Capital LP has voting and dispositive power with regard to 1,750,000 Class A ordinary shares of the Company. The business address for Slate Path Capital LP is 717 Fifth Avenue, 16 Floor, New York, NY 10022.

(5)

According to a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 8, 2021, BlackRock, Inc. has voting and dispositive power with regard to 1,537,026 Class A ordinary shares of the Company. The business address for BlackRock, Inc. is 55 East 52nd Street, New York, NY 10055.

(6)

According to a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 16, 2021, each of Alyeska Investment Group, L.P., Alyeska Fund GP, LLC and Anand Parekh share voting and dispositive power with regard to 1,300,000 Class A ordinary shares of the Company. The business address for each is 77 West Wacker Drive, 7th Floor, Chicago, IL 60601.

(7)

According to a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 12, 2021, each of Weiss Asset Management LP. WAM GP LLC and Andrew M. Weiss, PH.D. shares voting and dispositive power with regard to 1,300,000 Class A ordinary shares of the Company. The business address for each is 222 Berkeley St., 16th floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

(8)

According to a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 12, 2021, each of Third Point LLC and Daniel S. Loeb shares voting and dispositive power with regard to 1,200,000 Class A ordinary shares of the Company. The business address for each is 55 Hudson Yards, New York, New York 10001.

Our initial shareholders beneficially own approximately 20.0% of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares and have the right to elect all of our directors prior to our initial Business Combination as a result of holding all of the founder shares. Holders of our public shares will not have the right to appoint any directors to our board of directors prior to our initial Business Combination. In addition, because of their ownership block, our initial shareholders may be able to effectively influence the outcome of all other matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and approval of significant corporate transactions.

Item

ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

Founder Shares

On October 7, 2020,CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for the Sponsor paid an aggregateAnnual Meeting of $25,000Stockholders to cover certain expenses on behalfbe filed with the SEC within 120 days of the Company in exchange for issuance of 5,750,000 Founder Shares. In October 2020, the Sponsor transferred 30,000 Founder Shares to each of the Company’s independent director nominees. The Sponsor agreed to forfeit up to an aggregate of 750,000 Founder Shares to the extent that the option to purchase additional units was not exercised in full by the underwriters, so that the Founder Shares would represent 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares after the Initial Public Offering. The underwriters fully exercised their over-allotment option on November 19, 2020; thus, those Founder Shares were no longer subject to forfeiture.

The Initial Shareholders agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Founder Shares until the earlier to occur of (1) onefiscal year after the completion of the initial Business Combination; and (2) subsequent to the initial Business Combination (x) if the last reported sale price of Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share sub-divisions, share dividends, rights issuances, consolidations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and other similar transactions) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the initial Business Combination or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of the Public Shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.

Private Placement Warrants

Substantially concurrently with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the Private Placement of 4,400,000 Private Placement Warrants, at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant with the Sponsor, generating gross proceeds of $6.6 million.

Each Private Placement Warrant is exercisable for one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share. A portion of the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants to the Sponsor was added to the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless. The Private Placement Warrants will be non-redeemable for cash and exercisable on a cashless basis, except under limited circumstances, so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees.

The Sponsor and the Company’s officers and directors agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Private Placement Warrants until 30 days after the completion of the initial Business Combination.

If we do not complete an Initial Business Combination within 27 months from the closing of the Public Offering or during any Extension Period, the proceeds of the sale of the Private Placement Warrants will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares, subject to the requirements of applicable law, and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless.

Registration Rights

The holders of the Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and any warrants that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans (and any Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants or warrants issued upon conversion of the Working Capital Loans and upon conversion of the Founder Shares) are entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement. The holders of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that the Company registers such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the completion of the initial Business Combination. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Related Party Notes

On November 23, 2020, the Sponsor agreed to loan the Company up to $300,000 to be used for the payment of costs related to the Initial Public Offering pursuant to a promissory note (the “Pre-IPO Note”). The Pre-IPO Note was non- interest bearing, unsecured and due upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering. The Company borrowed approximately $60,000 under the Note. The Company repaid the Note in full as of November 20, 2020.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor, members of the Company’s founding team or any of their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). If the Company completes a Business Combination, the Company would repay the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to the Company. Otherwise, the Working Capital Loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside the Trust Account. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. The Working Capital Loans would either be repaid upon consummation of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $2,000,000 of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into warrants of the post Business Combination entity at a price of $1.50 per warrant. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such Working Capital Loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. To date, the Company had no borrowings under the Working Capital Loans.

Support Services Agreement

The Company entered into the Support Services Agreement that provides that, commencing on the date that the Company’s securities are first listed on the NYSE through the earlier of consummation of the initial Business Combination or the liquidation, the Company will pay Support Services Fees to Reinvent Capital LLC (“Reinvent Capital”) that total $625,000 per year for support and administrative services, as well as reimburse Reinvent Capital for any out-of-pocket expenses it incurs in connection with providing services or for office space under the Support Services Agreement. As ofended December 31, 2020, the Company prepaid $156,250 to Reinvent Capital as part of the Support Services Agreement and recognized $52,000 in the statement of operations for the period from October 2, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020.

In addition, the Sponsor, officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on the Company’s behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable Business Combinations. The Company’s audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made by the Company to the Sponsor, officers or directors, or the Company’s or their affiliates. Any such payments prior to an initial Business Combination will be made from funds held outside the Trust Account, including funds released from the Trust Account to pay for working capital, subject to an annual limit of $165,000. For the period from October 2 through December 31, 2020, the Company incurred approximately $12,000 in reimbursable expenses paid by Reinvent Capital under the Support Services Agreement, which was recognized in the statement of operations and included in Due to Related Party on the balance sheet at December 31, 2020.

Sponsor Support Agreement

On March 3, 2021, the Company also entered into a Support Agreement (the “Sponsor Support Agreement”), by and among the Company, the Sponsor, Hippo and the other parties thereto, pursuant to which the Sponsor and each director and officer of the Company agreed to, among other things, vote in favor of the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, in each case, subject to the terms and conditions contemplated by the Sponsor Support Agreement.

Sponsor Agreements

On March 3, 2021, the Sponsor entered into the Sponsor Agreement (the “Sponsor Agreement”) with the Company and Hippo, pursuant to which the parties thereto agreed to, among other things, (i) certain vesting terms with respect to the RTPZ Common Stock beneficially owned by the Sponsor as of the Domestication, (ii) a lock-up of securities held by the Sponsor, (iii) the mandatory exercise of the Domesticated RTPZ Warrants held by the Sponsor if (a) RTPZ elects to redeem the Domesticated RTPZ Warrants held by RTPZ’s public shareholders and (b) the last reported sales price of the RTPZ Common Stock for any 20 Trading Days (as defined in the Sponsor Agreement) within a period of

2023.

30 consecutive Trading Days exceeds $25.00 per share and (iv) certain rights of Sponsor with respect to board representation of the combined company at the Closing, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Sponsor Agreement.

Item

ITEM 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

Fees for professional services providedPRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our independent registered public accounting firmProxy Statement for the last two fiscal years include:

   For the Year
ended
December 31,
2020
   For the Year
ended
December 31,
2019
 

Audit Fees(1)

  $55,620   $—   

Audit-Related Fees(2)

  $—     $—   

Tax Fees(3)

  $—     $—   

All Other Fees(4)

  $—     $—   

Total

  $    $—   

(1)

Audit Fees. Audit fees consist of fees billed for professional services rendered for the audit of our year-end financial statements and services that are normally provided by our independent registered public accounting firm in connection with statutory and regulatory filings.

(2)

Audit-Related Fees. Audit-related fees consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to performance of the audit or review of our year-end financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees.” These services include attest services that are not required by statute or regulation and consultation concerning financial accounting and reporting standards.

(3)

Tax Fees. Tax fees consist of fees billed for professional services relating to tax compliance, tax planning and tax advice.

(4)

All Other Fees. All other fees consist of fees billed for all other services including permitted due diligence services related potential business combination.

Policy on Board Pre-ApprovalAnnual Meeting of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit ServicesStockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the Independent Auditors

fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.


133


PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
Exhibit NumberDescription of DocumentIncorporated by ReferenceProvided Herewith
FormFiling DateNumber
2.1†S-4 7/8/2021 2.1
3.110-Q 11/10/2021 3.1
3.28-K9/29/20223.1
3.310-Q 11/10/2021 3.2
4.1S-111/2/20204.4
4.28-K11/23/20204.1
4.3X
10.18-K8/5/202110.1
10.2S-47/8/202110.14
10.3S-47/8/202110.15
10.4S-47/8/202110.16
10.58-K8/5/202110.5
10.6*  8-K 8/5/2021 10.6
10.7*  8-K 8/5/2021 10.7
10.8*  8-K 8/5/2021 10.8
10.9*  8-K 8/5/2021 10.9
10.10S-47/8/202110.21
10.11*S-47/8/202110.22
10.12*S-47/8/202110.23
134


10.13*S-47/8/202110.24
10.14*S-47/8/202110.25
10.15* S-47/8/202110.26
10.16*  8-K 8/5/2021 10.17
10.17*10-K3/2/202310.18
10.188-K 8/5/2021 10.18
10.198-K 8/5/2021 10.19
10.208-K 8/5/2021 10.20
10.218-K 8/5/2021 10.21
10.228-K 8/5/2021 10.22
10.238-K 8/5/2021 10.23
10.248-K 8/5/2021 10.24
10.258-K 8/5/2021 10.25
10.268-K 8/5/2021 10.26
10.278-K 8/5/2021 10.27
10.2810-Q5/16/202210.1
10.2910-Q5/16/202210.2
10.30X
135


10.31X
14.18-K8/16/202114.1
19.1X
21.1  X
23.1X
23.2X
24.1 Power of Attorney (see the signature page of this Form 10 K).    X
31.1X
31.2X
32.1**X
32.2**X
97.1X
101.INSXBRL Instance Document*X
101.SCH    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document*X
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document*
X
101.DEF    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document*X
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document*X
101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document*X
104Cover page from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021 formatted in Inline XBRL (included in Exhibit 101)X
*    Indicates management or board of directors contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
**    The audit committee is responsible for appointing, setting compensationcertifications attached as Exhibits 32.1 and overseeing32.2 that accompany this Annual Report on Form 10-K are not deemed filed with the workSEC and are not to be incorporated by reference into any filing. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the independent auditors. In recognitionSecurities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date of this responsibility,Form 10-K, irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.
†    This filing excludes schedules and exhibits pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K, which the audit committee shall review and, in its sole discretion, pre-approve all audit and permitted non-audit servicesregistrant agrees to be providedfurnish supplementally upon request by the independent auditors as provided under the audit committee charter.

SEC.

PART IV.

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)

The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K: Financial Statements: See “Item 8. Index to Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” herein.

(b)

Exhibits: The exhibits listed in the accompanying index to exhibits are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

No.

Description of Exhibit

    3.1(1)Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association.
    4.1(1)Warrant Agreement, dated November 18, 2020, between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer  & Trust Company, as warrant agent.
    4.2(2)Description of the Company’s securities.
  10.1(1)Letter Agreement, dated November  18, 2020, among the Company, the Sponsor, the Company’s officers and directors and the other party thereto.
  10.2(1)Investment Management Trust Agreement, dated November 18, 2020, between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer  & Trust Company, as trustee.
  10.3(1)Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 18, 2020, between the Company, the Sponsor and the other parties thereto.
  10.4(1)Support Services Agreement, dated November 18, 2020, between the Company and Reinvent Capital LLC.
  10.5(1)Sponsor Warrants Purchase Agreement, dated November 18, 2020, between the Company and Reinvent Sponsor Z LLC.
  10.6(2)Indemnity Agreement, dated October 15, 2020, between the Company and Reid Hoffman.
  10.7(2)Indemnity Agreement, dated October 15, 2020, between the Company and Mark Pincus.
  10.8(2)Indemnity Agreement, dated October 15, 2020, between the Company and Michael Thompson.
  10.9(2)Indemnity Agreement, dated October 15, 2020, between the Company and David Cohen
  10.10(2)Indemnity Agreement, dated October 30, 2020, between the Company and Lee Linden.
  10.11(2)Indemnity Agreement, dated October 30, 2020, between the Company and Linda Rottenberg.
  10.12(2)Indemnity Agreement, dated October 30, 2020, between the Company and Julie Hanna.
  10.13(2)Indemnity Agreement, dated October 30, 2020, between the Company and Byron Auguste.
  14.01(2)Code of Ethics and Business Conduct of Reinvent Technology Partners Z.
  31.1*Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15(d)-14(a), as adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  32.1**Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

*

Filed herewith.

**

Furnished herewith.

(1)

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 23, 2020.

(2)

Incorporated by reference to the Original 10-K filed on March 8, 2020.

Item

136


ITEM 16. Form FORM 10-K Summary.

SUMMARY

None.


137


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

authorized on March 6, 2024
.


HIPPO HOLDINGS INC.
REINVENT TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS Z(Registrant)
By:/s/ Stewart Ellis
Date: May 11, 2021Name:

/s/ Michael Thompson

Stewart Ellis
Title:By:Michael Thompson
Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Director
(Principal Accounting Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Stewart Ellis, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with full power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact or their substitute or substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrantregistrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

date indicated:

138


/s/ Assaf Wand/s/ Richard McCathron

/s/ Michael Thompson

Assaf Wand
Richard McCathron
Name:Chairperson of the BoardMichael Thompson
Title:President, Chief Executive Officer, & Director
March 6, 2024(Principal Executive Officer)
March 6, 2024
/s/ Stewart Ellis/s/ Mark Schaaf
Stewart EllisMark Schaaf
Chief Financial Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer and
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)March 6, 2024
Date:March 6, 2024
/s/ Eric FederMay 11, 2021/s/ Lori Dickerson Fouché
Eric FederLori Dickerson Fouché

/s/ Reid Hoffman

Director
Director
Name:March 6, 2024Reid HoffmanMarch 6, 2024
Title:
/s/ Hugh R. FraterCo-Lead Director/s/ John Nichols
Date:Hugh R. FraterMay 11, 2021John Nichols
DirectorDirector

/s/ Mark Pincus

March 6, 2024
March 6, 2024
Name:
/s/ Sam LandmanMark Pincus/s/ Sandra Wijnberg
Title:Sam LandmanCo-Lead DirectorSandra Wijnberg
Date:DirectorMay 11, 2021Director
March 6, 2024March 6, 2024

/s/ Lee Linden

Name:Lee Linden
Title:Director
Date:May 11, 2021

/s/ Linda Rottenberg

Name:Linda Rottenberg
Title:Director
Date:May 11, 2021

/s/ Julie Hanna

Name:Julie Hanna
Title:Director
Date:May 11, 2021

/s/ Byron Auguste

Name:Byron Auguste
Title:Director
Date:May 11, 2021

64

139